Loading...
WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 - WELL INSTALLATION - PROJECT NO. 07-0037-UTWATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1- WELL INSTALLATION (Project No.: 07-0037- UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for Clearwater u ISSUE FOR BID SUBMITTAL SEPTEMBER 2008 Prepared By: `e 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Fl 33756 (727) 442-7196 Michael. P. Lepe , P.l : Date Florida 1riceyised N, fessional Engineer 4 &,6..65642 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EX POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. NSR ADD'L TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATID, LTR IIVSR POLICY NUMBER DATE MMM2r_ DATE MWDD/YY _GENERAL LIABILITY 20709632 07/01/08 07/01109 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR A GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO LOC JECT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 4142994900 07/01/08 07101/09 X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS B SCHEDULED AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY -1 ANY AUTO EXCESS I UMBRELLA LIABILITY 4346231701 07/01/08 07/01/09 X OCCUR ? CLAIMS MADE B DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ 0 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 20640738 07/01/08 07/01/09 B ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER: INLAND MARINE 20699978 07/01108 07/01/09 A CONTRACTORS EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSNEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT Project: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I City of Clearwater project #07-0037-UT The City of Clearwater and any others required by contract are additional insureds under the goner policies provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, suite #210 Clearwater, FI 33756 Attention: ACORD 25 (2001108) Certificate # 169697 CANCELLATION 'ERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR ;LUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Es occurence $ 50,000 MED. EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & AOV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG. $ 1,000,000 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY' AGG $ EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 $ $ $ X WCTORY STALIMTUT-S OTHER I E. L, EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 EL. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 RENTED/LEASED EQUIPMENT $100,000 DIED $1,000 / SPECIAL PROVISIONS III liability and auto liability policies. All SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPQQSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 ADDENDUM NO. 1 0992-0190 FOR WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 & 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE I -- WELL INSTALLATION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA City Project No. 07-0037-UT DATE: November 4, 2008 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 to Plans and Specifications for Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I - Well Installation, City Project No. 07-0037-UT, Clearwater, Florida TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as follows: SPECIFICATIONS: CONTRACT FORMS - SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS, Revise paragraphs to read: A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those General Contractors or Well Drillers that are currently pre- qualified by the City in the construction category of Wastewater/Water Treatment Facilities Water gind Force Mains nd/o Well Co stru tion with a minimum pre- qualification amount of 00 00 . Well Drillers will need to meet this pre-qualification requirement if they are submitting as the prime contractor, or the Well Drillers will need to meet a minimum pre-qualification requirement of $750,200 as subcontractor to the prime. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project as a General Contractor must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. Well Drillers wanting to be a subcontractor must turn in the pre-qualified package one (1) week/ five (5) workdays prior to bid opening date. SECTION 01420 - GENERAL EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS, Revise Part 1.12.A. to read: A. The manufacturer of each unit of equipment in this project shall warrant each unit to the Owner in writing against defects in workmanship and material covering parts and labor for a period of 18 months from date of shipment or 12 months from date of substantial completion, whichever is greater. If individual equipment specifications require a longer warranty period than stated above, they shall have precedence for that specific unit of equipment. WTP 1 & 3 Wellpeld Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Replace Specification 01630 with the attached revised Specification 01630 to Contract Documents. SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION, Revise Part 3.6.A. to read: A. The CONTRACTORISYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall guarantee the material and/or workmanship of all installed equipment and systems for a period of (12) twelve months from the date of substantial acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. SECTION 13700 - POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION/TEST WELLS AND MONITORING WELLS - DRILLING, INSTALLATION AND TESTING, Replace Specification 13700 with the attached revised Specification 13700 to Contract Documents. CONTRACT FORMS - PROPOSAL, Replace pages CF-14 through CF-20 containing the BID FORM with the attached revised BID FORM, pages CF-14 through CF-23. DRAWINGS: Drawing C8, Replace with the attached drawing to the project documents. Drawing M1, Revise Item 9 for Well 23 to be Y2" sample spigot with smooth nose. Drawing M1, Revise Well 68 sample spigot callout to be new 1/2" sample spigot with smooth nose. Drawing M2, Revise Well 69 sample spigot callout to be new 1/2" sample spigot with smooth nose. Drawing M3, Revise Item 9 to be 1/2" sample spigot with smooth nose. Drawing M4, Revise Item 50 to be 1/2" sample spigot with smooth nose. Drawing M5, Revise detail title Typical Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitor Well Detail to Typical Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing/Monitoring Well Detail and revise detail title Typical Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well Detail to Typical Surficial Aquifer Testing/ Monitoring Well Detail. CLARIFICATIONS: ues ' n: Should present or future costs be used in the Bids for Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) items due to extended timeframe of project and possible cost escalation? Res a : Contractor is to anticipate that the ODP items will be purchased at the beginning of the project and shall be stored by the contractor until needed for well mechanical installation. If different pumps and/or motors are required for actual conditions, a change order will be negotiated for the alternate pump and/or motor and the City will retain ownership of the pump and/or motor not used. Warranties for items are to be as stated in specifications in Section 01420 "a period of 18 months from date of shipment or 12 months from date of substantial completion, whichever is greater." WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Addendum #1 2 2. _Question: Would the City of Clearwater and/or McKim & Creed give consideration to 316SS in lieu of 317SS, or is the intent to provide a sole source specification for the Dezurik valve (V-port ball valve)? es se: The v-part ball valve is an ODP item and will be purchased as stated in Clarification 1 above. The City is standardizing on this valve. 3, Ques : Are there one or two project signs required for this project? Responge: All construction locations will have a project sign posted until construction is completed at that site, including restoration, as per Section III Article 18. Contractor may use portable signs and move them from site to site. 4, Question: The bid proposal indicates that the owner will be direct purchasing the submersible pumps and motors, control valves and actuators, and the flowmeters for this project. Please confirm my understanding of the ODP program. The contractor is required to include the costs of these items in his bid proposal. After award, these items will be deleted from the contract amount via an addendum. Please confirm. Res pons : The contractor creates the purchase order and the City will issue a check to the vendor in the amount of the purchase order. The dollar amount of the purchase order will then be deducted from the contract amount via an deductive change order. 5, _Qyestwn: What is the depth of setting for the submersible pumps? 1 cannot find any information on the drawings or in the specifications regarding depth of setting. Res o e: The submersible pump intakes are to be set at the elevation of fifteen feet below sea level. n: Does this project require a professionally done audio/visual recording of each -Qvesta well site, to be paid for by the contractor? One section in the specification states that it is not required, yet another section states that it is. Please confirm. Rgspon. e: Section IV Article 1.2 Scope of Work Checklist lists the applicable technical specifications in Section IV, which states the Section IV Article 37.1 does not apply and that Section IV Article 37.2 does apply. Section IV Article 37.2 does require the contractor to use of a professional videographer. u do :Section 13700, par. 1.1.A, states to install up to five (5) 4" Surficial Monitoring wells and three (3) Upper Floridan Aquifer Wells. According to the bid schedule and other areas in the specifications, there appears to be only two (2) Surficial Monitoring Wells, two (2) Upper Floridan Monitoring Wells, and two (2) Upper Floridian Aquifer Testing Wells. es nse: See attached revised specification Section 13700 as part of this addendum.. 8, ue do : Are the Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Wells the same design and construction as the Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Wells? Bg3pon?: Yes, these wells are the same. See drawing revisions for sheet M5 in this addendum. g. ue do : Will the contractor be required to purchase and pay for all water used for construction and drilling purposes? se: The Contractor is responsible for providing all necessary water for the &aRo completion of the project. WTP 1 & 3 Welif7eld Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 3 McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 10. uest'on: The design of the Test Production Wells calls for 18" diameter steel surface casing (17.25" ID) complete with a 12" PVC SDR 17 well casing. 12" PVC SDR 17 well casing has an OD of 12.75". The OD of the coupling is 14" This allows for an annular space between the 12" PVC coupling and the 18" casing of 1.625" Specifications are requiring the installation of a 1-112"schedule 40 PVC tube on the outside of the 12" PVC casing. The 1-112"PVC tube has an OD of 1.9", excluding couplings. This tube will not fit in the annular space provided, assuming the 12" is centered inside the 18" casing. Please review and respond. Rggponse: Question will be addressed in a subsequent addenda. 11. _Qmestio: Can the contractor choose to use either restrained joint PVC pipe or fusible polyvinyl chloride pipe for the horizontal directional drill? s o : The contractor can choose to use either fusible PVC pipe or Certa-Lok PVC pipe for the horizontal directional drill. 12. Question: How will Well 79 be accessed? Res o e: Well 79 will be accessed from Chautauqua Ave via a mulch driveway. See attached drawing, Sheet C8. 13. Qugstion: What is the Engineer's Estimate? Response: Engineer's Estimate for the overall project is $3,546,000. The well drilling portion of the work is estimated at $732, 500. 14. Question: How does power get to the well sites? Response: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the power company to get power to the well sites. 15. ue i n: Where is the ground water discharged to? Resgonse: The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the FDEP ground water discharge permit. 16. Question: Who did the well site survey? Response: McKim & Creed did the well site surveys. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Addendum #1 4 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plants 1 and 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 BID ITEM' DEaGELPTION EST, OTY UNIT ihl I E TOTAL A. WELL FIELD .1 Well 23 Rehabilitation 23:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 23 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 23: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 23 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 76 VF $ $ 23: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 23: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 23 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 23: 18 Vertical discharge Pipe 1 VF $ $ Subtotal (Well 23) $ Well 1-1 New Well Construction 1-1 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 2A Test/ Production Well 1 LS $ $ 1-1 :213 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25'), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ $ 1-1 :2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 1-1 :2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 43 VF $ $ 1-1 :2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 110 VF $ $ 1-1 :3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 48 VF $ $ 1-1 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-1) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well nurnber, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-14 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION rv EST• UNIT UNIT PRICE T TAL OTY. Well 1.2 Naw Well ConftRlctlon 1-2 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-2:2A Test/Production Well 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 26 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25'), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ $ 1-2: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 1-2 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 87 VF $ $ 1-2 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 66 VF $ $ 1-2: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 92 VF $ $ 1-2: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-2) $ Will 14 New Well Construction . 1-2: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 2A Test / Production Well 1 L5 $ $ 1-3 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ $ 1-3: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 1-3: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 43 VF $ $ 1-3: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 110 VF $ $ 1-3: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 48 VF $ $ 1-3: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-3) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-15 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST. IINIT_ UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 14 New ,Well Construction 1-4 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ $ 1-4: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 1-4 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 87 VF $ $ 1-4 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 66 VF $ $ 1-4: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 92 VF $ $ 1-4: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-4) $ Well 1-5 New Well Construction . 1-5: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25'), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 66 VF $ $ 1-5: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 1-5: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 79 VF $ $ 1-5: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 74 VF $ $ 1-5: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 84 VF $ $ 1-5: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-5) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-16 BID ITEM' DESCRIPTION Q UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL. Well 51111 New Well Construction 51R: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 51R: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 51R: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 71 VF $ $ 51R: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 51R: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 84 VF $ $ 51R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 69 VF $ $ 51R:3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 51R: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 51R: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 89 VF $ $ 51R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 51R: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 51R: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 51R) $ Well 52R New well Construction 52R: 1 Mobilization ! Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 52R; 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 52R: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 23 VF $ $ 52R: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 52R: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 34 VF $ $ 52R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 116 VF $ $ 52R: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 62R: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 52R: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 41 VF $ $ 52R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 52R: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 52R: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 52R) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-17 511) ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST. UNIT UNIT_PRICE TOTAL QTY- Well 80 New,Well !construction 80:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 80 : 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 80 : 28 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 46 VF $ $ 80: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole f 10 VF $ $ 80: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 59 VF $ $ 80: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 94 VF $ $ 80: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 80: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 80 : 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 64 VF $ $ 80 :5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 80 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 80 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 80) $ Aquifer Testing 1-AT: 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-AT: 9 Surficial Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 20-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 1-AT : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 1-AT : 12 Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ CLMW-1 Monitoring Well ` CLMW-1 : 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ CLMW-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (CLWM-1) $ SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ Well Field 1 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 (in words): * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section V City of Clearwater Project #_ 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-18 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST" NIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL U A. WELL FIELD 3 Well 68 Rehabilitation 68; 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 68 :13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ $ 68: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 68: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 68; 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 97 VF $ $ 68: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 68: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 68: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 68) $ Wall 69 Rehabilitation; 69: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 69: 13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ $ 69: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 69: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 69: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 108 VF $ $ 69: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 69: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 69 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 69) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE BID ITEM"` D...__. ESCRIPTION ? UNIT UNIT PRICE I TOTAL WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-19 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE BID ITEM' DESCRIPTION 95T- QJY, UN TT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3-3 New Well Construction y' 3-3 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 88 VF $ $ 3-3: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 3-3: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 101 VF $ $ 3-3 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 52 VF $ $ 3-3: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-3 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 75 VF $ $ 3-3: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-3 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-3) $ Well 3-4 New Well Construction 3-4: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 3-4 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 96 VF $ $ 3-4: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 3-4: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 109 VF $ $ 3-4 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 44 VF $ $ 3-4: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 114 VF $ $ 3-4: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-4) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF 20 CONTINUED NEXT PAGE BID ITEM- DESCRIP_TI4tl - UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL L -QTY. Well 3.5 New Well lConstruetlan 3-5 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing' 93 VF $ $ 3-5: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 3-5 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing s, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 106 VF $ $ 3-5: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 47 VF $ $ 3-5: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 111 VF $ $ 3-6: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-5) $ Well 79 New Well Constrpctign 79: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 79: 2A Test / Production Well 1 LS $ $ 79: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 87 VF $ $ 79: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 10 VF $ $ 79 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 I'VC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 100 VF $ $ 79: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 53 VF $ $ 79 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 79: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 79: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 105 VF $ $ 79: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 79: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 79: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 79)) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-21 CONTINUED NEXT PAGE BID ITEM* DESCRIPTIOAI nTy '- UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Aquifer Testing 3-AT: 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-AT: 9 Surficial Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 20-ft BLS) 1 LS $ i $ 3-AT: 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 3-AT: 12 Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ ORMW-1 Monitoring Well CRMW-1 :8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ CRWM-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (CRMW-1) $ SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 3 $ Well Field 3 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ TOTAL WELL. FIELD 3 $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 3 (in words): * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. SUMMARY AA-Well Field 1 BB -Well Field 3 Total Project Construction Cost (AA, BB) CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-22 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. 1.2 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. See Section IV Article 3 - Definition of Terms. 1.4 EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.6 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement. 1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions. B. Schedule of Bid Items 1. Lump Sum Bid Items a) The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-1 shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for each item. C) Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. d) Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the following: 1) Shop and Working Drawings. 2) Clearing, grubbing and grading except as hereinafter specified. 3) Trench excavation, including necessary pavement removal and rock removal, except as otherwise specified. 4) Dewatering and disposal of surplus water. 5) Structural fill, backfill, and grading. 6) Replacement of unpaved roadways, and shrubbery plots. 7) Cleanup and miscellaneous work. 8) Testing and placing system in operation. 9) Any material and equipment required to be installed and utilized for the tests. 10) Pipe, structures, pavement replacement, asphalt and shell driveways and/or appurtenances included within the limits of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown. 11) Maintaining or detouring of traffic. 12) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 13) Sodding of areas affected by construction. 14) As-built Record Drawings. 15) Disinfection 16) Bacteriological sampling and testing. 17) Start-up 18) Training by Manufacturer's Representative 19) Sediment and Erosion Control 2. Unit Cost Bid Items a) The work for each Unit Cost bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment shall be made at the Unit Cost price stated in the Bid for each item. C) Each unit cost price shall include all of the Contractor's costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. d) The bid item numbers on the Bidder's Proposal are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. The bid item WTP 18 3 Wellpeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-2 number shall have the same description for all wells but shall be independent for each well. C. Description of Bid Items: Bid Item Nos. 1 & 8 - Mobilization/Demobilization a) The Lump Sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include: Obtaining all insurance and bonds; Moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; Performing initial site preparation, project information signs, clearing, grubbing, tree removal and disposal; Furnishing and erecting plants, temporary access roads, temporary fencing, silt barriers and other items as noted in Section 01500. Mobilization shall include all the items listed in Section 01505 including providing audio-video recording of existing conditions at the construction site and providing field office trailers and sanitary and potable water facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. b) Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis. Payment of 75% of the applicable lump sum price shall be made for the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for the beginning work on the project. Payment of the remaining 25% shall be made for finalization of this project, including demobilization, contract closeout documents, removal of field office, and final site clean-up. Retainage requirements as stated in the General Conditions shall apply to this pay item. Bid Item No. 2A - Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis (per well) for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Test / Production Well including but not limited to: Perform drill-stem testing every rod change during drilling; Develop open borehole a by pumping and surging with double-tube airlift; Conduct down-hole geophysical surveys for following parameters; static conditions - temperature, caliper, gamma, fluid velocity, fluid conductivity, and short and long normal resistivity, pumping conditions - fluid conductivity, fluid velocity and temperature; Conduct down-hole, color video survey from land surface to bottom of borehole; Furnish and install centralizers on 12-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install test pump and discharge line to required drainage feature; Conduct 8-hour step-drawdown test at rates of 200, 300 and 500 gpm; Furnish and install flange with removable cover plate for 12-inch diameter casing; Standby time; and Permits. Bid Item No. 2B - Perform Continuous Split Spoons a) This item describes measurement and payment for collecting WTP 1 & 3 Wel/peld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-3 continuous split-spoon samples of the upper consolidated formations from ground surface to limestone rock in UP wells and upper Floridan monitoring wells. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of borehole from which split- spoon samples are taken as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement shall be vertically down the borehole from land surface to the last split-spoon taken in the bottom of the upper consolidated formation. C) Payment shall be according to the type and location of the borehole as set forth in the proposal. The unit price includes the drilling rig, sampler, tools, disposal of spoil, sample containers, and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to collect split-spoon samples. 4. Bid Item Nos. 2C & 2E -- Drill Borehole for Well a) This item describes measurement and payment for drilling boreholes of. the size indicated in the bid proposal for test/production wells and monitoring wells. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of boreholes acceptably drilled to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement shall be vertically from the top of the borehole at its starting elevation to the bottom of the borehole at its ending elevation for each respective hole diameter. The Owner's Representative shall establish a vertical datum as close as possible to existing ground surface from which all vertical measurements can be referenced. C) Payment shall be according to the diameter of the borehole as set forth on the proposal. The unit bid price includes reverse air and mud rotary drilling rigs, tools, drilling fluids, water, materials, daily drilling reports, steam cleaning, drilling samples, hollow-stem augers, rotary rigs, blocking, bracing, shoring, sheeting, disposal of spoil, erosion control, all site restoration, and all other related and necessary materials work and equipment required to construct complete boreholes. s. Bid Item Nos. 2B & 2D - Furnish and Install Steel or PVC Casing a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing and installing steel or PVC casing of the size indicated in the bid proposal in boreholes for T/P wells and monitoring wells. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of casing acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) Measurement shall be vertically down from the top of the casing WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-4 to the bottom of the casing for each respective casing diameter, material and location. C) Payment shall be according to the diameter of the casing, material of the casing, and location as set forth in the proposal. The unit price includes furnishing and installing all casings, including drilling rigs, steam cleaning, steel casing, PVC casing, mill certificates, alignment tests, steel monitor tube, welding, PVC couplings, joints and jointing materials, blocking, bracing, shoring, sheeting, disposal of spoil, and all other related and necessary materials, work and equipment required to construct a complete well casing. 6. Bid Item Nos. 2B & 2D - Furnish and Emplace Grout Around Steel or PVC Casing a) This bid item includes furnishing and emplacing cement grout around the exterior of well casings of various sizes and materials as shown on the plans or as directed by the Owner's Representative. The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of vertical feet of cement used to make the neat cement grout as specified, acceptably furnished and installed. b) Payment will be according to the number of vertical feet of cement used to make the neat cement grout furnished and installed. Payment for this bid item includes sacks of cement, water, additives, capped casing tremie method, annular space tremie method, grout samples, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to furnish and emplace the cement grout. Bid Item No. 3 - Site Work a) The Lump Sum Bid Price for the site work shall include: Site demolition; Cast-in-place concrete; Vinyl chain link fence; Replace galvanized steel fencing; Permanent site access; Paving; Final site grading; Earthwork; Landscaping; Seeding; Sodding; and any work specific to each site to complete the work as outlined in the Contract Documents. b) Payment for the site work will be made on a lump sum upon final completion of the work at each site. s. Bid Item No. 4A - Install Well Pump, Above Ground Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis (per well) to furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for all site, civil, mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation work necessary to accomplish the demolition of existing facilities and the construction defined by the Project documents, except Certa-Lok PVC column pipe. Work includes installing a new submersible well pump (including motor WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-5 and pump column), safety cable for pump, check valve, power cable for pump, 316 SS discharge head assembly, 316 stainless steel piping, rubber gasket seal, above ground process piping and supports, underground raw water piping, valves, electric power service, wiring and conduit, disconnects, circuit breakers, junction boxes, motor feeders, variable frequency drives, electric panels, generator receptacles, light poles, grounding systems, SCADA antennas, instrumentation, control systems, level sensors, flowmeters, concrete slabs, concrete pads, painting, testing and acceptance, disinfection, bacteriological sampling and testing, startup, training by manufacturer's representatives, cleanup, warranties, and all other incidentals required to complete the work. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting each well, pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves prior to pumping. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. The Contractor shall coordinate well disinfection and groundwater sampling activities with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. C) Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. d) Payment for the well pump, above ground piping, valve, meter, and appurtenances will be made on a lump sum upon final completion of the work at each site. g. Bid Item No. 4B °- Install PVC column pipe a) The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of column pipe acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Work includes installing Certa-Lok PVC column pipe and all other incidentals required to complete the work. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting column pipe. . C) Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. d) Payment for the PVC column pipe will be made on a lump sum upon final completion of the work at each site. 10. Bid Item No. 5 - Furnish Well Pump and Motor (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the pump units and appurtenances as described in Section 11214 of the Contract Documents. This shall consist of a 316 stainless steel (SS) submersible turbine pump, intake screen, submersible WTP 18 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-6 variable speed pump motor, 316 SS pipe fittings, PVC discharge column assembly, 316 SS surface discharge head assembly, submersible power cable, 316 SS safety cable and appurtenances. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each submersible vertical pump with appurtenances provided. 11. Bid Item No. 6 - Furnish Control Valve and Actuator (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the control valve actuating devices and appurtenances as described in Section 15102 of the Contract Documents and the modulating V-Port Ball Valve and appurtenances as described in Section 15100 of the Contract Documents. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each valve actuator and control valve with appurtenances provided. 12. Bid Item No. 7 - Furnish Flow Meter (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the propeller flow meter and appurtenances as described in Section 15100 of the Contract Documents. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each meter with appurtenances provided. 13. Bid Item No. 9 - Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well including but not limited to: Drill 8-inch diameter borehole from land surface to 20 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 8 feet of 4-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing and 15 feet of 4-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC, .010 slotted screen with capped bottom; Furnish and install centralizers on 4- inch diameter casing; Furnish and emplace 17 feet of 20-30 sand filter pack and a 1-foot fine sand cap around the perimeter of the 4" screen; Furnish and emplace cement grout from 2 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 4" PVC casing; Develop screen interval between 5 and 20 feet below land surface by pumping and surging; Conduct Slug Test; Furnish and install 6-inch diameter steel protective casing and set into concrete pad. Provide flange with removable cover plate for the 6- inch diameter casing top; Furnish and install 2-foot x 2-foot x 4- inch concrete pad; Standby time; and Permits. 14. Bid Item No. 11 - Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing/Monitoring Well a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Upper WTP 1 & 3 wet/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-7 Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well including but not limited to: Perform continuous split spoons from land surface to 40 feet below land surface; Drill 16-inch diameter borehole from land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 12-inch diameter steel casing (0.25") from 0.5 feet above land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±50 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 12-inch casing; Drill 12-inch diameter borehole from ±50 feet below land surface to ±65 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 6-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing from 3 feet above land surface 2 to ±65 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±65 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 6-inch casing; Drill 6-inch diameter borehole from ±65 feet below land surface to ± 150 feet below land surface; Develop open borehole between ±65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole by pumping and surging with double-tube airlift; Conduct down-hole geophysical surveys for following parameters between ±65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole, static conditions - temperature, caliper, gamma, fluid velocity, fluid conductivity, and short and long normal resistivity, pumping conditions- fluid conductivity, fluid velocity and temperature; Conduct down-hole, color video survey from land surface to bottom of borehole; Furnish and install centralizers on 6-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install test pump and discharge line to required drainage feature; Conduct 8-hour drawdown test at 300 gpm; Furnish and install flange with removable and lockable cover plate for 6-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install 4-foot x 4-foot x 6-inch concrete pad; Standby time; and Permits. 15. Bid Item No. 12 - Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test on Two Test/Production Wells a) Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor and materials necessary for conducting 10-day aquifer performance tests in two (2) designated Test/Production well boreholes at the rate(s) specified and as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) The lump sum price includes pumps, controls, electric power, check valve, sample tap, pipe, gate valves, flowmeter, water level measuring instruments, flow monitoring systems, test data logs, sedimentation basins, filtration systems, erosion control, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to conduct Aquifer Performance Tests for two (2) Test/ Production Wells. 16. Bid Item No. 13 - Rehabilitate Well (Wells 68 & 69) a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to rehabilitate the well including but not limited to: Removing the existing well pump; WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim S Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-8 Water quality sampling; Geophysical logging; Video surveying; Acidizing; Back-plugging; Developing, Water quality sampling; Installing a new submersible pump; Disinfecting the well; and Sampling the well for bacteriological analyses. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting each well pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves prior to pumping. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. The Contractor shall coordinate well disinfection and groundwater sampling activities with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. C) Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. d) Payment for the rehabilitated well (wells 68 & 69) will be made on a lump sum upon final completion of the work at each site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim S Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630-9 SECTION 13700 - POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION/TEST WELLS AND MONITORING WELLS - DRILLING, INSTALLATION AND TESTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Objective The objective of this program is to install fourteen (14) 12-inch diameter, upper Floridan aquifer Test/Production (T/P) wells; two (2) 4-inch diameter Surficial aquifer testing wells; two (2) upper Floridan aquifer testing wells; and two (2) upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. The wells shall be installed in a dispersed manner in association with the City's Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) Water Treatment Facility (Water Treatment Plant No. 1) and Water Plant No. 3 located on State Road 580 in the City of Clearwater. Construction and testing of each upper Floridan aquifer T/P well includes the performance of step-drawdown tests, geophysical surveys, a video camera survey, and an aquifer performance test. Testing of each upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well includes the performance of specific capacity tests, geophysical logs and a video survey. Should additional wells be necessary for installation, they shall be constructed in accordance with the technical specifications contained within. B. Site Location The drilling sites are located in the western and northeastern parts of the City's service area. All sites are on properties owned by the City of Clearwater. In the western service area, the wells shall be in the vicinity of Water Treatment Plant No. 1. In the northeastern service area, the wells shall be located in the vicinity of Water Plant No. 3, which is located on State Road 580. 1.2 PERMITS A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall immediately apply to the pertinent governmental agency or agencies for the necessary permits to carry out and complete the work. No drilling operations shall be commenced until the permits have been obtained. The Contractor shall submit three copies of all applicable permits to the Owner's Representative before drilling commences. 1.3 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL A. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to construct the upper Floridan aquifer wells by mud rotary and reverse-air circulation methods and the Surficial aquifer wells by the hollow-stem auguring method. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13700-1 B. The Contractor, in addition to furnishing the services of a skilled, experienced and licensed driller for each drilling rig involved with this project, shall also furnish an adequate number of competent helpers. C. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel, pump, flow measuring and regulating devices, discharge line, a 100-foot electric water-level indicator with 0.01-foot increments, and other necessary equipment, controls, fuel, electricity, and supplies to perform pumping flow logs at the T/P wells for up to 2-hours at a rate up to 300 gpm; and pumping tests, including variable rate step drawdown tests, at the T/P wells for up to 24-hours at an estimated rate of 500 gpm; constant rate specific capacity tests at the upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells for up to 8-hours at rates up to 500 gpm; slug tests at the Surficial aquifer monitoring wells; and constant rate Aquifer Performance Tests (APTs) at the T/P wells for up to 10 days at an estimated rate of 500 gpm. Water-level data shall be collected by the Owner's Representative for the APTs. D. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to run a suite of geophysical surveys at the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells from land surface to their completed depths under static conditions and from a reasonable depth below the pump intake to the wells' completed depths under pumping conditions. E. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to run and record a color video camera survey of the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells from land surface to their completed depths. F. The Contractor shall furnish all pumps, compressors, plungers, bailers, or other necessary equipment needed to develop a well to remove sand or other materials as may, during the life of the well, be withdrawn when the well is pumped under maximum conditions of drawdown. G. The Contractor's drilling rigs, tools, equipment, and personnel shall be subject to the Owner's Representative's approval. The drilling rig and all equipment shall be in first-class working order. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, drilling fluids, water, materials, cement and additives necessary for the completion of this project. Any spill of fuel, hydraulic fluid, or oil shall be contained. Any contaminated soil shall be removed and disposed of according to all applicable federal, state and local regulations. 1.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Temporary power, construction water, drinking water, field office, telephone, and acceptable sanitary facilities shall be supplied by the Contractor until final acceptance of the work. 1.5 MOBILIZATION, ACCESS, AND CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least five days (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays excepted) prior to mobilization onto the site and prior to commencement of drilling. The Contractor shall mobilize and demobilize all necessary personnel and equipment, set up and remove drilling WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-2 rigs, equipment, temporary facilities, perform all site clearing and grubbing, trenching, replanting, resodding, restore grade to elevations which existed prior to the commencement of the Work and remove all remaining debris, including used pump, pipes and appurtenances, unused materials, and other miscellaneous items resulting from or used in the performance of the Work. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the Work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and at no additional cost to the City, repair any property damage(s) that resulted from the Work. 1.6 DRILLER'S LOGS AND DAILY RECORDS A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate daily record of all drilling activities. These records shall document in detail the daily drilling operation. Included in the daily drilling report shall be such items as: depth and thickness of formations encountered, lithologic descriptions, formation and water samples collected, material used (casing lengths and diameters, sacks of cement, etc.), development and pumping times, tests conducted, and any and all other pertinent information concerning the construction of the well. The daily records shall also document the level to which the water level in the well stabilizes at the beginning and end of each day. A copy of these records shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representative at the end of each week, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. 1.7 STEAM CLEANING A. All equipment, tools, casing, well materials and the drilling rig shall be steam cleaned before commencing with work, as approved by the Owner's Representative, to minimize the potential for contamination of the borehole and well materials. This shall be completed for each piece of equipment before it is used for the first time on this project. The Contractor shall make available the appropriate equipment for this purpose and for the steam cleaning of any additional support equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. 1.8 DRILLING WATER AND ADDITIVES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing clean water for drilling and construction purposes. The source of the water shall be subject to approval by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide acceptable drilling fluids and additives specifically recommended by the manufacturer for use in potable well drilling. The Contractor shall review fluids and additives with the Owner's Representative prior to drilling. The Contractor shall also be responsible for preventing contamination of samples or the aquifer and shall not introduce muds, clays, or other drilling additives into the well without prior approval of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall not use lime, cement, organic matter, or other material to stop circulation losses of the drilling fluid, without written approval by the Owner's Representative. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-3 1.9 ABANDONMENT OF WELL A. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to drill the well or place casings to the depth specified or to such other depth as ordered by the Owner's Representative, or should abandon the well because of loss of tools or for any other cause, shall, if directed by the Owner's Representative, remove salvageable casings and equipment and fill the abandoned hole with cement or cement and clay in accordance with all state and local regulations. The Contractor shall then move over and drill a new hole at a location approved by the Owner's Representative. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense employing the use of salvaged materials, if usable, at the discretion of the Owner's Representative. 1.10 PLUMBNESS AND ALIGNMENT A. The casing shall be installed in the wells as near to plumb and true as possible. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, there is reasonable doubt about the plumbness of the well, the Contractor shall perform a plumbness test at his own expense. If the test results indicate that the well shall not meet normal performance expectations, the Contractor shall be instructed to perform any necessary straightening procedures at his own expense. B. An alignment test shall be performed by the Contractor on each of the upper Floridan aquifer wells. The alignment test method shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. 1.11 STANDBY TIME A. Payment of standby time shall be granted only for delays caused by the Owner. No standby time shall be paid for time incurred during the cementing procedures, while the cement is curing, delays caused by the Contractor's error, repairs to the drilling equipment, delays caused by any of the Contractor's subcontractors or delays caused by inclement weather. 1.12 SECURITY A_ During the drilling, developing and testing of the wells, the Contractor shall protect the wells in a manner which effectively prevents tampering with the wells or the entry of foreign matter. Upon completion of the wells, they shall be capped with a blind flange and cover. The Contractor shall also be responsible for security of the drilling site. Prior to beginning drilling operations for a well or well pair, the Contractor shall construct a temporary fence which encloses the well site. The fence shall be a minimum of 6-feet high. Each temporary fence shall be removed after the well has been completed and capped. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CASING A. The Contractor shall furnish three copies of the mill certificates for approval by the Owner's Representative before delivering steel surface casing or well casing to the site. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-4 B. Installation of surface casing is optional in the construction of the upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. However, the Contractor shall ensure there is sufficient strength and stability of the borehole to prevent collapse. If surface casing is used, it shall be grouted and remain in place and must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. C. Diameter and positioning of surface casing shall in no way interfere with the specified construction of the well. D. Steel well casing shall be black steel conforming to ASTM Standard 'A-252, Grade 2, or equivalent steel material. E. Upper Floridan aquifer T/P well casing shall be SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok well casing as supplied by the CertainTeed Corporation. The PVC well casing utilizes a spline-lock mechanical joining system for connecting casing sections. Pipe and couplings shall be made from unplastisized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454-B as defined in ASTM D1784. The compound shall qualify from a Hydrostatic Design Basis of 4,000 psi for water at 73.4° F in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837. All PVC casing pipe shall meet the stiffness, crush resistance, flattening, impact and puncture test requirements of ASTM F480. Pipe shall be joined using integral PVC bell spline lock joints for 4" to 8" diameter PVC casing and separate PVC couplings with spline lock joints for 10" to 16" PVC casing. High strength flexible thermoplastic splines shall be inserted into mating precision-machined grooves to provide full 360° restraints with evenly distributed loading. The joining system shall incorporate elastomeric sealing gaskets to provide a watertight seal. The PVC casing sections shall be attached using SDR 17 PVC Certa-Lok integral bell spline-lock joints or coupling spline-lock joints. The PVC casing pipe shall be evaluated, tested and certified for conformance with NSF 61. PVC well casing pipe and couplings shall be permanently marked with the following: • Manufacturer • Trade Name • Nominal Size • SDR or SCH rating • Manufacturing Date • NSF-61 Centralizers shall be aligned and spaced around the casing at 120° intervals to center it within the borehole. Centralizers shall be placed five feet from the bottom of the casing and thereafter at 50-foot intervals to the top of the casing. F. The upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well casing shall be SDR17 PVC Certa- Lok as specified in Paragraph E above. The casing sections shall be attached using SDR 17 PVC Certa-Lok couplings or integral spline-lock joints. Centralizers shall be aligned and spaced around the casing at 120° intervals to center it within the borehole. Centralizers shall be placed five feet from the bottom of the casing and thereafter at 50 foot intervals to the top of the casing. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-5 G. The Surficial aquifer monitoring well casing shall be Schedule 40 PVC. PVC material shall be as specified in Paragraph E above. Casing sections shall be attached with threaded couplings. 2.2 WELL SCREEN (Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Wells Only) A. The well screens shall be Schedule 40 PVC pipe as specified in Paragraph 2.1.E except for the spline-lock joining system, with .010-inch slot sizes. The slots shall be uniformly spaced throughout the entire length of the screen. The screen shall be attached to the casing with a threaded coupling. 2.3 FILTER PACK (Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Wells Only) A. A washed silica 20/30 sand shall be tremied into the annular space from the bottom of the borehole to 2 feet above the top of screen. A 1-foot sand seal consisting of washed silica fine sand shall be tremied into the annular space on top of the 20/30 sand. 2.4 CEMENT A. Cement used for grouting the casings in the wells shall be C150, Type I (ASTM). The cement volumes shall be calculated by multiplying the number of sacks used by the appropriate multiplier indicated in the "Haliburton Cementing Tables." Unless otherwise specified, all neat cement grout mixtures shall be of the following proportions: 1 sack (94 lbs.) of cement and not more than 6.0 gallons of water. Any additives which the Contractor includes in the grout mixture must be pre-approved by the Owner's Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Installation of surface casing is mandatory in the construction of the T/P well. The depth of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. The surface casing shall be grouted and remain in place. 3.2 FORMATION SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock at the site of each limestone well. B. The Contractor shall collect limestone samples of the formation cuttings every five feet or at change of formation, although the Owner's Representative reserves the right to collect samples at any interval. The sampling procedure shall not interfere with the Contractor's operations or cause him any delay. All formation samples shall be collected in such a manner as to ensure that the sample is representative of the interval of interest. The method must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. The collected sample cuttings shall be stored in approved containers and shall be labeled with the date, time, depth and well number or location. If the Owner's Representative determines that the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water ProductionlTest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-6 recovered samples indicate an unsuitable location for the well, the driller may be directed to move to a new well location at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 GROUT A. All grout shall be pumped into the borehole or annular space from the bottom up by the capped casing pressure tremie method for the initial grouting stage. Additional placement of grout to fill any remaining annulus shall be performed by the annular space tremie method. Three grout samples, each approximately one pint in volume, shall be collected in a container by the Contractor for each batch of grout mixed. Each sample shall be marked with the date, time and well number and immediately immersed in water. The well shall not be disturbed for at least 24 hours after completion of the grouting procedure and the grout has thoroughly hardened. 3.4 DEVELOPMENT A. After an upper Floridan aquifer T/P monitoring well has been completely constructed, the open hole shall be cleaned free of rock cuttings and the depth of the well accurately measured. The Contractor shall then notify the Owner's Representative to that effect and shall make the necessary arrangements to develop the well. The Contractor shall develop the upper Floridan aquifer T/P and monitoring wells for a minimum of 4 hours by airlift pumping and surging until the wells yield clear water free of sand, cuttings, and other materials as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall develop the Surficial aquifer monitoring wells for a minimum of four hours by pumping and surging until the wells yield clear water free of sand, cuttings, and other materials as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall ensure that the flow of water from the well during development is contained and directed in such a way as to meet the requirements of the City and all Laws and Regulations. 3.5 TESTING A. During Reverse-air Drilling The static water level shall be measured from a top of casing measuring point each morning before the start of drilling at an upper Floridan aquifer well. Each day, at the start of reverse-air drilling, the Contractor shall perform a specific capacity test of the well. Each day during reverse-air drilling, the Contractor shall collect a water sample at each change of drill rod. Prior to adding another drill rod, the well shall be pumped with the reverse-air system until the water is free of sediment, as determined by the Owner's Representative, at which time the sample shall be collected for field analysis of pH, chloride concentration, conductivity, and temperature. Additional water samples shall be collected every drill rod change for laboratory analysis using the same purging methodology. Sample bottles shall be provided by the Owner's Representative. The Owner or its Representative shall transport the water samples to the laboratory and is responsible for the water analysis. WTP 18 3 Welltield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section lVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-7 B. Pumping Test The Contractor shall furnish, install, operate, maintain and remove a pumping unit and furnish power for this unit for the duration of a pumping test. This equipment shall be installed so that the Owner's Representative has adequate access to the borehole for water-level measurements. The power supply shall not allow the pump to vary significantly in revolutions per minute during a test. The power supply cannot be interrupted for refueling or checking fluids during the pumping phase of a test. The Contractor shall provide a pump with a bottom-end check valve. A tap (on the upper Floridan wells only) shall be installed on the steel pipe on the discharge line within 50 feet of the well head for sample collection. Upon completion of the test, the pump bowls and column shall remain in place for a minimum of 24 hours in the Floridan monitoring wells to allow accurate water-level recovery measurement by the Owner's Representative. If a considerable amount of fine material is pumped out of the well during the test, as based on the Owner's Representative's judgment, the Contractor shall discontinue the test and develop the well further. The Contractor may be directed to perform additional drilling or other work on the well at Owner's expense if the production capacity of a test/pumping well is less than 100 gallons per minute per foot of drawdown (gpm/ft). The Contractor shall provide a gate valve for regulating the discharge rate during a pumping test. The Contractor shall provide an accurate and reliable method of measuring the rate of flow of water during a pumping test, such as an in- line flow meter with totalizer or orifice plate with manometer for the upper Floridan aquifer wells and a graduated bucket for slug tests in the Surficial aquifer monitoring wells. The method must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. The flow measuring device for the upper Floridan aquifer wells shall have accuracy within 5 percent of actual. For an 8 or 4 hour pumping test, the Contractor shall furnish adequate discharge pipe (500 feet minimum for the upper Floridan aquifer wells) to prevent flooding of the well site or recharge into the aquifer being tested. For the Aquifer Performance Test for the upper Floridan T/P wells, the Contractor shall furnish adequate discharge pipe to reach the discharge points determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide suitable erosion barriers such as hay bales, settling basins, or other measures at the point of discharge as necessary. If a pumping test is interrupted due to an equipment breakdown or any other occurrence which is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, the test shall be restarted after the problem has been corrected and water levels have recovered to a level deemed satisfactory by the Owner's Representative. All costs incurred by the City resulting from such an interruption shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section IVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-8 3.6 FAILED CASING A. Casing which fails, collapses, or separates during construction shall be removed from the borehole and repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense by methods approved by the Owner's Representative. 3.7 SAND/PEA GRAVEL CAVITY FILL A. Emplacement of sand or pea gravel in open cavities may be necessary during grouting operations for the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. 3.8 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. The 4-inch diameter Surficial aquifer monitoring wells and 6-inch diameter upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells must be installed before initiation of step- drawdown tests at the upper Floridan aquifer T/P wells. 3.9 UPPER FLORIDAN TEST/PRODUCTION WELL A. Equipment: The Contractor shall use approved hollow-stem auger rigs and approved rotary rigs equipped for mud-rotary and reverse-air drilling. B. Split Spoons: Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock using the approved hollow-stem auger rig. C. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 24-inch diameter borehole. D. Surface Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole an 18-inch diameter by 0.250 wall thickness, steel casing such that the casing extends from below the top of competent rock to 0.5 foot above land surface (als). The actual length of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. Following placement of the casing, neat cement shall be emplaced in the annular space between the perimeter of the steel casing and the perimeter of the borehole from the bottom of the borehole to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100 % of theoretical. After the grout has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. E. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 18-inch diameter borehole. The depth shall actually be determined based on site geology and the actual depth for placement of the surface casing. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section IVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-9 F. Final Well Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole a 12-inch diameter, SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok casing such that the casing extends 3 feet als. The actual length of the casing shall be based on the depth of the borehole. A 1.5-inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC monitoring tube to monitor water levels inside the well casing shall be mounted to the outside of the casing and extend from the top of the casing. The final length shall be determined by the Owner's Representative in the field. At the point of entry into the casing, the monitor tube shall be flush with the inside of the casing. The entry hole shall be sealed. Following placement of the casing, the annular space between the perimeter of the 12° PVC casing, the perimeter of the 18" steel casing and the perimeter of the 18" borehole shall be grouted to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100% of theoretical. After the grout for each stage has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. G. Open Borehole (12-inch): After the grout has set for a minimum of 24 hours, a nominal 12-inch diameter borehole shall be drilled from the bottom of the well casing using the reverse-air drilling method. The exact depth of the borehole shall be determined by the Owner's Representative based on results drill-stem tests and water quality. H. Drill Stem Testing: Drill stem tests shall be conducted during drilling at every drill rod change. The amount of time shall be determined for filling a container of known quantity by circulating water through the drill stem. The container size shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. Water samples shall also be collected at the end of every drill stem test and analyzed in the field by the Owner's designated site hydrogeologist. i. Development: The well shall be pumped at the highest rate obtainable until the discharged water is essentially free of suspended solids. The well shall then be alternately pumped and surged with an approved airlift pumping system of sufficient capacity to effectively agitate and clean the open well bore. The airlift system's educator pipe opening shall be placed at various levels within the borehole to concentrate the development action. Pumping and surging shall continue until all areas of the well yield water free of sand, cuttings and suspended solids as determined by the Owner's Representative. Geophysical Surveys: After the well bore has been completed the Contractor shall have the following geophysical surveys run in the borehole from land surface to the bottom of the borehole: 1) under static conditions - a) temperature b) caliper; c) gamma; d) short and long normal resistivity; e) fluid conductivity; f) fluid velocity; and 2) under pumping conditions - a) temperature; b) fluid conductivity; and c) fluid velocity. The Contractor is responsible for providing and operating pumping and discharge equipment and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-10 mechanical and/or electric power while the pumping logs are being collected. The pumping equipment shall be capable of producing a minimum of 300 gpm from the well for the duration of the pumping logs. Geophysical surveys shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with 1 digital ASCII format copy (on CD) of all geophysical logs no later than two weeks after the well is logged. The Contractor shall also provide 2 in-field paper copies of all geophysical logs and 16 paper copies of all geophysical logs within 30 calendar days of completion of all field logging. K. Video Survey: After the geophysical surveys of the well, The Contractor shall run and record a color video survey in the well from land surface to the bottom of the borehole. The video survey shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with one copy of the video tape on the day of the video survey. L. Step-Drawdown Test: A 3 to 5.step, variable rate step-drawdown test shall be conducted to determine specific capacities and optimal discharge rates for the APT. It is anticipated the step test rates shall be 200 gpm, 300 gpm and 500 gpm, and each shall last about 2 hours per step. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. M. Constant Rate Aquifer Performance Test: Constant rate APT's shall be performed for Well Nos. 1-5 and 3-3. A minimum of five days after recovery of the water table from the step-drawdown test is completed, a constant rate APT shall be conducted to determine the hydraulic properties of the upper Floridan aquifer and potential effects of pumping on the Surficial aquifer. Five days of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. The pumping phase of an APT is expected to last 10 days at a constant pumping rate of 500 gpm. The recovery phase of the ATP shall last until water levels in the pumped well have reached equilibrium or are within 95 percent of the initial static water level. Removal of the pumping equipment shall be performed after completion of the recovery period. Water-level data shall be collected by the Owner's Representative and others. 3.10 FOUR (4)-INCH DIAMETER SURFICIAL AQUIFER TESTING/MONITORING WELL A. Equipment: Contractor shall use an approved hollow-stem auger drilling rig. B. Borehole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 8-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±20 feet below land surface (bls). C. Casing and Screen: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole ±8 feet of 4-inch diameter, Schedule 40 PVC casing and ±15 feet of 4-inch diameter, Schedule 40 PVC, 0.010-inch slotted screen. The casing/screen string shall extend from ±20 feet bls to 3 feet als. Only threaded couplings are acceptable. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Section lVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-11 D. Filter Pack: The annulus between the perimeter of the screen and the perimeter of the borehole shall be filter packed with a washed, well-rounded 20/30 silica sand and emplaced by the tremie method from the bottom of the borehole to a level approximately 2 feet above the screen top. E. Sand Cap: After the filter pack has settled, a 1-foot fine sand cap shall be tremied in on top of the filter pack in the annulus between the perimeter of the 4- inch PVC casing and the perimeter of the borehole. F. Cementing: ASTM C150 Type II cement grout shall be installed by the tremie method, with bottom deflection baffle from the top of the sand cap to land surface in the annulus between the perimeter of the 4-inch PVC well casing and the perimeter of the open borehole. G. Development: The well shall be alternately pumped using a centrifugal pump to effectively agitate and clean the well screen area. Pumping and surging shall continue until the well yields water free of sand and silt as determined by the Owner's Representative. H. Slug Test: A slug test shall be conducted to determine hydraulic conductivity of the unconsolidated material of the Surficial aquifer. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. Above-Ground Completion: The 4-inch diameter PVC casing shall extend above land surface approximately 3 feet. A 6-inch diameter protective steel casing shall be installed on the outside of the 4-inch PVC casing and be encased in a 2- foot x 2-foot x 6-inch sloped concrete surface pad. The pad shall be composed of a 1:2 ratio mix of Portland cement and coarse sand with steel reinforcement. The Contractor shall provide a removable and lockable heavy-duty cover plate for the 6-inch diameter flanged casing top. 3.11 SIX (6)-INCH DIAMETER UPPER FLORIDAN TESTING/MONITORING WELL A. Equipment: The Contractor shall use approved hollow-stem auger rigs and approved rotary rigs equipped for mud-rotary and reverse-air drilling. B. Split Spoons: Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock using the approved hollow-stem auger rig. C. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 16-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±5 feet below the top of competent rock. D. Surface Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole an estimated ±50 feet of 12-inch diameter by 0.250 wall thickness, steel casing such that the casing extends from below the top of competent rock to 0.5 foot above land surface (als). The actual length of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. Following placement of WTP 1 & 3 Welltleld Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Section lVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-12 the casing, the annular space between the perimeter of the casing and the perimeter of the borehole shall be grouted from the bottom of the borehole to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100% of theoretical. After the grout has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. E. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 12-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±65 feet bls. The depth shall actually be determined based on site geology and the actual depth for placement of the surface casing. F. Final Well Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole approximately ±68 feet of 6-inch diameter, SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok casing such that the casing extends from ±65 feet bls to 3 feet als. The actual length of the casing shall be based on the depth of the borehole. Following placement of the casing, grout cement shall be emplaced from approximately ±65 feet bls to land surface in the annulus between the perimeter of the 6-inch PVC casing and the perimeter of the 12-inch steel casing and 12-inch diameter borehole. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100 % of theoretical. After the grout for each stage has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. G. Open Hole: After the grout has set for a minimum of 24 hours, a nominal 6-inch diameter borehole shall be drilled from the bottom of the casing to ±150 feet bls using the reverse-air drilling method as soon as conditions permit. H. Development: The well shall be pumped at the highest rate obtainable until the discharged water is essentially free of suspended solids. The well shall then be alternately pumped and surged with an approved airlift pumping system of sufficient capacity to effectively agitate and clean the open well bore. The airlift system's educator pipe opening shall be placed at various levels within the borehole to concentrate the development action. Pumping and surging shall continue until all areas of the well yield water free of sand, cuttings and suspended solids as determined by the Owner's Representative. Geophysical Surveys: After the well bore has been completed the Contractor shall have the following geophysical surveys run in the borehole from land surface to the bottom of the borehole: 1) under static conditions - a) temperature b) caliper; c) gamma; d) short and long normal resistivity; e) fluid WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-13 conductivity; f) fluid velocity; and 2) under pumping conditions - a) temperature; b) fluid conductivity; and c) fluid velocity. The Contractor is responsible for providing and operating pumping and discharge equipment and providing mechanical and/or electric power while the pumping logs are being collected. The pumping equipment shall be capable of producing a minimum of 300 gpm from the well for the duration of the pumping logs. Geophysical surveys shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with 1 digital ASCII format copy (on 3%-inch micro diskette) of all geophysical logs no later than two weeks after the well is logged. The Contractor shall also provide 2 in-field paper copies of all geophysical logs and 16 paper copies of all geophysical logs within 30 calendar days of completion of all field logging. Video Survey: After the geophysical surveys of the well, The Contractor shall run and record a color video survey in the well from land surface to the bottom of the borehole. The video survey shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with one copy of the video tape on the day of the video survey. K. Constant Rate Specific Capacity Test: A constant rate specific capacity test shall be conducted to determine the specific capacity of the upper production zone of the upper Floridan aquifer and effects of pumping upon the Surficial aquifer. The well shall be pumped for a minimum of 8 hours at an estimated rate of 300 gpm. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. L. Above-Ground Completion: The 6-inch diameter casing shall extend above land surface approximately 3 feet and be encased in a 4-foot x 4-foot x 6-inch sloped concrete surface pad. The pad shall be composed of a 1:2 ratio mix of Portland cement and coarse sand with steel reinforcement. The Contractor shall provide a removable and lockable heavy duty cover plate for the 6-inch diameter flanged casing top. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Section IVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-14 SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the work of this section as it relates to other sections of the specification. Particularly: 15100 - Valves and Appurtenances 1.2 DESCRIPTION of WORK A. The Contractor shall have total system responsibility for all instrumentation, controls, services, and systems, as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in the single source responsibility from the CONTRACTOR. C. The Contractor shall provide the services of an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, who shall be responsible to provide all of the equipment, controls and instrumentation, hardware, software, testing, startup, calibration and training required to provide a complete and working system as described herein. Work described in this section, and related sections, and shown in the contract drawings shall be provided by an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR who shall be a direct sub-contractor of the Contractor. D. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall furnish all wiring diagrams, detailed designs, control panels, instrumentation, installation, materials, labor, equipment, hardware, software, training, and incidentals, required to provide various portions of the controls and instrumentation as described herein. 1.3 CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. Work of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall include but not be limited to the following: Provide all instruments and related equipment, regardless of manufacturer, and apply total SYSTEMS INTEGRATION ENGINEERING to assure that each component is appropriate for the service intended, and that it is applied and utilized in keeping with the recommended standards of practice designated by the manufacturer. B. If additional hardware is required to achieve proper interface, or systems operation, (i.e. signal converters, signal re-transmitters, interposing relays and similar items) these shall be provided and installed by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR as part of the total systems responsibility, at no additional cost to the Owner, to form a total system which is well ordered and complete. C. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for providing equipment, equipment installation, interconnections, radio configuration, and telemetry path tuning, as required, to facilitate communication between the telemetry master sites and the remote slave sites. 1. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR WILL NOT be responsible for the PLC control programming, SCADA HMI programming, SCADA tag name WTP 1 S 3 Wellteld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-1 dictionary development, or SQL data handling algorithm development. These functions will be performed by the ENGINEER. D. After all permanent radio telemetry links are established, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall conduct signal strength tests, including documentation, to verify the final radio telemetry configuration and performance. This documentation shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. E. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide the services of one or more trained and highly qualified service technician(s) who shall provide all of the necessary services relative to installation, calibration, wiring, coordination, programming, startup, troubleshooting, and training for all of the equipment and systems involved in the control systems. The qualified service technician(s) shall remain on site during the major installation and startup events to verify and certify that all equipment and systems are properly installed, wired, calibrated, and made operational. F. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide training for all systems and equipment provided as part of this project. Training shall address operation, interconnection, maintenance, and trouble-shooting, for all equipment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AVAILABLE SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS: A single sub-contractor shall be designated as the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. This supplier shall be responsible for all of the specialized controls and instrumentation for the project. The instrumentation SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide all engineering, equipment, materials, and hardware, as well as assuring proper installation, adjustment, calibration, and startup of all systems, regardless of manufacture. B. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be a company, which is regularly engaged in the business of instrumentation and radio telemetry systems integration, in the state of Florida, in the water and wastewater industry. 1.5 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. The shop drawing submittals shall provide detailed information specific to the project requirements as outlined below: 1. Catalog cuts and Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual component, device, system or subsystem supplied as a component of this project. Catalog cuts shall include catalog information, descriptive literature, and application information, operating ranges, accuracy statements, wiring diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. 2. All options or accessories shall be marked with dark arrows so that the exact model, configuration, and accessories are clearly delineated. Each catalog cut shall be accompanied with an appropriate component data sheet which shall summarize the job-specific data which describes each component supplied, with specific data including manufacturer, model number, scale, range, set-points, options included, and materials of construction, mounting hardware, power requirements and accessories. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-2 3. A Bill of Materials shall be provided, which shall list all of the instruments, equipment, panels and devices supplied in this project, grouped by remote location designations, and identified by code numbers consistently and systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name and model, the code number, a description, options and accessories provided, and the quantities. 4. Panel drawings shall be provided for each enclosure, control panel, or system schematic provided. Drawings shall be clearly legible, and shall include front panel elevation and layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, subpanels, component cut-outs, panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends. 5. Control diagrams shall be provided, in ladder and loop schematic form, showing all wiring details, including all devices, electrical connections, wire numbering, terminal strip numbering, wire color code and termination designations at each device. 6. The LOOP DIAGRAMS shall meet the minimum requirements of the latest ISA S5.4. The physical location of each component shall be clearly designated, both in the panel and in the field. 7. Field wiring diagrams shall be provided showing all wiring interconnections between equipment, panels, junction boxes, field- mounted devices. The diagrams shall identify each cable and conductor by size and type (i.e. gage, THHN, twisted, shielded, fiber optic, etc.), as well as color code per NFPA and numbering. Termination details shall be included at the panel, at the field device termination point, as well as any intermediate connections required. 8. Installation Details shall be provided for each field mounted device, which shall include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections, pilot tube routing, materials and accessories and other necessary details required for proper equipment installation. 9. All documentation shall be provided in 11" x 17" format. All information depicted shall be clearly legible. 1.6 DOCUMENTATION A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide full documentation for all hardware, instrumentation, and equipment, including complete manuals for installation, operation, calibration, troubleshooting. All documentation shall be neatly organized, readable and complete. B. Complete hardware installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting manuals shall be provided. C. At the completion of the project, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide complete as-built drawings, describing all instrumentation systems and all instrumentation-related wiring interface details accurately and completely. Wiring WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-3 diagrams shall include complete, detailed, as-built wiring diagrams for all locations. These shall include all components as described under SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS above, but shall be corrected to include all information reflected by AS-BUILT conditions. 1.7 D. Submitted documentation WILL be reviewed against as-built conditions, and final acceptance will not be issued until all discrepancies are corrected. All final documentation shall be an accurate depiction of the final implementation. E. All final Record documentation shall be grouped, and provided in bound hardcopy O&M sets. Each bound set shall include a writable compact disk containing all Record documentation in electronic format. 1. Acceptable electronic formats are: Microsoft DOC, Adobe PDF, and AutoCAD DWG. F. Six (6) complete sets will be required. SYSTEM SCHEMATICS IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. In some cases, schematics or details have been included in the contract drawings to clarify the intended control function and to explain typical interactions of system components. These schematics provide recommended details for various aspects of the system design. They do not purport to include all of the details and components of the total system design. B. It shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to ensure that the final installation is in compliance with the design and the functions described herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Abbreviations 1. FM or FIT: Flow Meter or Flow Indicating Transmitter 2. Al: Analog Input 3. AO: Analog Output 4. DI: Discrete Input 5. DO: Discrete Output 6. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller 7. HMI: Human-Machine Interface 8. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition 9. RTU: Remote Telemetry Unit 10. Rx: Receiver 11. Tx: Transmitter B. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but do not cover details of construction which may vary in accordance with the exact requirements of the equipment offered. Installations shall include WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-4 all necessary parts, equipment, sockets, modules, connectors, and other components, required to form a complete and fully functional system. 2.2 C. All equipment, cabinets and devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty type, designed for continuous industrial service. Where possible the system shall contain products of a single manufacturer and consist of equipment models which are currently in production. Equipment provided shall be of modular construction. D. Materials used in the system shall be new, unused, and as hereinafter specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds. Samples of materials or manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for approval as required by the ENGINEER. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Refer to other sections of these specifications for detailed equipment descriptions and models. B. All new control panels shall be manufactured according to the standards of Underwriters Laboratory and shall be given the UL 508A Industrial Control Panels label indicating that the complete panel, including all components, is certified for UL compliance as manufactured as a complete control assembly. UL labels shall be certified and installed in panels at the factory. Panels shipped or installed without UL label, shall be returned to the factory by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for re-certification, at no additional cost to the CITY. C. Exterior Telemetry/PLC cabinets shall be 304 stainless steel, rated NEMA 4X. Enclosure shall have stainless-steel hinges and hardware. Enclosure shall include a lock hasp, suitable for a standard sized pad-lock. Sun-shields shall be installed as shown on the contract drawings. Proposed alternate enclosure sizes shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication. Enclosure shall be as manufactured by Hoffman, or approved equal. D. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs. Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel. Pockets shall be of sufficient size to hold all the prints required to describe the equipment. Complete and accurate schematics shall be provided in every cabinet. Schematics shall be laminated and provided in 11" x 17" format. E. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. F. Construction: 1. All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and shall be securely mounted to the removable back panel through the use of rail mounting systems where applicable, or with screw and lock washers. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-5 Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. 2. Panels shall be provided with circuit breakers to supply individual power feeds to each device. Panels shall include a duplex convenience GFCI receptacle. G. Wiring: All interconnecting wiring shall be stranded cable, sized appropriately for the amp load, 600 volt insulation and rated for not less than 75 degree C. 2. Power distribution wiring on the line side of fuses shall be 14 AWG minimum. Control wiring on the secondary side of fuses shall be 16 AWG minimum. Analog circuits shall utilize 16 AWG, shielded, twisted pair cables, insulated for not less than 300 volts. 3. Power and low voltage do wiring systems shall be routed in separate wireways. Crossing of different system wires shall be at right angles. Different system wires routed parallel to each other shall be separated by at least 2 inches. Different wiring systems shall terminate on separate terminal blocks. Wiring troughs shall not be filled to more than 60 percent visible fill. 4. Terminal blocks shall be barrier type with the appropriate voltage rating (600 volts minimum). They shall be raised channel mounted type. 5. All wiring shall include unique identification. Wire and type markers shall be the sleeve type with heat impressed letters and numbers. 6. Only one side of a field interface terminal block row(s) shall be used for internal wiring. The field wiring side of the terminal shall not be within 6- inches of the side panel or adjacent terminal. 7. All wiring connected to live circuits independent of the panel's normal circuit breaker protection shall be color-coded and clearly identified as such. 8. All wiring shall be clearly tagged and color coded. All tagged numbers and color coding shall correspond to the panel wiring diagrams and loop drawings and the overall tagging system. All power wiring, control wiring, grounding, and do wiring shall utilize different color insulation for each wiring system used. The wiring color code and tagging system shall be submitted, and included as a legend on the schematic diagrams. Provide a terminal block schedule describing all terminal point functions. 9. Each control circuit shall be individually protected by circuit breakers. All protecting devices shall be clearly labeled and located for ease of maintenance. 10. Provide surge protectors on all incoming power supply lines at each panel. Provide surge protection on instrumentation and control circuits as specified herein or as shown on the drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-6 a) General: Equip control panels with surge-arresting devices to protect equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in interconnecting lines, resulting from lightning discharges and nearby electrical devices. b) Suppressor Locations: 1) At point of connection between each equipment item, including AC powered transmitters and its power supply conductors (direct wired equipment). 2) On analog pairs at each end when the pair travels outside of a building. 3) In other locations where equipment sensitivity to surges and transients requires additional protection beyond that inherent to the design of equipment. 11. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide single-point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest possible path. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy-chain ground connections. H. Equipment Mounting/Arrangement: All components shall be mounted in a manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving or removing any other component. Components mounted on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration. Internal components shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved phenolic legend plates, W (minimum) white letters on black background. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. Components: 1. Control / Interposing Relays a) Control Relays shall be plug-in miniature type with DIN rail mounted sockets. Units shall, as a minimum have 10 Amp, 120 VAC, DPDT contacts and 120 VAC, 1.6 W maximum coils. b) Units shall be IDEC RH series, Potter & Brumfield, Allen Bradley or approved equal. 2. Analog Signal Isolators a) The module shall provide complete three-way isolation between input/output, input/power, and output/power. Modules shall be configured for DIN rail mounting, with mounting foot constructed of WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-7 metal. Wires shall be attached to the modules by pluggable terminal blocks that accept wire sizes from 24 to 14 AWG. Input resistance for current inputs shall be 50 ohms or less. Current output shall be capable of driving up to 500 ohm loads. Independent "zero" and "span" adjustments shall be provided. b) Units shall be Phoenix Contact MCR series, or approved equal. 3. Power Supplies a) Power Supplies shall be provided as required to provide equipment power, loop power to field instrumentation, and as otherwise needed. b) Supplies shall convert 120 VAC power to 24 VDC, sufficient to allow connected equipment to operate within their required tolerances. Unit shall be DIN rail mounted and UL listed. C) Units shall be Phoenix Contact QUINT Series or approved equal. 4. Circuit Breakers a) Circuit Breakers shall be provided on the main power feed to the enclosure and as required to provide isolation for all component group power feeds. Units shall be rated as recommended by the equipment manufacturer for maximum equipment protection. b) Component Circuit Breakers shall be rated for 120 VAC, 10,000 ampere interrupting capability and UL approved. Units shall be thermal magnetic type with DIN rail mounting. C) Unit shall be Allen Bradley 1492 Series, General Electric V-Line Series or approved equal. 5. Terminal Blocks a) Terminal blocks shall be used for all external wiring connections and for internal voltage bus connections. Blocks shall be screw connection, clamp type, DIN rail mounted units, sized appropriately for the application and held in place with end stops. Terminals shall be labeled on both sides of the block and the strip shall be labeled on the end stop. Jumpers between blocks shall be pin connector type without loss of space on terminals or rails. b) General purpose units shall be rated for 600 VAC at 30 amps and capable of accepting up to a 10 AWG wire. Ground blocks shall have a green/yellow body and be electrically grounded to the mounting rail. The block shall accept up to a 10 AWG wire. C) Units shall be Phoenix Contact, or approved equal. 6. Uninterruptible Power Supply WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-8 a) Where noted, panel shall include a dedicated uninterruptible power supply (UPS.) UPS shall be mounted at the floor of each panel, on a raised support. The UPS shall serve all powered components in the panel, anticipated future equipment, as well as selected instruments fed from the panel. Analog Loop Supply And Signal Transmission Each analog instrument and system shall be provided with an appropriate modular, regulated power supply with sufficient power to drive all loop components, conductors and accessories. Analog signals shall be communicated using shielded stranded signal cable with braided shield and waterproof jacket, suitable for the service intended. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation of the signal wiring and provide appropriate installation procedures. 2. All signal wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit that is physically separated from power conduits. Shields shall be wired to drain only at one end, and terminated to a proper ground connection. Bare drains shall not contact the metallic conduit at any point. The cable shall be tested after installation for verification of total isolation of the drain to the conduit. Signal loops shall be provided with signal line surge protection at the control panel and at the instrument or device. Signal isolation shall be as described above. K. Nameplates: All external components and the enclosure shall be supplied with permanent engraved legend plates. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick, machine engraved, black background, phenolic plate, which reveals white lettering when engraved. Unless noted otherwise, engraved text shall be 3/16- inch high for component legends, Y2-inch high for the enclosure legend. Legend plates shall be securely fastened in place using stainless steel screws. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 2.3 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIO TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT A. At each radio location, provide new; antenna, cabling, surge protection, and grounding, as specified. B. Spread Spectrum Radio (Remote and Master Sites) 1. 1 Watt Output Power, 24 VDC input power. 2. Spread Spectrum Transceiver with data and diagnostics ports. 3. Shall be: Microwave Data Systems, Model: MDS 9810. No approved equals. C. Spread Spectrum YAGI Antenna (Remote Sites): 1. 10 dB gain, type N connector. 2. Shall be: Kathrein, Inc., TY-900, or approved equal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-9 3. Antenna Mounting Bracket shall be included. D. Antenna Cable: Run lengths of 100 ft and less: a) 1/2", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors. b) Attenuation: < 2.17 dB / 100 ft at 900M Hz. C) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF4-50A. No approved equals. 2. Run lengths longer than 100 feet: a) 7/8", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors. b) Attenuation: < 1.23 dB / 100 ft at 900MHz- C) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF5-50A. No approved equals. E. Antenna Cable Surge Protector: Shall be appropriate for application and cable size, per manufacturer. 2. Shall be: Polyphaser, unit similar to IS-50NX-C2, or approved equal. F. Antenna Pigtail Cable (from antenna surge protector to radio) 1. Shall be as specified for antenna cable. 2. N-Male to N-Male connectors. 3. One required for each radio site. 2.4 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM A. All radio systems installed under this contract shall be designed and configured to provide a minimum of 20 dB fade margin over the manufacturer's minimum requirements. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for implementing all needed measures required to insure this capability. B. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall be responsible to perform a field radio path test to determine the communications requirements between each well site and the WTP. The test will be performed prior to the submittal of any radio communications equipment and make use of communications hardware equal to that specified as part of this project. The test will duplicate as much as possible the actual operating conditions at each well site and the WTP including path, frequency and transmission power to determine necessary antenna height requirements, expected signal strength performance and possible signal interference concerns. The testing shall also be performed at one existing well location, as determined by the Owner, for evaluating system operation at the existing well field. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed ProeJct #: 0992-0190 13100-10 C. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall perform signal strength testing upon completion of the installation and provide documentation confirming the performance of the final installation. Testing results outside the performance range of the field test shall be investigated and corrected. D. Radio Antenna Tower The well communication towers shall be free standing, corrosion resistant, sectional self supporting towers. 2. For design purposes, the tower shall be designated as fifty (50) foot above ground level however the exact height will be determined through performance of the field radio path test to determine the needs for communicating to the well sites based on the specified fade margin requirement. 3. Each tower shall be installed using a concrete foundation which has been designed and certified by a Florida Registered Structural Engineer to be adequate for the application and to state and local building codes. 4. The overall antenna and tower installation shall be certified as conforming to the latest version of the Florida Building Code. 5. Antenna towers shall include but not be limited to the following accessories: a) Safety devices for climbing and working. b) Transmission line support. 6. The tower shall be grounded on each leg and each ground brought to a ground rod of sufficient length to provide a true earth ground. The ground rods shall be connected together to form a complete ground grid system for the tower. All grounding connections shall be cad-welded. 7. Tower shall be Rohn or approved equal. 2.5 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) A. The Contractor shall furnish programmable controllers (PI-Cs) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. PI-Cs shall be provided complete with rack, power supply, 1/0 cards, special function cards, instructions, memory, input/output capacity, and appurtenances, to provide all features and functions as described herein. PLC 1/0 cards may be supplied by third party vendors if approved by the PLC manufacturer and the Engineer. B. All components of the PLC system shall be of the same manufacturer; who shall have fully tested units similar to those being furnished, in an industrial environment with associated electrical noise. The PLC system shall have been tested to meet the requirements of NEMA Standard ICS 2-230 (Arc Test) and IEEE C37.90.1 (SWC). The processing unit shall perform the operations functionally described herein, based on the program stored in memory and the status of the inputs and outputs. WTP 1 & 3 Wellt7eld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-11 C. All PLC systems provided, shall be modular in design, and allow for future expansion. No fixed 1/0 or "brick" type PLC without expansion capabilities, will be accepted. D. 1/0 modules shall be of a dedicated type, i.e. Al, AO, DI, DO. No mixed 1/0 modules shall be acceptable. E. The programmable controller shall be designed to operate in an industrial environment. The PLC shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°-60°C and a relative humidity of 5-95 percent, non-condensing. The PLC shall operate on supply voltages of 90-132 VAC at 47-63 Hz, or 24 VDC if provided with a battery backup system. Over current and under voltage protection shall be provided on the power supply. F. System configuration shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Only a single type of processor shall be supplied for all PI-Cs designated. Memory, processor, and PLC type shall be adequate for all control functions specified. Memory backup shall be provided during loss of power, for the configuration, logic program, and current operating parameters/addresses. G. The processor and its associated memory shall be enclosed in a modular enclosure. A multiple-position selector switch or equivalent shall be used to select processor operating mode. LED-type indicating lights shall be provided to indicate processor, memory, and battery status. Errors in memory shall be recognized, and shall activate the memory error indicating lights. The PLC processor shall monitor the internal operation of the PLC for failure, and provide an alarm. Memory shall consist of battery-backed RAM or EEPROM, which shall retain the control program for at least one year, in the event of power loss. Visual indication shall be provided if battery charge is insufficient to maintain the program in RAM memory for at least two weeks. H. The instruction set for the PLC shall include the following, as a minimum. Additional co-processors or modules may be required to meet the minimum instruction set. 1. Relay type instructions 2. Counter and timer instructions 3. Comparison instructions (equal, greater than, limit tests, etc.) 4. Integer, long integer, and floating point mathematical instructions 5. Advanced math and trigonometric functions 6. Matrix and array instructions 7. Logical instructions (and, not, or, etc.) 8. Bit modification, moving, and shift instructions 9. Diagnostic instructions 10. Sequencer instructions 11. Program control instructions Qump, goto, subroutine, etc.) 12. PID control loops 13. Block read and write capability 14. Master and slave communications capabilities 15. Immediate 1/0 and communications update instructions 16. Real-time clock and date WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed ProeJct #: 0992-0190 13100-12 Unit shall be provided with a minimum of two (2) communications ports; one port shall be dedicated for use with the radio telemetry equipment, one port shall be dedicated for use by a portable programming computer (not supplied as part of this project.) PLC shall be, Allen-Bradley SLC-5/03. 2.6 PLC INPUT/OUTPUTS A. Input/output hardware shall be plug-in modules, in associated 1/0 rack assemblies. Each unit shall handle the required number of process inputs and outputs, plus a minimum of 10 percent spares for each 1/0 type furnished, plus a minimum of 20 percent spare 1/0 rack expansion space for the addition of future circuit cards or modules. B. PLC input/output systems and processing modules shall be of the same model series. C. Discrete inputs shall be 120VAC, developed from dry field contacts. D. Discrete outputs shall be 120 VAC 5A dry contacts. Output contacts shall be powered 120 VAC sourced from PLCs cabinet power system. Outputs shall operate external control relays, which shall be used to interface with valves and motor controls. E. Analog input circuits shall be 12-bit (minimum) resolution type. Analog input hardware shall be provided as required for all types of analog inputs being transmitted to the PLC. In general, analog input modules shall be capable of receiving 4-20 mA signals. F. Analog outputs shall be coordinated with the receivers, but shall generally be isolated 24 VDC 4-20mA outputs, powered from the PLC. Each input/output circuit shall have optical isolation to protect the equipment against high voltage transients. G. Input/output modules shall be configured for ease of wiring and maintenance. The modules shall be connected to wiring arms which can be disconnected, to permit removal of a module without disturbing field wiring. Covers shall be provided to prevent operator personnel from inadvertently touching the terminals. The process interface modules shall be provided with screw-type terminal blocks with barriers between adjacent terminals for connection of field inputs. Terminals shall be suitable for accepting up to and including No. 14 AWG wire. Output failure mode shall be selectable so that upon station or communication system failure, all outputs shall be placed in the non-conducting mode, or remain as they were prior to failure. Light-emitting diodes shall be provided for status indication for each input and output point. H. Signal and control circuitry to individual input/output boards shall be arranged such that board failure shall not disable more than one half of the control loops within any group of controlled equipment (e.g., one pump out of a group of three pumps, two pumps out of four, etc.). Where possible, individual control loops and equipment shall be assigned to individual boards such that failure of the board will disable only one loop or piece of equipment. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-13 I. External power supplies shall be provided with the PLC as required to meet specified installed 1/0 power requirements, plus spares. Power supplies shall be modular units. Power supplies shall have a line regulation of 0.05% and meet the environmental and power requirements specified herein. 2.7 POWER SUPPLY 1. 120 VAC Input. 2. Regulated 24 VDC Output. 3. Rated at 5 Amps minimum. 4. Power supply shall have discrete output, to alarm on power supply trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. 5. Shall be Phoenix Contact, model: QUINT-PS-100-240AC/24DC/5, or approved equal. 2.8 UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) A. UPS shall be provided as specified herein and elsewhere within the Contract Documents. B. Each UPS shall meet the following requirements: 1. Input voltage shall be 117 VAC, single phase, 60 Hz. 2. Voltage regulation shall be +/-5 percent for line and load changes. 3. The output frequency shall be phase-locked to the input AC line on AC operation and shall be 60 hertz +/-0.5 percent when on battery operation. 4. The batteries shall be of the sealed, lead acid or lead calcium gelled electrolyte type, suitable for high temperatures. 5. EMI/RF noise filtering. C. Each UPS shall be sized to match the maximum power requirements of the connected equipment, control panel power supplies, and accessories. D. UPS batteries shall be sized to provide a minimum of 20 minutes backup time. E. UPS shall be provided with a dry contact output, to alarm on UPS trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. F. UPS systems shall be as manufactured by Powerware, or approved equal. 2.9 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A. Pressure transmitters shall be provided, to allow for accurate analog measurement of line pressure. Typical range shall be 0-100 PSTG. The transmitter shall develop WTP 1 S 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-14 a 4-20 ma output signal in proportion to the measured pressure. Accuracy shall be 0.25% of calibrated span, minimum. B. Transmitter shall be equipped with a local digital display, indicating percent output proportional to pressure. C. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for appropriate installation, mounting, start-up and calibration of all transmitters. Pilot piping shall be 316 Stainless Steel. Stainless Steel ball valves shall be installed at the transmitter, to provide for isolation, and for process line flushing. Refer to contract drawings for details. D. Mounting brackets shall be provided, and shall utilize 316 SST mounting hardware and bracket material. Construction components such as isolating diaphragms, drain/vent valves, process flanges and adapters shall be 316 SST. All options and components of construction shall be selected for best use in a potable water environment. E. Transmitters shall be Rosemount model 1151GP6S22XXM4L4D1, or approved equal. 2.10 LEVEL TRANSMITTER (SUBMERSIBLE PRESSURE) A. Level transmitter shall be submerged pressure transducer type, with vent tube to reference atmospheric pressure. B. Submersible level transmitters shall meet the following specifications, as a minimum: 1. Welded 316 Stainless Steel Construction (Titanium construction where process compatibility dictates) 2. Integral cable containing electrical wires (min. 22 gauge) and vent tube. Cable shall have Polyurethane jacket (Tefzel jacket where process compatibility dictates), Kevlar support members, and be self-sealing in event of accidental cable cut. 3. Accuracy: 510.25% of full span 4. Output: 4-20mA 5. Temperature Range: 0-50°C 6. Suitable for the following installations: a) Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C, D b) Class II Div. 1 Groups E, F, G C) Class III Div. 1 C. The transmitter shall be provided with a suitable vent filter or bellows depending on application at the end of the transmitter's integral cable. Coordinate with the WTP 1 S 3 Welifleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-15 electrical contractor to insure the junction box being supplied for connection to integral cable has room for this device. D. Submersible level transmitters shall be sized to measure the level span as shown on the Contract Documents. E. Where the transmitter is suspended by the cable, manufacturer approved cable hangers shall be used. Special consideration shall be given to provide a compression holding cable-lock type attachment which shall provide an installation which is predictable and secure. The transducer shall be fitted with a closed-face nose cap designed to use attach weights to cope with sharp protruding objects. Weights shall be provided. F. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, submersible level transmitters shall be Pressure Systems Inc. (PSI) Series 300 small bore submersible level transducer or approved equal. G. Because of the difficulty of the installation, small transducer diameter and length is critical to the ease of installation and maintenance of these devices. The specified transducer had an outside diameter of .75 inches and a length of 7.19, and shall have a molded cable seal for smooth profile, and shall be equipped with attached weights. Larger transducers will not be considered. 2.11 PROPELLER FLOW METER A. Each well shall be equipped with a new mainline propeller flow meter. Meter size for each well shall match the pipe size as shown in the drawings. Propeller flow meters shall meet C-704 AWWA specifications. Propeller meters shall be equipped with full flanged meter tube, equipped with 150 lb flanges and integral straightening vanes. Tube shall be fabricated steel, and shall be coated inside and out with seven mil thick coating of polyamide hi-build epoxy, factory applied and NSF approved. B. Propeller meter shall be equipped with an electronic meter head which is mounted on a flanged connection of the tube and is magnetically coupled to the propeller gearing. The electronic register shall meet the specifications of IP 67, IP 68 and NEMA 6P for outdoor use. The register shall provide digital output of flow rate in gallons per minute and total gallons non-resetting. C. Flow meter shall be as manufactured by Water Specialties, model ML04 for the register and propeller meter, and model TR-15 for the transmitter. 2.12 MOTOR OPERATED VALVE CONTROL A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide interposing relays, wiring and controls in order to monitor and control the motor operated throttling valve using the PLC. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the details of the wiring and valve motor operator schematic and accessories in order that the required mode of operation is accomplished. B. The intended mode of operation is that the motor operator would be positioned in "inching" service by two discrete outputs of the PLC. One output moves the valve more OPEN and the other moves the valve vmore CLOSED. The duration of the output from the PLC will determine how far the valve moves. Once the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-16 output is discontinued, the valve will stop. In this configuration, the wiring of the 'STOP' feature shall not be needed, since the open and close cosmmand relays will not latch. C. The valve shall be provided with a valve position feedback which shall indicate the actual valve position using a 4-20 ma signal. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall interface with this signal, using signal isolators and shielded cables, to provide an analog input to the PLC as well as providing a valve position feedback on the digital indicator. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide calibration of this signal to demonstrate that it accurately shows the valve position. D. Provide a selector switch for Valve Control - MANUAUAUTO. SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the design and implementation of manual and automatic controls, so that the valve could be operated either manually or automatically from the control panel. E. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall verify proper operation and adjustment of the actuator open and closed limit switches and torque switches. Limit switches shall stop the actuator motor in the direction of travel, as well as providing open and closed feedback status to the PLC. 2.13 PUMP MOTOR CONTROL AND FEEDBACK A. Provide interface to the motor controls by a discrete output so that the motor can be started and stopped from the PLC. B. Provide interface from the motor controls by a discrete input so that the motor can get input when the pump is running. C. Provide a hand off auto selector switch and integration with the PLC, and motor control panel to provide manual or automatic operation of the motor. 2.14 PANEL COMPONENTS A. Control relays shall be double pole, double throw with octal socket and transparent dust cover. The relay shall be equipped with an indicating light to indicate when the coil is energized. The relays shall have 10 amp, 120 VAC contacts. The mechanical life of the relay shall be 10,000,000 operations minimum. Relays shall be Square-D, Allen Bradley, Omron or Potter Brumfield. B. Push buttons, selector switches, pilot lights, and other front panel mounted components shall be heavy duty, NEMA 4X, oil tight, and corrosion resistant. All panel components shall be provided with suitable permanent nameplates. Nameplates shall be integrated into the component mountings with the appropriate custom engraving included in the plate. Additional engraved nameplates shall be provided for clarity of function. These shall be affixed using stainless steel screws. Affixing with adhesive shall not be permitted. Panel components shall be Allen Bradley Bulletin 800H, pilot lights shall be long life, high brightness 120 VAC, LED type. C. Digital Indicators shall be large format, high brightness LED type, easily viewed in bright sunlight. Panel meter shall have 8 digits, at 12 MM. Input of 4-20 ma. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim S Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-17 Indication shall be fully programmable. Indicators shall be Red Lion CUB5 or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and expertise required to carry out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of all equipment in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of equipment supplied. B. All work shall be scheduled, in advance, with the Engineer and the Owner to minimize down time of any system. Detailed plans and sequencing shall be included in the construction schedule submitted by the CONTRACTOR. C. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations at each location which are both functional and esthetically acceptable. D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the CONSTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. E. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the ENGINEER a periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment on which construction/installation has been completed. F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment. G. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the ENGINEER during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of equipment and, in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the ENGINEER and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. H. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any modifications made during field installation or start up. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following completion of installation and the operational readiness testing, one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-18 CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for incorporation of the markups into the final as-built documentation. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings. Should any work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances, and regulations, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising there from. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, which could cause contaminants to be forced into sensitive electronics. K. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling into enclosures to prevent contamination of electrical equipment. L. Upon completion of construction/installation work, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish and debris that has accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the Owner. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning-induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding, or safety grounds. C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted. D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two-conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit. F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfreld Expansion Phase i Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-19 3.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION A. Every analog instrument, limit switch, control, or related device, shall be properly calibrated, tuned, adjusted and commissioned so that the accuracy and operation of the device equals the highest level of performance which that device can achieve. B. Accurate and appropriate test equipment and industry standard test procedures shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within its expected tolerance of accuracy at various points throughout its operating range. C. Whenever calibration adjustments are being made, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR supplied technician(s) shall notify the members of the Owner's electrical/instrumentation staff so that they may witness the procedure as an educational process. The technicians shall assist the operator in any way possible in becoming well versed in the start-up, operation, maintenance, and calibration of the equipment provided. D. The technician(s) shall be fully familiar, trained and qualified to service and support the items that are being serviced. 3.4 CALIBRATION AND SERVICE REPORTS A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall prepare a written, dated, report for each start-up, calibration, trouble-shooting or maintenance event. This report shall identify the instrument serviced, define the procedures, and provide conclusions. This shall include every instrument or system provided in this project, and shall apply to every visit by equipment suppliers and system subcontractors. The reports shall also document each wiring modification, warranty repair, and problem analysis. B. All reports shall be distributed to the Engineer, the Contractor, and copied to the Owner's staff, and a copy shall be kept in a permanent file for future reference. 3.5 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCERS A. The installation and calibration or the submersible level transducers is expected to be difficult because the annulous space if restrictive, and there is a need for accurate calibration and dependable service. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the special requirements of installation of downhole level probes as described herein. B. The SYSTEM INTEGATOR shall provide a suitable transition fitting or junction box, such as a Hubbell LB fitting, to mount directly over the port of entry of the level transducer. The fitting shall have a movable cover, which shall allow straight entry of the probe down the well. C. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the exact elevation, as measured in feet (to hundredths) above sea level, as measured at the point of comparison near the entrance port of the level transducer. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide a suitable engraved BRASS MARKER to identify the benchmark for the elevation standard at each well. The instrumentation Control Panel shall contain an engraved placard near the level INDICATOR which shall contain the benchmark data, and shall enumerate the exact length of cable required at the point of entrance, and the calibration parameters of the level transmitter. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-20 D. In as much as possible, each level transducer shall be set at 30 feet below sea level. The range of the 4-20 ma signal shall be calibrated to a range of 60 feet. The analog indicator shall be calibrated to a range of -30 to +30, so that the reading is expressed exactly as feet above or below sea level. The engraved placard at the level indicator shall indicate this as well. E. The submersible transducer shall be provided with a long life vent filter for the breather. This filter vent shall be installed in a NEMA 4X enclosure mounted near the transducer port. Provide wording on the placard to indicate that the filter vent should be changed once per year. 3.6 WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall guarantee the material and/or workmanship of all installed equipment and systems for a period of (12) twelve months from the date of final acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. B. During this warranty period, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent, field service engineer, who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Engineer or Owner to repair and/or replace any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this contract. All preventive and corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all work performed, and list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Engineer and Owner on or before the next business day. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proeect #: 0992-0190 13100-21 Well Site Tour Tuesday, October 28, 2008 - 8:30 a.m. Project Title: Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Project, Phase 1 City Project No: (07-0037-UT) Client/Dept.: City of Clearwater, Engineering Department Location: Municipal Services Building --100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Lobby SIGN-IN SHEET (Please print) NAM ITLE REPRESENTING PHONE EMAIL A?v 'cu Wcti 1. M v p ,' ".Tm- (IL 21 2. ? / . 1^1 ?su.7S i cep ,1- - 4. • ? ??t 0 ic. I ??' .._. J L. C l_??r?i? il=k ` Q*-722-01 6 1 ea 1v+ ? !? a./. ,,.) Il ?.. ? ? / J'r';. , ?,??-?-- ? rn ,vn ? `?.rC 1 6• ??- ?? ).._ ri?Y S,.-_ ?f °?? f??? 6. s fit .I u ti'= q U $13' `l 6 i-113 9 AO &-. Wa ' ?S 7. ?+2'r '? K C ?rt a Cyr ? ?7ar '17-1 567-4o C r ?My( t ? arn: 8. C-ach AD vn"' 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. S:U799210190%iO-Comm118-ProJed Meetln®s%sign in wells tour doc 1 of 3 ADDENDUM NO. 2 FOR WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 & 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE I - WELL INSTALLATION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA City Project No. 07-0037-UT DATE: November 10, 2008 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 to Plans and Specifications Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I - Well Installation City Project No. 07-0037-UT, Clearwater, Florida TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as follows: SPECIFICATIONS: SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Revise Part 1.7.C.9.D to read: d) Payment for the PVC column pipe will be made per vertical foot upon final completion of the work at each site. SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT, Revise Part 1.7.C.17 to read: 17. Bid Item No. 14 -- Well Back Plugging a) This item describes measurement and payment for back plugging of the wells. The quantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of boreholes acceptably back plugged as directed by the Owner's Representative. b) At the direction of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall back-plug selected City production wells with Class A, Type 1 neat cement grout to depths specified by the Owner's Representative. C) Payment for the back plugging will be made per vertical foot upon final completion of the work at each site. SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION, Replace Specification 13100 with the attached revised Specification 13100 to Contract Documents. Modification to the specification adds Part 2.4 Radio Communications System. Subsequent Parts shall be renumbered accordingly. SECTION 13700 - POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION/TEST WELLS AND MONITORING, Revise Part 3.9 F. to read: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 1 Final Well Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole a 12-inch diameter, SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok casing such that the casing extends 3 feet als. The actual length of the casing shall be based on the depth of the borehole. Following placement of the casing, the annular space between the perimeter of the 12" PVC casing, the perimeter of the 18" steel casing and the perimeter of the 18" borehole shall be grouted to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100% of theoretical. After the grout for each stage has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL, Revise Part 1.2. to read: A. The Contractor shall use existing electrical services at wells with 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire services. The existing electrical services rated at 240 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire shall be upgraded to 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire. All new well sites shall be provided with 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire service. The power company is to install power up to and including the meter and the Contractor will be responsible beyond the meter. Power pole locations must be approved by a City representative prior to installation. Contractor is responsible for coordinating all activities as necessary to obtain power for each site from Progress Energy. B. Payment for Progress Energy work will be paid by the City directly to Progress Energy for all costs associated with upgrading the Progress Energy of Florida services outlined in A above. C. Progress Energy New Construction Department can be contacted @ (800) 749- 1677. SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL, Revise Part 2.2.A. to read: A. Refer to specification 16110 - Raceways and fittings SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL, Revise Part 2.3.A. to read: A. Refer to specification 16120 - Wires and Cables SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL, Revise Part 2.4.13. to read: B. Refer to specification 16110 - Raceways and fittings SECTION 16050 - ELECTRICAL, Revise Part 2.4.13. to read: B. Refer to specification 16110 - Raceways and fittings SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS, Revise Part 1.2. to read: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKlm & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Addendum #2 2 1.2 APPLICATIONS A. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, or hereinafter specified, all exposed raceways shall be aluminum conduit, zinc coated threaded type, of Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Pyle National, Thomas & Betts, or approved equal manufacturer unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All conduits shall be made up tight and no running threads will be permitted, "Erickson" couplings being used wherever necessary. Where conduit is cut, the inside edge shall be reamed smooth to prevent damage to conductors. B. (Not used.) C. Schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be used underground for power circuits. Where PVC is used, all elbows and risers to above grade shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. All elbows shall be suitably grounded. D. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. E. Unless otherwise hereinafter specified or shown on the Drawings, all boxes shall be metal. F. Concealed switch, outlet and control station boxes shall be pressed steel. G. Terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., installed outdoors in NEMA 4 areas or in corrosive areas shall be 304 NEMA 4X stainless steel. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than #14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than #12 gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or approved equal. SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS, Revise Part 2.1.C.2. to read: 2. PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 40 or 80 as manufactured by Carlon, An Indian Head Co., Kraloy Products Co., Inc., Highland Plastics Inc., or approved equal. DRAWINGS: Drawing M4, Revise drawing Legend as follows: Change Note 51 to read "Pump Intake Elev. -20.0" Change Note 52 to read "Surficial Casing Bottom Elev. 0.0" Change Note 53 to read "PVC Well Casing Bottom Elev. -15.0" Change Note 62 to read "Well Bottom Elev. -115.0" Drawing M5, Revise drawing Typical Production Well Detail as follows: Change "land surface" to "finished floor", Change surface casing depth from "+50 ft." to "Elev. 0.0" Change well casing depth from "+65 ft." to "Elev. -15.0" Change open bore hole depth from "+150 ft." to "Elev. -115.0" WTP 1 & 3 Wellffeld Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Addendum #2 3 Drawing E4, Revise Sheet title to be WTPs 1 & 3 WELL FIELD EXPANSION PROJECT PHASE I - WELL INSTALLATION, WELL 69 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM AND LAYOUT Drawing E5, Revise Sheet title to be WTPs 1 & 3 WELL FIELD EXPANSION PROJECT PHASE I - WELL INSTALLATION, WELL 69 CABINENT WIRING SCHEMATICS CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Question: The design of the Test Production Wells calls for 18" diameter steel surface casing (17.25" ID) complete with a 12" PVC SDR 17 well casing. 12" PVC SDR 17 well casing has an OD of 12.75" The OD of the coupling is 14" This allows for an annular space between the 12" PVC coupling and the 18" casing of 1.625" Specifications are requiring the installation of a 1-112" schedule 40 PVC tube on the outside of the 12" PVC casing. The 1-1/2" PVC tube has an OD of 1.9", excluding couplings. This tube will not fit in the annular space provided, assuming the 12" is centered inside the 18" casing. Please review and respond. Response: The 1-1/2" schedule 40 PVC tube requirement reflected in Specification Section 13700 Paragraph 3.9 F. shall be omitted and will not be installed under this contract. See SPECIFICATIONS in this addendum above. 2. Statement. The well depths have been adjusted to reflect an open hole depth to elevation () 115.0 feet below sea level, which represents an increase to an average depth of 180 ft below land surface. See attached bid tabs for updated depths for each well. 3. Statement: Engineer's Estimate (including the increase in the 12" bore depths in Clarification #2 above) for the overall project is $3,78Z 000. The well drilling portion of the work is estimated at $1,019,000 (which includes part of Bid Item 1 and all of bid items 2, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 17). 4. Question: The specifications call for the contractor to pay for the new power services for each well. This is unusual for the contractor to pay for the power company to bring power to the sites, is this correct? Response: Contractor is responsible for coordinating all activities as necessary to obtain power for each site from Progress Energy. The power company is to install power up to and including the meter and the Contractor will be responsible beyond the meter. Power pole locations must be approved by a City representative prior to installation. Payment for Progress Energy work will be paid by the City directly to Progress Energy, so contractor does not need to include this in their bid. See SPECIFICATIONS in this addendum above 5. Question: If the above is correct, has Progress Energy been provided drawings in advance to provide the contractor with quotations for the cost of each site? Response: See response to Clarification 4 above. 6. Question: What is the correct contact information for Mr. Jerry Conrad at Progress Energy since phone number stated in Section 16050-2 is incorrect? Response: Progress Energy New Construction Department can be contacted @ (800) 749-1677. See SPECIFICATIONS in this addendum above. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 4 7. Question: Do the electrical services at well sites #68 and #69 required to be modified to meet the design as shown on sheet E4 "Power Riser" and "Equipment Rack Detail"? Drawing sheet E3 does not indicate any revisions to the existing electrical service other than the installation of the JAP devices. Response: Power at Well 69 is currently 480VAG and power at Well 68 is currently 240VAC. Well 68 will be converted from 240V service to 480V service. As such the disconnects, pump electrical cabinet and control panel will need to be replaced with new equipment as shown on Drawing Sheet E6, E8 & E9. Existing panels shall be turned over to the City. 8. Question: Is the electrical service installation from the utility termination point to the first service disconnect to be included in this bid? Drawings seem to indicate that the service entrance is not included. Response: The power company is to install power up to and including the meter and the Contractor will be responsible beyond the meter. 9. Question: If the electrical service installation from the utility termination point to the first service disconnect where are the utility termination points for each well site? Response: See Clarification to Question 4 in this addendum above. 10. Question: Is there any electrical installation required for the monitoring well CRMW-1 ? Response: No permanent power is required for monitoring well CRMW-1. Contractor will have to supply temporary power for construction and testing of monitoring well. 11. Question: Which specification section is to be used for the electrical conduit type, 16050-2.2 A or 16110-1.2 A, B & C? They contradict each other. Response: Use specification Section 16110-1.2. See SPECIFICATIONS changes in this addendum above. 12. Question: Which specification section is to be used for the exterior electrical boxes and enclosures, 16050-2.4 B and 16050-2.5 B or 16110-1.2 G? They contradict each other. Response: Use specification Section 16110-1.2. See SPECIFICATIONS changes in this addendum above. 13. Question: Which specification section is to be used for the electrical power conductors, 16050-2.3 A or 16120-1.3 A & B? They contradict each other. Response: Use specification Section 16120-1.3. See SPECIFICATIONS changes in this addendum above. 14. Question: Can you provide a copy of the site visit sign-in sheet? Response: See attached sign-in sheet. 15. Question: At the Pre-Bid conference, a question was asked in regards to the Instrumentation and Controls. Which firms are approved? Please provide. Response: The System Integrator requirements are as specified in the Contract Documents. 16. Question: Please provide Asphalt Drive Detail. Response: See Specification Section IV Articles 22 and 23 for asphalt driveway requirements. WTP 1 & 3 Welltield Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project M 0992-0190 5 17. Question: Please describe specifically, where the contractor is to dispose of all the development and pump test water at each well site. Response: Specific disposal method can not be determined until water quality is known. The Contractor will have to assess the water quality of the discharge water prior to disposal. Once the water quality is known an appropriate method of disposal in accordance with regulatory requirements will need to be selected and all necessary permitting obtained by the contractor. Please refer to Section IV Article 12 Dewatering for additional information. 18. Question: Are the master radios existing at both WTP 1 & 3? Response: Yes, WTP 1 &3 have existing master radios. 19. Question: Are new towers, antennas and Heliax required at wells 23, 68 & 69? Response: Wells 68 & 69 already have towers and antennas, and Well 23 will require an entirely new tower and antenna. 20. Question: Reference section 13750 3.9 A through E and drawings E2 & E3: a. The specifications indicate that some new instruments are required and others may be required and the drawings seem to show all new instruments. Please clarify which instruments are required at each of these sites. Reams o_nse: Drawing Sheet E4 and E5 depict Wells 68 and 69 Improvements. Well 23 controls and instrumentation are to be the same as the new wells on Drawing Sheets E6 through E9. 21. Question: Reference section 13100 2.2 A and drawing E9: a. The specifications indicate that the enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and the part number on drawing E9 confirms, but there is a note on drawing E9 requiring 316 stainless steel. Please clarify the material of construction for the RTU enclosures. Response: All new RTU enclosures shall be 316SS. 22. Question: Reference section 13100 2.2 and 13100 2.7: a. The specified UPS in section 13100 2.7 is not U.L. listed for use in industrial control panels which will not allow the control panel(s) to receive a U.L. 508A label as required by section 13100 2.2. Please name a pre-approved alternate(s) that meets U.L. 508A standards. Response. The UPS that is called out on drawing Sheet E9, PowerWare PW-5110- 700, is UL-Listed. 23. Question: In the Measurement and Payment section Item 3 says Bid Item No.2B is for continuous split spoon sampling. Item 5 says Bid Items 2B and 2D are for installing well casing. item 6 says Bid Items 2B and 2D are for the Measurement and Payment section Item 3 says Bid Item No.2B is for continuous split spoon sampling. Item 5 says Bid Items 2B and 2D are for installing well casing. Item 6 says Bid Items 2B and 2D are for grouting the well casings. Was it your intent to lump the split spoon sampling in with the casing and grouting, or should it be a separate item? Response: The Bid Items are grouped as intended. 24. Question: Will the discharge points for water discharged from the wells be identified in an addendum? Response: See Response to Clarification #17 in this Addendum above. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7' McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 6 25. Question: Goulds is a specified pump supplier, however, they have taken quite a few exceptions to the specifications. Please review and comment. (Exceptions and Clarifications have been attached.) Response: The equipment will be bid according to the contract documents, as per Section II Article 8.1. Qualified bids will be deemed as non-responsive,. 26. Question: On sheet M3 Chart, the above ground pipe size (4") matches the column pipe size (4") with a (6") transmission main size in all but one. The drawings show a concentric reducer right after the well head on all drawings to the above ground pipe. Response: The concentric reducer after the well head is not required for this project. 27. Question: Is it correct that the chart "above ground pipe" is the flanged header, including the flow meter and control valve and the concentric reducer is not needed? Response: Yes, see Response to Clarification #26 in this addendum above. 28. Question: Is it correct that the reduction from 4" to the 6" transmission main will be a MJ reducer installed after the first MJ 90? Can a 4" x 6" MJ 90 be used instead? Response: Yes, the drawing is correct, but a reducing 90 degree elbow is acceptable. 29. Question: Just to clarify, the contractor is to include tax with his bid for the ODP materials, is this correct? Response: Yes, Tax is included with the Conractors bid per the ODP form in Section VI. 30. Question: The first well 23, the last bid item is 23:18 Vertical discharge pipe 1 VF, believe this is a mistake and should not be there, there is no pay item 18, and 4B is vertical discharge pipe, is this correct? Response: Bid item 23:18 Vertical discharge pipe was removed from the bid tab. See attached bid tab. 31. Question: Is there exposure to anything other than the stated liquidated damages for delay involved in this project? If so, please define. Response: The contractor responsibilities are stated in the contract documents. 32. Question: Would you please give me the anticipated "Notice to Proceed" date for the particular project? Response: The "Notice to Proceed" date is anticipated to be shortly after the first of the year. 33. Question: Is there an Engineers or Owners estimate for this project? If so, please provide that information with a differentiation between the estimate for the wells and the estimate for the civil work to be performed. Response: See Clarification #3 in this addendum. 34. Question: Would you please provide schematics of both the wells design and wellheads design? Response: See project drawing Sheet M5 for schematics. 35. Question: Please provide lithology and construction timeline for the well nearest the this project for which the information is available. Response: There is no lithology readily available for nearby wells. INTP 1 & 3 Welltield Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 7 36. Question: Due to the current volatility of the construction materials market, would the Owner agree to purchase the casings directly? This would relieve the contractor from adding a projected cost increase, while affording the Owner the benefits of their sales tax exemption and purchasing power. All bidders could be required to submit the basis of their material cost (actual vendor quotations) with their bid to avail themselves of this purchasing option. Response: The contractor is responsible for obtaining the casings. 37. Question follow-u to Question 36 above : If the Owner is willing to utilize a direct purchase, would a bid that included an escalator clause for the change in the price of materials be acceptable? If so, can a line item on the schedule of values be included? Response: See Clarification #36 Response in this addendum above. No escalator clause will be permitted or added to the schedule of values. 38. Question follow-u to Question 36 above : Absent agreement to questions 6 & 7 (36 & 37 in this Addenda #2 above) above will the owner agree to pay 100% of the invoice cost with 0% retainage for stored materials? If not, what are the stored materials terms? Response: See Clarification #36 Response in this addendum above. Stored material terms are stated in Section III Article 14.1. 39: Question: Would the City of Clearwater and/or McKim & Creed give consideration to 316SS in lieu of 317SS, or is the intent to provide a sole source specification for the Dezurik valve (V-port ball valve)? Response: The 316SS v-port ball valve will be acceptable. END OF ADDENDUM #2 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfreld Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #2 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 8 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: Ci of Clearwater Water Treatment Plants 1 and 3 Wellfield Ex anion Phase 1 BID ITEM" DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL A. WELL FIELD 1 Wall 23 Rehabilitation ' 23:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 23: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 23: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 23: 48 Vertical discharge Pipe 81 VF $ $ 23: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 23: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 23 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 23) $ Well 1-1 New Well Construction 1-1 :1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 L5 $ $ 1-1 : 2A TestI Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 L5 $ $ 1-1 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ $ 1-1 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 1-1 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 48 VF $ $ 1-1 :2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 1-1 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 53 VF $ $ 1-1 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-1 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-1) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-14 BID ITFM' DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL • well 1.2 New Well Construction,,, 1-2 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 26 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ $ 1-2: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 1-2: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 92 VF $ $ 1-2: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 1-2: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 97 VF $ $ 1-2 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-2: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-2) $ Well 1=3 New Well Construction 1-2; 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-3 : 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ $ 1-3: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 1-3: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 48 VF $ $ 1-3: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 1-3: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-3: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-3 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 53 VF $ $ 1-3 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-3 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-3 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-3) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Farms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-15 DESCRIPTION ES' QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 1.4 New Wells Construction 1-4 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ $ 1-4 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 1-4: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 92 VF $ $ 1-4 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 1-4 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 97 VF $ $ 1-4: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 0 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-4: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-4) $ Well 1.5 New Well Construction . -, , 5 1-5: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 66 VF $ $ 1-5 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 1-5 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 17" naGinrg 84 VF $ $ 1-5: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 1-5 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 1-5: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 89 VF $ $ 1-5 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 1-5 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 1-5) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-16 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST• QTY• UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 51R New Well,Construction 51R: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 51R: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 51R: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 71 VF $ $ 51R: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 51R: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 89 VF $ $ 51R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 51R: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 51 R : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 61R: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 94 VF $ $ 51R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 51R: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 51R: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 Ls $ $ Subtotal (Well 51R) $ ,Well '52R New,Well Constructlon ' 52R : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 52R: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 52R: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 23 VF $ $ 52R; 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 52R: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 39 VF $ $ 52R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 52R : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 52R: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 52R: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 46 VF $ $ 52R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 52R: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 52R: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 52R) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-17 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL well 80 New Well Construction 80:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 80: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 80: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 46 VF $ $ SO: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole f 15 VF $ $ 80: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 64 VF $ $ 80: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 80 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 80: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 80: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 69 VF $ $ 80 :5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 80: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 80 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 80) $ Aquifer Testing 1-AT : 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1-AT: 9 Surficial Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 20-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 1-AT: 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 1-AT: 12 Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ CLMW-1,Monltorln9 Well CLMW-1 : 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ CLMW-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (CLWM-1) $ SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ 14 Well Back Plugging 240 VF $ $ Well Field 1 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 (in words): * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 09920190 CF-18 BID ITEM' DESCRIPTION EST. TY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL A. WELL FIE-Lb 3 Well 68 Rehabilitation` 68:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 68:13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ $ 68 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 68: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 68: 46 Vertical discharge Pipe 102 VF $ $ 68: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 68: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 68: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 68) $ Well69,Rehabilltation 69: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 69: 13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ $ 69 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 69: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 69: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 113 VF $ $ 69: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 69 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 69 :7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 69) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-19 BID ITEM"' DESCRIPTION ES' T. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Wnll 3.1 New Well cons trucklo 'U" ? 3-1 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-1: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 3-1 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 93 VF $ $ 3-1 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole f 15 VF $ $ 3-1 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 111 VF $ $ 3-1 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 3-1 :3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-1 ; 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-1 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 116 VF $ $ 3-1 :5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-1 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-1 :7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-1) $ " Well 3.2 New Well Construction 3-2 :1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18'" casing 57 VF $ $ 3-2: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 3-2: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of thR 19" rasing 75 VF $ $ 3-2: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 3-2 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 80 VF $ $ 3-2 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-2) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF 20 Bit) ITEM' DESCRIPTION EST?QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3-3 New Well Construction 3-3 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 88 VF $ $ 3-3: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 3-3 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 106 VF $ $ 3-3: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 3-3 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 80 VF $ $ 3-3: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-3 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-3: 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-3) $ Well 3-4 New Well Constriilctlon 3-4 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 3-4: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 96 VF $ $ 3-4 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 3-4: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" rasing 114 VF $ $ 3-4: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 3-4 . 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-4! 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-3 : 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 119 VF $ $ 3- : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-4 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-4 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-4) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-21 BID ITEM' DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3.5 Now Well, Construction; r ' 3-5 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 93 VF $ $ 3-5: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 3-5 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing s, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 111 VF $ $ 3-5: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 3-5: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 116 VF $ $ 3-5: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-5: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-5 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 3-5) $ Well 79 Now Well Construction 79 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 79: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ 79: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 87 VF $ $ 79: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ $ 79: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" rasing 105 VF $ $ 79 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 79: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ 79: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 79: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 110 VF $ $ 79 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 79 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 79 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 79)) $ * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-22 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Aquifer Testing 3-AT: 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 3-AT; 9 Surficial Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 20-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 3-AT: 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ 3-AT: 12 Conduct 10-bay Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ CRMW-1 Monitoring Well CRMW-1 : a Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ CRWM-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (CRMW-1) $ SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 3 $ 14 Well Back Plugging 180 VF $ $ Well Field 3 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 3 $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 3 (in words): * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. SUMMARY AA Well Field 1 BB -Well Field 3 Total Project Construction Cost (AA, BB) BIDDER'S NAME: WELL DRILLER'S NAME: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL:., $ (Words) THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TEVIE OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #_ 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-23 ADDENDUM NO. 3 FOR WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 & 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE I - WELL INSTALLATION CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA City Project No. 07-0037-UT DATE: November 12, 2008 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 to Plans and Specifications Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I - Well Installation City Project No. 07-0037-UT, Clearwater, Florida TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned The Plans and Specifications for the subject project shall be supplemented and/or amended as follows: CLARIFICATIONS: 1. Question: On the bid form for well no. 23 there is no line item no. 13 rehabilitate well like found in the bid form for wells 68 869. The specs. are hard to follow, is there any below ground rehab for well 23 besides pump replacement? Response: Bid Item 13 is not required for Well 23. 2. Question: Your technical specifications and addendum call for 12" cert a lok well casing in 18" casing (an extremely tight fit with not much likelihood of making a tag after initial pressure grouting). However, both revised proposals (Addendum 1 and Addendum 2) call for the 12" casing to be Schedule 40. The Sch 40 actually would allow a more likely chance to tag cement after the initial pressure grout. Response: The specifications call for a 12-inch diameter, SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok casing. 3. uestion: The 12" cert a lok will fit in the 18" casing as will the Sch 40 but there is a significant difference in cost. Our question would be will the proposal submitted and bid time be part of the agreement. The "Conflicts Between Plans and Specifications" is not clear on this issue. Response: See Response to Clarification #2 in this Addendum above. 4. uestion: I know it's late, but the drillers have brought up a test that is not addressed anywhere in the specifications. It is the DEP water quality test, it test for 150 different things and must be done for a public well, this is what they are telling me. The test is supposed to be about $3,000 each and is done at the end of the well. Will the cities site hydrogeologist do this testing? Response: All water quality (primary and secondary standards) and bacteriological testing will be conducted by the City of Clearwater. WTP 1 & 3 Wellffeld Expansion Phase 1 Addendum #3 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 1 5. uestion: (Reference to Addendum No 2 Question 22.) Even though the UPS is UL- Listed it is not list for Industrial Use. This means the following conditions need to be met in order for the control panel to be UL Listed. The main thing in this case would be for the panel to be ventilated or the UPS to be changed to an industrial rated UPS. Below is a letter for UL. 1. Suitable for use in a minimum 40C ambient 2. Suitable for use in a pollution degree 3 environment 3. Suitable for installation in overvoltage category III applications 4. In the end-use equipment the enclosure must be ventilated 5. Multiple disconnect markings shall be provided for main disconnect and UPS disconnect. For example, "UPS outputs still live after main disconnect shuts off", or similar warning marking. 6. A suitable mounting means shall be required for free-standing type UPS Any Listed UPS equipment is acceptable in ICPs provided it is used within its Listing and freestanding equipment is secured to prevent movement. Recognized UPS equipment would only be acceptable if Procedure described. Response: The UPS stated in the specifications and on the drawings will be used in the panel. UL requirements shall be met for the rest of the panel as indicated in the specifications. END OF ADDENDUM #3 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Addendum #3 2 ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 PROJECT # 07-0037-UT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.myClear-water.com/ciWrojects, ON FRIDAY, OCTOBER, 3RD, 2008, until no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of constructing fourteen (14) 12-inch diameter Upper Floridan Test/Production (T/P) wells (150 ft bls); two (2) 4-inch diameter Surfcial Aquifer Testing wells (20 ft bls); two (2) 6-inch Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing wells (150 ft bls); two (2) 6-inch Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Wells (150 ft bls); and installation of fourteen (14) submersible well pumps and ancillary equipment; well rehabilitation (acidizing; back-plugging; developing, water quality sampling), select removal and replacement of three (3) existing wells; and construction of respective on-site raw water transmission mains. Should additional wells be necessary for installation, they will be constructed in accordance with the technical specifications contained within. Eight (8) of the T/P wells will be installed in Wellfield No. 1 to supply water to the City's Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) Water Treatment Facility (Water Treatment Plant No. 1) located on Palmetto Avenue and six (6) of the T/P wells will installed in Wellfield No. 3 to supply raw water to the City's Water Plant No. 3 located on State Road 580 in the City of Clearwater. Construction and testing of each of the T/P wells includes the performance of geophysical survey, video survey, step-drawdown test, and a constant rate aquifer performance test. (Well Nos. 1-5 and 3-3 only). Testing of each upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well includes the performance of a geophysical log, a video survey and specific capacity test. The work also includes the rehabilitation of existing Well Nos. 23, 68 and 69. Well 23 includes, complete demolition of the above grade equipment and existing vertical turbine pump and replacement as a new well installation. Work associated with Wells 68 and 69 include, well rehabilitation (acidizing; back-plugging; developing, water quality sampling), select removal and replacement of the above grade piping, new submersible pump installation and select electrical modifications. After the T/P wells have been drilled and tested and existing wells rehabilitated, those providing adequate yields of potable water shall be equipped with submersible well pumping systems for pumping raw water to their respective water plant. The Scope of Work for installing the submersible well pumping systems and accessories for each production well includes: • Site work, including clearing and grubbing, excavation, concrete pad, chain link fence, underground raw water pipe, concrete pad for radio tower, and installation of sod. • Installation of new submersible well pump, including the submersible pump, Certa-Lok PVC column pipe, SS discharge head, above ground ductile iron piping, check valves, air release valves, control valve, propeller flow meter, and isolation valves. • Electrical work, including coordinating the installation of the electric power service from the power company and installing disconnects, meter, transfer switch, motor control panels, yard lamp, grounding system, junction boxes, conduit, wiring, pump power cable and instrumentation wiring. • Instrumentation and controls work, including installation of an antenna, radio tower, radio transmitter unit, control panel, instrumentation panel, programmable logic controller, programming, uninterruptible power supplies, alarms, pressure, level and flow transmitters; surge protection, grounding, wiring, conduit, and calibration. Raw water pipelines shall be constructed to serve Well No. 79. Additional raw water pipelines indicated as "by others" are not in this contract and will be constructed under Phase 2 of this work to be bid at a later date. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on FRIDAY, OCTOBER 24, 2008 in the CITY OF CLEARWATER MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING, ROOM 130 at 10:00AM. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. A NON-MANDATORY Site Visit will be conducted on TUESDAY, OCTOBER 28, 2008. The site visit will commence at 8:30 A.M. from the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 and continue until completion or 4:30 P.M., whichever comes first. A one hour break from 12:00 to 1:00 P.M will be allowed for lunch. Each prospective bidder will be responsible for their own lunch arrangements. Bidders MUST sign-in and provide a copy of their certificate of insurance showing worker's compensation coverage in order to be allowed to attend the site visit. No other site visits will be conducted by or with City or Consulting Engineer staff. Therefore, if Contractor elects not to attend, they will be responsible for familiarizing themselves with the well sites and project requirements prior to bidding. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 3`d Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 2008, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 (PROJECT # 07-0037-UT). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of WastewaterAVater Treatment Facilities Water and force Mains and/or Well Construction with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $ 2,000,000. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project as a General Contractor must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: SECTION II .................................................................................................................................................1 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................................2 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ................................................................................................2 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ...............................................2 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ..................................................................................... 3 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND ................................................................................................. 4 6 CONTRACT TI IE ....................................................................................................................... 4 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ........................................................................................................... 4 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ....................................................................... 4 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ................................................................................................................... 4 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ............................................................................................................... 5 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ................................................................................................................ 5 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................................. 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................................. 6 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER ........................................................................................... 6 15 OPENING OF BIDS ...................................................................................................................... 6 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ......................................................... 6 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ........................................... 7 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ................................................................:........................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST ............................................................................................................................... 8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ............................................................................................................... 9 WrP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 11 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 11-1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. WTP 9 & 3 WeIlfie/d Expansion Phase 9 Section // City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 11-2 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Il City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11-3 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. 6 CONTRACT TIME 6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal' items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9 SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract. Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest WTP 1 & 3 Wellfiald Expansion Phase 1 Section ll City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11-4 and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Commission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10 11 12 9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal forth. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and stdte of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section ll City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 11-5 submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER - 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16 LICENSES, PERAHTS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and .regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase I Section // City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11-6 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 11 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11-7 other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 11 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 11-8 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 11 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Instructions to Bidders McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11-9 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1 DEFINITIONS ........ ...................................................................................................... 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 5 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5 NCE 6 2.5 ........................................................................ PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERE 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ................................................................................................ 6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 6 3.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................... 6 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 7 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... 7 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 5.2 INSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES .....................................................................12 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 15 .65.1 STAGING AREAS .................................................................................................... 15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 15 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS .......................................................................................................................16 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 17 WTP I & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section M City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 lll-i 6. 10 EMERGENCIES ................................................................. ........................................18 6.11 DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................. . 18 611.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFls, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW ....................... . 18 611.2 AS-BUILT DRA WINGS ........................................................................................... . 19 6113 CAD STANDARDS ................................................................................................. . 21 611.4 DELIVERABLES :................................................................................................... .23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE .......................... . 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ....................................................................................... . 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ................................................................................................... . 23 7 OTHER WORK ........................................... . . 24 .... ............................. ........ ................... . 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION .........................................................................................................24 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 25 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 26 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 26 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 27 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .................................................... . 27 . .................................... 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 29 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK ....................::.............................................................................. 30 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 30 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...................................... 31 ......................................................... 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ....................................................................................... 32 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 32 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 32 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 33 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ................................................................ 35 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 36 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ............................. .................................................................. 36 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions. McKim S Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-ii 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 36 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 38 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 39 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 G1V1NG NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 40 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 41 18 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 41 18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 41 18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 41 18.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 41 18.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 42 18.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 42 18.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 42 18.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 42 18.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 42 19 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 43 19.1 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 43 19.2 PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................ 43 19.3 RESPONSIBILITIES .................................................................................................... 44 20 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 45 21 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 45 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 46 23 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 47 24 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 47 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-11i I DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Engineer and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the contract documents. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits WTP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 111-1 identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule--CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.0.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-2 Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (ATP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. Person A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #; 0992-0190 111-3 Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 I11-4 Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis _of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents: Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor two (2) copies of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7" General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 1/1-5 No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner or the Engineer's Consultant shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be schedule on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.'I INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-6 performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Engineer for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section III City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-7 structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner or Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 111-8 licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a Owner survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section NI City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-9 damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 wORKFR'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase I Section I// City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Il1-10 Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. WTP 1 & 3 Wellf ld Expansion Phase I Section N City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 1/I-11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, except that Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner and Engineer, except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Wr'P 7 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-12 Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Engineer shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Engineer. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase l Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-13 in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract -with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase I Section /l! City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-14 binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.6 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section H/ City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-75 • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored with ten (10) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which'is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section III City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 111-16 obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all. governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to- (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage; injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-17 other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone.for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive WTP 9 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section M City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 /11-is updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFls shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer and the Engineer's Consultant at all times during the progress of the Project: The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner Inspector for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As- Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. WTP 7 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 111-79 Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 61G17-6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal andlor vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, casting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, casting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic WrP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-20 diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text -- use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 La or Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-21 WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark; temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section ill City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-22 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 '=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony cmyclearwater.com . 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, WTP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111.23 provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The Owner reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The Owner may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. At no time will the Owner let another contract to a different Contractor to perform work at the same site during the duration of the original contract. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be WrP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 1ll City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-24 identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Engineer. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents, promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes in The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase / Section /// City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-25 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Engineer's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Engineer's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim S Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-26 good faith in such capaOwner. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase / Section 1l1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-27 except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Engineer covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility; and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered W'lP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-28 by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner of Clearwater, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the Owner of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the Owner of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee often percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase I Section IlI City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-29 include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire WTP 9 & 3 Welifleld Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 111-30 adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness -of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests of approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and famish Engineer or Engineer's Consultants the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-31 for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 I11-32 remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Oweer's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section I// City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-33 the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work (including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement) completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with Section III, Article 6.11.2 of these Specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellf/eld Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-34 In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owenr's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall 'be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS Engineer will within twenty (20) days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a recommendation of payment and present Application to the Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or. Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase I Section N City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-35 The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. Owner shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Engineer will produce a final punch list and assign a date for this work to be completed. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-36 As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Engineer so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-37 substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Engineer. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase I Section M City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-38 expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor, Engineer and Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in .connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Engineer, and provided the Owner or Engineer does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Engineer stop the Work WTP 1 & 3 Wallfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1/l City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-39 until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 111-40 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Engineering Department. 18 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 18.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. 18.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 18.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase I Section Ill City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-41 18.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"00") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 18.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. 18.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 18.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. 18.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN: PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) A OWNER OF CLEARWATER (DEPARTMENT'S NAME} PROJECT CONTRACTOR: OWNER : COMPLETION SCHEDULE: FUNDING PROVIDED BY: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-42 19 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION 19.1 GENERAL The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in' the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 19.2 PROCEDURE The Contractor and the Owner, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the "Addendum to Agreement for Construction" form for this project. Other documents to be included in this procedure are Attachment "A" (Owner/Contractor document for Owner- Furnished Materials); Attachment "B" (Contractor/Sub-Contractor document for Owner- Furnished Materials); Attachment "C" (Contractor/Sub-Contractor document for Owner- Furnished Materials); Attachment "D" (Procedure for Generating Sub-Contractor Direct Purchase Orders for Sales Tax Credits); Procedures for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to Requisition and Receiving/Invoice document; and Request to Requisition Standard Purchase Order form. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the "Addendum to Agreement for Construction", and the Contractor shall submit two (2) original copies of the Addendum to the Owner. Attachment "B", "C", and "D" relate to Owner- Furnished Materials that are part of the Subcontractor's work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's work. Attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", included (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated within the contract documents shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-Contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by Owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in attachment "D". The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, the Owner acknowledges that the Contractor's Sub-Contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without the Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ill . City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 I11-43 19.3 RESPONSIBILITIES The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and materials for consideration as Owner-Furnished materials and shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the Owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation., and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-44 into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials, which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. On a monthly basis, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders, which will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's dircction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials famished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 20 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 21 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section N/ City of Clearwater Project #l: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 111-45 It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-46 We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the. public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials, The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 24 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section 111 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 111-47 SECTION Ilia SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 17 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 420 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. 2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial completion includes start-up, operation, testing, manufacturers checks and services, operator training, well disinfection, piping system disinfection bacteriological sampling and testing, FDEP approval and similar items. The following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion: a. Sodding b. Landscaping C. Final clean-up and restoration. d. Final application for payment and final acceptance. 2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General Conditions within 450 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 2.3.4 The Contractor shall schedule his well drilling and well pump installation work in accordance with the proposed Sequence of Work listed in Section 01010 of the Technical Specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section Ilia City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Supplementary General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 Illa-1 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INTENT Delete last paragraph of 3.1 in its entirety and refer to Article 24 for Conflict Precedence Clause. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS REFERENCE POINTS 4.2.1 The list of reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions are as follows: NOT APPLICABLE 4.2.2 Bidder shall visit each well site and acquaint himself with all existing conditions. Prior to bidding, bidder may make his own subsurface investigations to satisfy himself as to site and subsurface conditions. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: Add the pay application format shall be the City's A.I.A format. The City will provide a computer disc that has this format on it. No other type will be reviewed. END OF SUPPLEMANTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase I Section llla City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 llla-2 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents: SECTION IV .................................................................................................................................. i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... i 1 SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 2 2 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS ................................................................ 4 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................. 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 5 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 5 6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................6 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 7 7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................7 7.2 FORMS ........................................................................................................................... 7 8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................7 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 7 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................7 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 8 12 DEWATERING .................................................................................................................9 13 SANITARY MANHOLES ................................................................................................ 9 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE ............................................................................................................ 9 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 10 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 10 13.3 DROP MANHOLES .....................:................................................................................11 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS .............................................................................................11 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ...............................................................................................11 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ..............................................................................11 14 BACKFILL .......................................................................................................................11 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ........................................................................................12 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7* Supplementary General Conditions McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 1V-i 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ............................................................................................................... .12 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................ . 12 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .................................................................... .12 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ..................................................................................... . 12 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................ . 12 18 UNDERDRAINS ................................................................................. ........................13 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 13 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 13 19 STORM SEWERS ..........................................................................................................13 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 14 19.2 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 14 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 14 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. 15 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 15 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ......................................................................:................. 15 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 15 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 15 20.2.1 GRAVTTYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 15 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 16 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 16 20.4 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 16 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 16 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 16 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 20.5.1 GRAHTYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 17 21 DRAINAGE ..................................................................................................................... 17 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 17 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 17 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 19 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 19 22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 19 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 19 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 20 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 20 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 20 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................ 20 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 20 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV ii 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & . QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 20 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 21 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 21 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 22 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 22 23.61 CRACKS ................................................................................................................ 22 23.6.2 POTHOLES ..................................................................................:........................ 22 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 23 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 23 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 24 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 24 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 24 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 25 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 25 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 25 25. 1.1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 25 25.1.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 27 25.1.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 31 25.2 LANDSCAPE ............................................................................................................... 35 25.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 35 25.2.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 40 25.2.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 43 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 50 26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 50 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORANSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 50 26.3 MATERIALS ................................... ......................................................................... 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 51 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 52 26.7 - LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 52 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ......................................... 52 26.9 PAYMENT... ............... ffi ......................... 0 ............. ffi- ...... .............. ffi .............. ow ... 53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT... ..... --ww ......... ffiffi- ....... --ww .... 0 ...... ffi- 0 ... ww .............. 53 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 53 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 53 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 53 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 54 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-iii 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 54 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 55 31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................55 32 SEEDING .........................................................................................................................55 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 56 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 56 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ..............................................................................................:.. 56 34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57 37 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS ................................................................. 57 37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY 57 37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR ........................................................................................................... 57 37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE A UDIO/VIDEO TAPE ......................................... 57 37.2.2 SCHEDULING OFAUDIO/VIDEO TAPE ........................................................... 57 37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ................................................................. 57 37.2.4 EQUIPMENT ..................................................:..................................................... 58 37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ................................................................ 58 3 7.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ................................................................. 58 37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ...................................................................................... 58 37.2.8 LIGHTING ............................................................................................................ 58 37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL ............................................................................................. 59 37.2.10 VIDEO LOGIINDEX ............................................................................................. 59 37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ......................................................................................... 59 37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ............................................................................. 59 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 59 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................................:. 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................. 61 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 /V-iv 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES ................................................................ 65 41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 65 41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 65 41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 65 41.2.2 PIPE AMTERIALSANDFITTINGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ........................................................................................................... 68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 69 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CO NSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 71 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ......................................... 72 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 73 41.4 TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 73 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT ........................................................................................... 73 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 74 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 74 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74 41.61 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 74 41.62 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41.63 FURNISH-AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 75 41.64 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS ................................................................................................................ 76 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 76 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 76 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS ..................... 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ........................ .43.1.2 BASE COURSE ................................ 43.1.3 PRIME COAT .................................. 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ...................... 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ........................ ................................................................... 76 ................................................................... 76 ................................................................... 76 ................................................................... 77 ................................................................... 77 ................................................................... 77 WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT M&C Project #: 0992-0190 Section IV Technical Specifications Iv -v 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ........................................................................................... . 78 43.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ . 78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ........................................................................................... . 79 43.2.3 SLOPE .................................................................................................................. 80 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING .............................................................................:......... 81 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE .......................:..................................................................... 81 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 81 43.2.8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ...................:................................................................................ 82 43.2.10 CO URT EQ UIPMENT .......................................................................................... 82 43.2.11 SHADE SIR UCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ................................................. 84 43.2.15 WATER COOLER .................................................................................................. 85 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION .............................................................................................. 85 43.2.17 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................... 85 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 86 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 86 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 87 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 87 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 87 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 87 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 87 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL .............................................. 88 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 88 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 88 45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 88 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 89 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 89. 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 90 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ........................................................................................ 90 . 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ........................................................ ........................... 90'.. 45.9 PAYMENT .........................................................................................................:.......... go, 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 91 46.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................... .............. 91 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0990 IV-vi 46 1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS .................................................................................. ......... 91 461.2 QUALITYCONTROL .................................................................................. ......... 91 461.3 SAMPLES ..................................................................................................... .........91 461.4 REJECTION ................................................................................................. .........91 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ............................................................................................ ......... 92 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ........................................................................ ......... 92 463.1 HANDLING OF PIPE .................................................................................. ......... 92 463.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS ........................................................... ......... 92 46 3.3 PIPE JOINING ............................................................................................ ......... 92 463.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE .................................................................... ......... 92 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ............................................................................... ......... 92 464.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ............................................. ......... 92 464.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION .................................................................. ......... 93 464.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS ................................................. ......... 93 464,4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ....................................................................... ......... 93 464.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ............................................................. ......... 94 464.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ....................................... ......... 94 464.7 BACKFILLING ............................................................................................ ......... 94 464.8 POINT REPAIR ............................................................................................ ......... 94 464.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS .......................................................................... ......... 94 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ............. ......... 95 47.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................. ......... 95 47.2 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................... ......... 95 47.3 PIPE ..................................................................................................................... ......... 95 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ............................................................................................. ......... 95 47.5 FITTINGS ............................................................................................................ ......... 95 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................... ......... 95 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ....................................................................... ......... 95 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ........ ......... 96 48.3 COMPOSITION .................................................................................................. ......... 96 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... ......... 96 48.5 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................... ......... 96 48.6 WATER ................................................................................................................ ......... 97 48.7 REINFORCEMENT ............................................................................................ ......... 97 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS .............................................................................. ......... 97 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................................ ......... 97 48.10 PROPORTIONING .............................................................................................. .........97 48.11 MIXING ............................................................................................................... .........98 48.12 APPLICATION .................................................................................................... .........98 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ................................................................................ ......... 99 48.14 SURFACE FINISH .............................................................................................. ......... 99 48.15 CURING .............................................................................................................. ......... 99 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ............................................................ ......... 99 48.17 INSPECTION ...................................................................................................... ......... 99 48.18 EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................... 7 S ......... 99 4 4 WTP 9 8 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-vii 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION .........................100 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ...................:........................................................................... 100 49.2 PAYMENT ................................................................................................................. .100 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ......................................................................... 101 49.3.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 101 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 101 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 102 49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 102 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 103 49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 103 49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 103 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 104 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 104 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 104 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 104 49.113 PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 104 49.11.2 MIXING ............................................................................................................... 105 49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 105 49.11.4 PROD UCT TESTING ......................................................................................... 105 49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 105 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 105 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 106 49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 106 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 106 49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 108 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ...........................................................................110 50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE .............................................................................................110 50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................111 50.3 FIXED SIGN .................................................:.............................................................111 50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS .....................................................................................................111 50.5 SIGN COLORING .......................................................................................................111 50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ...................................................................................................11 l 50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ..............................................................................................111 50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .........................................................................................112 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM .............................................................112 51.1 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................112 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ......................................................................................112 51.2.1 ASPHALT .............................................................................................................112 51.2.2 CONCRETE .........................................................................................................112 51.2.3 CO UR T PA TCH BINDER MIX ............................................................................113 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ..........................................................113 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE ...........................................................113 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .....................................................................................113 51.6 PLAYING LINES ........................................................................................................114 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project A 0992-0190 IV-viii 51.7 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................114 51.8 LIMITATIONS .............................................................................................................114 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................114 52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY ............................................114 52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR ..........................114 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................116 53.1 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................116 53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL ...................................................116 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL :...............................................119 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE ................................................................:...............................119 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................119 53.2 PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................................... 120 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................120 54.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................120 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 121 54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 121 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ....................................................................... 121 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ........................................................................... 121 54.4 LITTER ....................................................................................................................... 121 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ....................................................................................................... 122 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 122 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 122 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 122 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 122 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 122 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 122 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 123 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 123 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 123 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..................................................... 123 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 123 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 123 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 124 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 124 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 124 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 124 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ...........................................................................................125 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ......................................125 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS ..........................................................125 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS .................................................................................126 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 126 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ..................126 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................126 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-ix 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 126 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 126 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 126 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 127 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ...................................................................................127 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 127 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 127 57 RIPRAP .........................................................................................................................127 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ..................................................................................... 127 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 127 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................128 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 128 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 128 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................128 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 129 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................129 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 129 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ..............................................................................................129 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .......................................................129 62 TREE PROTECTION ..................................................................................................129 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 129 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 130 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 131 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES ................................................. ..................................132 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN .......................... ................................................................. 132 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 132 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 132 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 133 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 133 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................133 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 133 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 /V-x 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield.Expansion Phase 1 Project Number: 07-0037-UT Scope of Work: The work for which proposals are invited consists of constructing fourteen (14) 12-inch diameter Upper Floridan Aquifer Test/Production (T/P) wells (150 ft bls); two (2) 4-inch diameter Surficial Aquifer Testing wells (20 ft bls); two (2) 6-inch Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing wells (150 ft bls); two (2) 6-inch Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Wells (ISO ft bls); and installation of fourteen (14) submersible well pumps and ancillary equipment; well rehabilitation (acidizing; back-plugging; developing, water quality sampling), select removal and replacement of three (3) existing wells; and construction of respective on-site raw water transmission mains. Should additional wells be necessary for installation, they will be constructed in accordance with the technical specifications contained within. Eight (8) of the T/P wells will be installed in Wellfield No. 1 to supply water to the City's Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) Water Treatment Facility (Water Treatment Plant No. 1) located on Palmetto Avenue and six (6) of the T/P wells will installed in Wellfield No. 3 to supply raw water to the City's Water Plant No. 3 located on State Road 580 in the City of Clearwater. Construction and testing of each of the T/P wells includes the performance of geophysical survey, video survey, step-drawdown test, and a constant rate aquifer performance test. (Well Nos. 1-5 and 3-3 only). Testing of each upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well includes the performance of a geophysical log, a video survey and specific capacity test. The work also includes the rehabilitation of existing Well Nos. 23, 68 and 69. Well 23 includes, complete demolition of the above grade equipment and existing vertical turbine pump and replacement as a new well installation. Work associated with Wells 68 and 69 include, well rehabilitation (acidizing; back-plugging; developing, water quality sampling), select removal and replacement of the above grade piping, new submersible pump installation and select electrical modifications. After the T/P wells have been drilled and tested and existing wells rehabilitated, those providing adequate yields of potable water shall be equipped with submersible well pumping systems for pumping raw water to their respective water plant. The Scope of Work for installing the submersible well pumping systems and accessories for each production well includes: • Site work, including clearing and grubbing, excavation, concrete pad, chain link fence, underground raw water pipe, concrete pad for radio tower, and installation of sod. • Installation of new submersible well pump, including the submersible pump, Certa-Lok PVC column pipe, SS discharge head, above ground ductile iron piping, check valves, air release valves, control valve, propeller flow meter, and isolation valves. • Electrical work, including coordinating the installation of the electric power service from the power company and installing disconnects, meter, transfer switch, motor control panels, yard lamp, grounding system, junction boxes, conduit, wiring, pump power cable and instrumentation wiring. • Instrumentation and controls work, including installation of an antenna, radio tower, radio transmitter unit, control panel, instrumentation panel, programmable logic controller, programming, uninterruptible power supplies, alarms, pressure, level and flow transmitters; surge protection, grounding, wiring, conduit, and calibration. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-1 Raw water pipelines shall be constructed to serve Well No. 79. Additional raw water pipelines indicated as "by others" are not in this contract and will be constructed under Phase 2 of this work to be bid at a later date. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Water Treatment Plants 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Project Number: 07-0037-UT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 Scope Of Work 2.1 Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor 2.2 Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by City 3 ® Definition Of Terms 4 ® Order And Location Of The Work S ® Excavation For Underground Work 6 Concrete 7 ? Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 ? Reinforcement 9 Obstructions 10 Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 Work In Easements Or Parkways 12 ® Dewatering 13 F] I Sanitary--Manholes 14 Backfill 15 Street Crossings, Etc. 16 Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures 17 ® Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ? Underdrains 19 ? Storm Sewers 20 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 Drainage 22 ® Roadway Base And Sub grade 23 Asphaltic Concrete Materials 24 Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt 25 ® General Planting Specifications 26 ? HDPE Deformed - Reformed Pi e Lining 27 Plant Mix Driveways 28 ® Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 ® Concrete Curbs 30 ® Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 ® Sodding 32 ® Seeding 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 ® Material Used WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV--2 35 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications 36 Street Signs 37.1 ? AudioNideo L ape Of Work Areas -_by City 37.2 ® AudioNideo Tae Of Work Areas - by Contractor 38 ® Erosion And Siltation Control 39 ® Utility Tie In Location Marking 40 ® Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 41 ® Water Mains and Appurtenances 42 ? Gas System Specifications 43 ? Tennis Courts 44 Work Zone Traffic Control 45 ? Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining 46 ? S ecifications for Polyethylene Sli lining 47 Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe 48 Gunite Specifications 49 Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 Project Information Signs 51 ? In-Line Skating Surfacing System 52.1 Resident Notification of Start of Construction -- b City 52.2 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor 53 Gabions and Mattresses 54 Lawn Maintenance Specifications 55 ® Milling Operations 56 Clearing and Grubbing 57 ? Ri ra 5$ Treatment Plant Safe 59 ? Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials 60 Signing And Marking 61 Roadway Lighting 62 ® Tree Protection 63 ? Project Web Pages CONSTRUCTION TIME: 450 DAYS WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT M&C Project #: 0992-0190 Section IV Technical Specifications IV--3 2 LINE. GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Benchmarks to be used shall be those as shown on the plans. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work 24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for checking. Checking of cut-sheets does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record construction drawings prior to final payment being made. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply: City City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL. Engineer The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. Contractor The person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized'representative. Inspector An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make official inspections of the material furnished and the work performed by the Contractor. F.D.O.T. The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as Specifications issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). A.A.SH.T.0. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0990 IV-4 A. W.S. American Welding Society A.S T.M. American Society for Testing Materials A.S.A. American Standards Association A.N.SI. American National Standards Institute A. W. W.A. American Water Works Association O.S. H. A_ Occupational Safety & Health Administration A. C.I. American Concrete Institute Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Estimated Quantities The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-5 these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to S", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-6 The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof.- 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dry " 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in -the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements ofAASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-7 for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,' materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 . . IV-8 Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not darn, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV-9 Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. ' 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 1. All grade adjustments of manhole frame and cover assemblies shall be completed utilizing the following: High Density Polyethylene Grade Adjustment Rings - Comply with ASTM Standard D-1248 for recycled plastic. a. Material properties shall be tested and certified for usage by the following ASTM methods: b. Property Test Method Acceptable Value c. Melt Flow Index ASTM D1238 0.3 to 30 g / 10 min. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0990 IV-10 d. Density ASTM D792 0.94 to 0.98 g / cm3 e. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2.00 to 5 x 103 lb / in 2 f. Polyethylene adjusting rings shall not be used when they are exposed to heated hot mix asphalt pavement. g. Tapered configuration: When used in a single configuration tapered adjusting ring thickness will range from 0.5 inch to 3.0 inch. h. Grade adjustment rings are to be installed on clean flat surfaces according to the manufacturer's recommendations with the proper Butyl Rubber sealant/adhesives. 2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the inside diameter of the manhole frame. 3. Manholes shall be constructed with at least two adjustment rings. 4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16 inches max. on existing manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of PROCO EP 214 351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfreld Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV--11 Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to.exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS. ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount .of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0790 IV-12 incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IV City of Clearwater Project X 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0990 IV-13 All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 . Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV--14 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 12.5 feet. Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. WTP 7 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #: 0992-0190 IV--15 Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in, length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for one hour, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 1V--16 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #: 0992-0190 IV-17 The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV--18 the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of S" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV 19 corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-20 1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all as halt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S-I Type S-I with Type S-III Top Layer Type S-III FC-3 Type S -III with FC-3 Top Layer Type S-1 with FC-3 Top Layer 1 st 2nd I st 2°d I st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 1 1 11/2 1 %2 2 11/4 3/4 * 1 1 21/2 1 1/4 1 V4 11/2 1 1 V2 1 3 11/2 11/2 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-21 1. Type S-III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-111 per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #: 0992-0990 IV-22 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-23 shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall . also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #. 0992-0190 IV-24 incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://wwwl l.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-25 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project A 0992-0190 IV 26 comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. WTP 9 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV 27 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem 5. Safe-T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2%" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemicaUUV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a I" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 1V--28 D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 . concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. _ The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPI) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-29 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall. be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-30 seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #. 0992-0190 IV-31 E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than V2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-32 F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. WTP 9 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section /V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0990 IV-33 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement maybe installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.5 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. WTP 1 S 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section-77- City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project A 0992-0190 IV-34 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, WTP 1 & 3 WelKield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #: 0992-0190 IV-35 shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-36 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. CT: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C.W.: SPR.. ST. TR.: MIN.: GAL.: O.C.: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. straight trunk. Minimum. Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. DU : Diameter. LVS : Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: PPP: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-37 FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough. or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 /V--38 F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for .planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will. be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-39 Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-40 G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. 1. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-41 C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - %" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 26.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 -- 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds tinder 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 /V--42 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4 - V 2 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV-43 B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - '/z inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-44 E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-45 Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each 1/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications MSC Project #: 0992-0190 1V--46 application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two % inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV-47 D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (0.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-48 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor- shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-49 If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3,5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV-s0 26,3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Pro e ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-51 traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-52 backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease the generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products. In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any manner which diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration. If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items provided in the original contract proposal. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 IV-53 minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 1V--54 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola. Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-55 33 STORM MANHOLES INLETS CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made. gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-56 34 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS 37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the Contractor. 37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR 37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO TAPE Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area. 37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video tape documentation. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-57 37.2.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 37.2.8 LIGHTING All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #. 0992-0190 1V--58 properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute. 37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, WIP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-59 depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in:the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 /U-60 removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Technical Specifications M&C Project #: 0992-0190 IV-61 City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 reinspection fee 3rd occurrence - $80 reinspection fee 4th occurrence - Stop work order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction at 4626126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact the City's Engineering Department with specific questions at 5624750. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section 1V 0992-0990 Technical Specifications IV-62 CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Reinspection Fee $80.00 Reinspection Fee Stop Work Order CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 PUBLIC SERVICES/CONSTRUCTION 727 462-6126 DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) Inspector's Signature: IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED WTP 1 & 3 Wellffeld Expansion Phase 1 Section 1V 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--63 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 - General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within consecutive calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given such assignment. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--64 The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. 41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modem design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4„ 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 817 50 0.27 350 1217 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. WTP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-65 Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4" through 8" shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 81 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8" shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4" through 8" when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4" and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with an insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by methods approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4" through 16" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV--66 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall, be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated. Valves three inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2 inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Smaller than two inch: Gate valves less than two inches in diameter shall be of brass and shall conform to Federal Specification WW V 54, Type 1 or 11 with screwed joints. Valves for interior piping shall be Type 11, wedge disc, rising stem, inside screw type. Valves for buried service shall be Type 1, wedge disc, nonrising stem. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 80 or latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal and internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion resistent coating. Larger than sixteen inch: Gate valves larger than 16" shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be iron body, bronze mounted, double disc type with O ring seals. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The W7P 1& 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section I s 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV -67 valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. 41.2.5 HYDRANTS Fire hydrants used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater water system shall be the following hydrants: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Centurion Fire Hydrant Catalog Number A 423 • U.S. Pipe Metropolitan No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. Basic design will be the dry barrel type which prevents the operating threads from coming in contact with the service water. It will be of the compression type, opening against the pressure and closing with the pressure. 2. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an "O" ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 3. Hydrant barrel will be of the "Breakable Type" made in two sections with the flange or break feature located approximately 2" above the ground line. 4. Main valve opening of the hydrant will be not less than 5 1/411 . 5. Hydrant nozzles will consist of two 2 1/2" hose nozzles and one 4 1/2" pump nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 6. The hydrant will be so designed to permit the removal of all working parts from the hydrant up through the barrel without disturbing the earth around the hydrant or disassembling the barrel. 7. Main valve seat will be made of bronze and threaded into a bronze retaining ring. Or it may be threaded into a heavy bronze bushing in the hydrant base. 8. Hydrant will be designed with an anti friction bearing so located that it will reduce the torque required to operate the hydrant. 9. There will be a minimum of two bronze or brass drain outlets. 10. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat of primer and one coat of yellow paint at the factory and one finish coat of yellow paint after installation. All paints shall comply with AWWA Standard C502-85 or its latest revision. 11. The main valve stem will be made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 12. Hydrants shall be left open (counter clockwise) and shall have a National Standard 11/2" pentagon operating nut. 13. Hydrant base outlet will be 6" and will be mechanical joint with fittings. WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-B8 All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All fire hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4" P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4" main shall be 1 1/2". Service saddles shall be used on all 2" service connections to 6" and larger mains. Service saddles shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 78 or its latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-69 Since installed devices must be tested annually and may be maintained by the City of Clearwater, following are the approved models of devices allowed for installation by customers of the City of Clearwater Water Distribution system: DOUBLE CHECK VALVE 2" and Smaller Lar er than 2" Conbraco 40100 Conbraco 40100 Hersey Beeco Model FDC Hersey Beeco No. 2 Watts Model 709 or 007 Watts Model 709 or 007 FFBCO Model 805Y Ames 2000 SS REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE 2" and Smaller Lar er than 2" Ames 5000 SS Conbraco 40200 Conbraco 40200 Herse Beeco Model FRP II Hersey Beeco Model 6CM FEBCO Model 825Y Watts Model 909 or 009 Watts Model 909 or 009 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412; Clow Corporation 3460; or equal. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4" bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs shall be box hydrants having a 2" main valve, closing with the water pressure. These flush mounted hydrants shall have a 2" FIP inlet, with the outlet being a 2 1/2" bronze male nozzle. With all working parts also of bronze, these hydrants will open to the left and have a removable bronze seat, which seals against a seat rubber of no less durometer than 85. All hydrants shall be as manufactured by Kupferle Foundry, St. Louis, Mo., Model #35B or approved equal. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. W1P 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-70 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant sterns plumb. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30" and a maximum of 42" below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulncrable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipelaying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-71 approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be' done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-72 mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans or specified in the field by the Engineer. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of one hour. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel,, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater Water Division 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 ...Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-73 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until clean, clear water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the closest point available to the ends of the lines. 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the Florida State Board of Health prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure final approval of the bacterial samples from the Florida State Board of Health before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL 1. Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. 2. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications /V--74 3. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: a) Clearing and grubbing b) Excavation, including necessary pavement removal c) Shoring and/or dewatering d) Structural fill e) Backfill f) Grading g) Tracer wire h) Refill materials i) Joints materials j) Tests and sterilization k) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /V 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV 75 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust anchorage, 6 inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV 76 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will be approved. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications Iv 77 After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfaces or patch mix. No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-7s 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-79 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence surrounding the tennis counts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-80 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-81 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each comer. Basis of Design --- Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-82 43.2.10.6 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 -- 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) -- six-foot length aluminum. 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of Portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-Imup and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES &. FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5 Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5 Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5 Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-84 Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion. 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, WrP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-85 hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective maybe achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-86 local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44,3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Office of the Traffic Engineer, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4772, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IV 0992-0990 Technical Specifications IV-87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a 'cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-88 liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45-.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section-IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-89 system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0990 Technical Specifications IV-90 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure.compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, maybe cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992.0190 Technical Specifications IV-91 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21%-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-92 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. WTP 1 8 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-93 The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of=ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-94 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-95 Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required a nd shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be. within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100% Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100% Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100% Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85% Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60% WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-96 Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30% Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10% 48.6 WATER Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at. least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-97 experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-98 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air j et. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. WTP 1 & 2 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-99 Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap (cfm) Max. Hose Dia. (In.) Max. Size Nozzle (In.) Min. Air Press. (psi) 365 1 5/8 15/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 21/2 21/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--100 pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering, Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49,3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-101 Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govem all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a prc blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--102 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-103 Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in. reconstruction process A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. I Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix, prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V-104 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested, from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-105 test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM . 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of /2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so, that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time 1-3 minutes Tensile Strength 1 day 510 psi ASTM C 307 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi Compressive Strength 1 day 3,125 psi ASTM -C 109 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0990 Technical Specifications 1V--106 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 380 psi (2.62 MPa) at 100% RH 325 psi (2.24 MPa) at 50% RH 8.1 x10 llcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At W/o Humidity -- X0.04 <0.06 c0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-107 Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a the like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10-20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-108 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiftbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. WTP 1 & 3 Welffield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-109 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The City desires to inform the general public on the City's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-110 50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 50.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4' by 8' in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2". Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 50.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. 50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. WP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-111 50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN PROJECT NAME A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT FUNDING: CONTRACTOR: CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION: CITY PROJECT MANAGER: PHONE 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE 1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System + 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of G months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-112 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Goat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons Plexichrome 20 gallons Water 20 gallons 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-113 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1407. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear 1VIHA recommended protective gear. 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY See below for Resident Notification performed by the Contractor. 52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall notify all residents- along the construction route with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-114 Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than 7 days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper 7 day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-115 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of 7 days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 53.1 MATERIAL 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-116 shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 % inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTMA-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-117 a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HCl (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. 2. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-118 a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12% • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-119 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-120 at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-121 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: . 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE,. PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--122 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly maintenance fee. 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-123 with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify, the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-124 55 MILLING OPERATIONS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-925 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with, all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-126 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (lastest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-127 dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58,1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 690), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, and removal of existing traffic signal equipment. All mast arms signal installations shall meet the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications 1V--128 sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm poles shall be chestnut bronze, with the color approved by the City prior to placement. All traffic signal indicators shall be LED's, approved by both the City and FDOT. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: markings (Section 710), thermoplastic strip delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and ;s and markings (Section 711) and tubular The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of. FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992.0190 Technical Specifications IV-129 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992.0190 Technical Specifications IV-130 B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be WTP 1 & 3 Welifleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IV 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-131 recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: hftp://www.w3.org?TR/1999AVAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ htt://www.section508. av/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit 'a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1V 0992-0190 Technical Specifications IV-132 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site.should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /V 0992-0990 Technical Specifications IV-133 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS `fO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Article 6 shall be superseded by Division 3300 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 7 - EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7.1 Article 7.1 Excavation shall be superseded by Division 2210 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. 7.2 Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. (Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent.) Set forms sufficiently in advance of work (2 hours minimum) to permit proper inspection. Provide chamfer strips on external comers of beams, walls, curbs, slabs, and piers. Maintain camber in the forms to compensate for the deflection due to weight and pressure of the freshly placed concrete. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 lVa-1 ARTICLES - REINFORCEMENT 8 Article 8 shall be superseded by Division 3200 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS 9 Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL 14 Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180(Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test). ARTICLE 22 - ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22 When in Pinellas County ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County, Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plant Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. When in FDOT ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT. ARTICLE 23 - ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 23 When in Pinellas County ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the Pinellas County, Florida Specifications for Hot Bituminous Mixtures, Plant Methods, Equipment and Construction Methods. When in FDOT ROW: asphaltic concrete material, and all construction methods and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT. WTP 1 it 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 lVa-2 ARTICLE 25 - GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.2.2 Article 25.2.2.1.5 Fertilizer; no fertilizer shall be applied within 100 ft of City production well for public water system. ARTICLE 35 - CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 35 Contract Documents shall be given precedence in accordance to Section IIIa Supplemental General Conditions in Article 3.1.1. .ARTICLE 38 - EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38 See Sedimentation and Erosion Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activities permit. Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion." 38.9 No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas. ARTICLE 41- WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41.2 Article 41.2.2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15062 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall be superseded by Division 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.2.3 Fittings and Joints shall be superseded by Division 15062 in Section Wa Supplemental Technical Specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 IVa-3 Article 41.2.2.4 Restraint shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.2.3 Gate Valves: All ferrous surfaces inside and outside shall have a fusion-bonded epoxy coating. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509 or C515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure with the line flow in either direction, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronze nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal and internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion resistent coating. Gate Valves from 4 to 24 inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves. Article 41.2.4 Valve Boxes shall be superseded by Division 15100 Paragraph 2.10 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.3.2.1 Alignment and Grade: The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60" below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Article 41.3.2.2 Installation: For push-on joint connections, cut ends shall be ground smooth and beveled. Article 41.3.3.4 Anchorage: See restrained joint table in drawings for length of pipe to be restrained. Article 41.4.1 Hydostatic Tests shall be superseded by Division 15062 and 15063 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.5.1 Sterilizatiog Agent shall be superseded by Division 15120 in Section IVa Supplemental Tcchnical Specifications. Article 41.5.2 Flushing System shall be superseded by Division 15120 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.5.3 Sterilization Procedure shall be superseded by Division 15120 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. Article 41.5.4 Residual Chlorine Tests shall be superseded by Division 15120 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 44 -- WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44.3.1 Roadway right of way permits shall be obtained by the City prior to award of the contract. As part of this effort, MOT plans must be submitted and approved by either the County or FDOT, as applicable. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 /Va-4 44.5 Article 44.5 shall be superseded by the following: The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. ARTICLE 56 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING 56 Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main root system. Stockpile topsoil where directed. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water and seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. Borrow topsoil to be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds and roots. Disposal of waste materials shall require the removal of all waste materials from site. Do not burn combustible materials on site or bury organic matter on site. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations. 56.1 Clearing and grubbing for utility line projects shall be included in unit price bid for pipe installed as per Article 41.6.1. CONTINUED NEXT PAGE WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase / Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 /Va-5 The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Project Requirements ................................................................................ 01010-1 -19 01015 Control of Work ........................................................................................ 01015-1 -3 01040 Coordination ............................................................................................. 01040-1 -1 01045 Cutting and Patching ........................................................ .............. 01045-1 -3 01050 Field Engineering ...................................................................................... 01050-1 - 2 01300 Submittals ................................................................................................. 01300-1 -9 01385 Color Audio-Video Construction Record ................................................. 01385-1 - 3 01420 General Equipment Stipulations ............................................................... 01420-1 -3 01500 Temporary Facilities ................................................................................. 01500-1 -3 01505 Mobilization .............................................................................................. 01505-1 -1 01630 Measurement and Payment ....................................................................... 01630-1 -7 01640 Quality Control ......................................................................................... 01640-1 -2 01650 Testing Laboratory Services ..................................................................... 01650-1 -3 01660 Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing .............................................. 01660-1 - 4 01670 Substitutions and Product Options ........................................................... 01670-1 - 4 01690 Starting Process Systems... ....................................................................... 01690-1 -1 01700 Contract Closeout ..................................................................................... 01700-1 - 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02050 Demolition ................................................................................................02050-1 -3 02071 Directional Drilling .................................................................................. .02071-1 - 6 02110 Site Clearing ............................................................................................02110-1 -5 02210 Excavation and Trenching ........................................................................ 02210-1 - 9 02200 Earthwork ................................................................................................ .02220-1 -11 02220 Topsoiling and Finished Grading ............................................................ . 02220-1 - 2 02240 Chain Link Fence and Gates .................................................................... .02240-1 - 5 02250 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) - Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates .......... . 02250-1 -7 02623 Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service ............................................................. .02623-1 -6 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork ..................................................................................03100-1 -5 03200 Concrete Reinforcement ........................................................................... 03200-1 - 4 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete .............................................................................03300-1 - 10 03600 Grouting ....................................................................................................03600-1 -4 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY (NOT USED) DIVISION 5 -- METALS 05030 Metal Finishes ...........................................................................................05030-1 - 1 05500 Metal Fabrications ....................................................................................05500-1 -6 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 iVa-6 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS (NOT USED) DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07900 Joint Sealers ..............................................................................................07900-1 4 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS (NOT USED) DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09900 Painting and Coatings ...............................................................................09900-1 - 7 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES (NOT USED) DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT 11214 Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps .............................................. 11214-1-15 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13100 Controls and Instrumentation ....................................................................13100-1 20 13700 Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling Installation and Testing ............................................................................13700-1-13 13750 Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities .................................................... 13750-1-7 DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15060 15061 15062 15063 15064 15065 15066 15100 15102 15120 15131 15141 Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement .............................................. 15060-1-10 Steel Pipe ..................................................................................................15061-1- 3 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ...................................................................15062-1- 7 PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling ................................... 15063-1-6 PVC Column Pipe and Well Casing ......................................................... 15064-1-3 Fusible PVC Pipe ......................................................................................15065-1-11 Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape .................................................. Valves and Appurtenances ........................................................... Power Actuating Devices for Valves ........................................... Flushing, Pressure Testing and Chlorination ............................... Pressure Gauges ........................................................................... S ............. 15066-1-2 ............. 15100-1-10 ............. 15102-1- 4 .......... 15120-1-- 4 .......... 15131-1- 2 Pipe Support ystems ...............................................................................15141-1- 3 WTP 7 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase I Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0990 IVa-7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical .................................................................................................... 16050-1 9 16108 Miscellaneous Equipment ......................................................................... 16108-1 - 2 16110 Raceways and Fittings .............................................................................. 16110-1 - 6 16120 Wires and Cables ...................................................................................... 16120-1 - 4 16150 480 Volt Motors ........................................................................................ 16150-1 - 6 16450 Grounding System .................................................................................... 16450-1 - 2 16671 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN ........................................... 16671-1-7 END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Supplementary Technical Specifications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 /Va-8 SECTION 01010 - PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work to be performed under these Contract Documents includes, but is not limited to, the following improvements: 1. See Section IV Article 1 - Scope of Work for additional information. 2. The approximate location of the fourteen (14) Test/Production (T/P) wells and the three (3) existing rehabilitation wells is as follows: a) Water Treatment Plant No. 1 Wellfield 1) Well No. 1-1 - Otten St. elevated storage tank site, near intersection of Weston Dr. and Carolyn Ln. 2) Well No. 1-2 - Northeast corner of Crest Lake Park southwest of intersection of Cleveland St. and S. Lake Dr. 3) Well No. 1-3 - Glen Oaks Park south of intersection of Turner St. and S. Evergreen Ave. 4) Well No. 1-4 - Northwest corner of Crest Lake Park southeast of intersection of Cleveland St. and S. Glenwood Ave. 5) Well No. 1-5 -- Clearwater Airpark southeast of intersection of Flagler Dr. and North Keene Rd. 6) Well No. 23 - Northwest of intersection of N. Highland Ave. and Rosemere St. 7) Well No. 51 R - Clearwater Executive Golf Course north of intersection of Airport Rd. and Gilbert St. 8) Well No. 52R - West of Palm Terrace Drive between North and South Hibiscus St's. 9) Well No. 80 - Northwest of the intersection of Belcher Rd. and Logan St. on the Fire Station Property. b) Water Plant No. 3 Wellfield 1) Well No. 3-1 - South side of Countryside Recreation Center west of Sabal Springs Dr. 2) Well No. 3-2 - Vacant City parcel northeast of the intersection of Eastland Blvd. and Burntfork Dr. 3) Well No. 3-3 - Vacant City parcel North of Enterprise Rd. and west of Frisco Dr. and east of Country Place Village 4) Well No. 3-4 -- Water Plant No. 3 east of the intersection of Countryside Blvd. and SR 580. 5) Well No. 3-5 - Northwest corner of Countryside Recreation Center 6) Well No. 68 -- Central portion of Lake Chautauqua Park along park drive. 7) Well No. 69 -- Northern edge of Lake Chautauqua Park adjacent to power easement 8) Well No. 79 - South central edge of Fido Dog Park, north of intersection of P Ave. N. and Lake Shore Dr. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01010-1 3. A detailed description of all Work for a new production well consists of the following: a) Drill and test T/P Well, including daily logs and records, drilling rigs, surface casing, final well casing, grout, concrete pad, split- spoon samples, geophysical surveys, video camera survey, and step-drawdown test. Conduct constant rate aquifer performance tests only for Well Nos. 1-5 and 3-3. b) Drill and test Upper Floridan Testing Well, including daily logs and records, drilling rigs, surface casing, final well casing, grout, concrete pad, open borehole, development, split-spoon samples, geophysical surveys, video camera survey, and constant rate capacity test. c) Drill and test Surficial Aquifer Testing Well, including daily logs and records, drilling rigs, borehole, casing, screen, silica sand filter pack, sand cap, grout, development, slug test, steel casing and concrete pad. d) Drill and test Upper Floridan Monitoring Well, including daily logs and records, drilling rigs, surface casing, final well casing, grout, concrete pad, open borehole, development, split-spoon samples, geophysical surveys, video camera survey, and constant rate capacity test. e) Construct concrete slab on grade to support piping, electric panels and pump base at T/P well. f) Install concrete pad for the pump base and concrete pad for the antenna at T/P well. g) Provide and install 6-foot chain link fence. h) Provide and install piping and valves. i) Provide and install 316 stainless steel submersible pump, power cable, Certa-Lok PVC drop pipe and 316 stainless steel wellhead. j) Provide and install pressure transducer type level sensor. k) Provide a 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz electric power service. 1) Provide and install electric panels. m) Provide and install a main breaker, starter, variable frequency drive, service feeder, motor feeder, junction boxes, termination boxes, disconnect switches, meters, and circuit breakers. n) Provide and install generator receptacle. o) Provide and install grounding systems and light pole. P) Provide antenna, RTU, PLC and controls panel. q) Site restoration. 4. A detailed description of Work for rehabilitation of existing Wells 68 and 69 consists of the following: a) Remove the existing vertical turbine pump. b) Conduct geophysical logging and video surveys from land surface to the bottom of the borehole. C) Inject hydrochloric acid into the borehole, allow it to remain in the borehole for 24-hours, and then remove the spent acid. d) Develop the well for a minimum of 4 hours. Pump from 4 levels of the well and surge the well. WTP 1 S 3 Wel/f eld Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-2 e) Provide and install 316 stainless steel submersible pump, power' cable, Certa-Lok PVC drop pipe and 316 stainless steel wellhead. f) Provide and install additional 6-foot chain link fence and gates. g) Provide and install piping and valves. h) Provide and install pressure transducer type level sensor. i) Replace electric power components in the existing cabinets to meet NEC standards. j) Provide and install generator receptacle. k) Provide and install grounding systems and light pole. 1) Replace any controls and instrumentation that are not functioning. m) Replace grounding ring and lighting surge suppression devices. n) Site restoration. 5. A detailed description of Work for rehabilitation of existing well No. 23 cons ists of the following: a) Remove the existing vertical turbine pump. b) Inject hydrochloric acid into the borehole, allow it to remain in the borehole for 24-hours, and then remove the spent acid. C) Develop the well for a minimum of 4 hours. Pump from 4 levels of the well and surge the well. d) Construct concrete slab on grade to support piping, electric panels and pump base at production well. e) Install concrete pad for the pump base and concrete pad for the antenna at production well. f) Provide and install 6-foot chain link fence and gates. g) Provide and install piping and valves. h) Provide and install 316 stainless steel submersible pump, power cable, Certa-Lok PVC drop pipe and 316 stainless steel wellhead. i) Provide and install pressure transducer type level sensor. j) Provide a 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz electric power service. k) Provide and install electric panels. 1) Provide and install a main breaker, starter, variable frequency drive, service feeder, motor feeder, junction boxes, termination boxes, disconnect switches, meters, and circuit breakers. m) Provide and install generator receptacle. n) Provide and install grounding systems and light pole. o) Provide 45 feet antenna, RTU, PLC and controls panel. P) Site Restoration. 6. A detailed description of all Work for a new monitoring well consists of the following: a) Drill and test Upper Floridan Monitoring Well, including daily logs and records, drilling rigs, surface casing, concrete pad, open borehole, development, split-spoon samples, geophysical surveys, video camera survey, and constant rate capacity test. b) Site restoration. B. Disposal of Waste Raw Groundwater Discharge of waste raw groundwater shall be to a drainage feature approved by the Project Representative. Contractor shall obtain a WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-3 temporary discharge permit [Rule 62-621.300(2)] from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. C. Specifications: See the appropriate Technical Sections of these Specifications for detailed information on materials, equipment, and installation. The Specification divisions and Drawings are an integrated part of the Contract documents and as such will not stand alone if used independently as individual Sections, Divisions or Drawing sheets. D. Omission of a specific item or component part of a system obviously necessary for the proper functioning of the system shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing the item as part of the work at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Measurement and Payment: See Section 01630 for measurement and payment items. F. Record Drawings: Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Project Representative following the Contractor completing the work (including pressure testing and restoration). Record Drawings shall be "redlined" over original construction drawings supplied to the Contractor for this purpose. Record Drawings are to be submitted to the Project Representative within 10 working days of substantial completion. The Record Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the progress of the Project. The Record Drawings shall be reviewed by the Project Representative for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "Record Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up original construction drawings do not conform to the "Record Drawings" requirements. Record Drawings shall be submitted to the Project Representative for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. G. Video of Work Areas: Videos of all work areas in the Contract shall be made by the Contractor prior to the start of construction. See Section Article 37- Audio/Video Tape of Work Areas. H. See Section IV Article 38 - Erosion and Siltation Control. Restoration 1. The restoration of driveways, sidewalks and landscapes is very important to public utility personnel and the residents adjacent to the project work areas. The Contractor is required to begin restoration in a timely manner. Contractor shall, at all times, keep the premises free of accumulated waste materials, rubbish and other debris caused by his work. 2. The removal and/or replacement of trees and shrubs shall be the responsibility of the Contractor unless otherwise noted on the construction drawings or Scope of Work. 3. To avoid confusion and potential disagreement, the following minimum restoration schedule is to be incorporated into the Contractors WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-4 construction activities. The City reserves the option to revise this schedule as may be necessary in particular circumstances. a) Rough Dress, Driveway Repair and Street Repair: As work progresses, the Contractor shall immediately backfill, compact, and rough-dress any excavated areas. Any excavations to be purposefully left open shall be properly barricaded and marked. Excess backfill material shall be cleaned from the pavement and work site and removed. b) Debris Removal: Debris from construction activity such as paint waste, broken pavement, walks, curbs, trees, shrubbery, etc. shall be immediately removed from the work site or placed in a temporary condition which is not hazardous to pedestrians or traffic. Debris shall be removed from the work area within 5 days of excavation. Debris disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with all regulatory requirements. C) Concrete Drives and Sidewalks: Disturbed concrete drives and sidewalks shall be replaced within 10 days of removal. Where driveways are disturbed, the contractor shall maintain the area such that normal vehicular traffic is not interrupted. Payment for concrete drives and sidewalks is included in the unit price for well drilling and well pump installation. d) Asphalt Driveway Replacement: Asphaltic driveways may be repaired after construction is completed. However, this repair work shall not be delayed more than 15 days. e) Sod: Sod will be restored within 10 days of the successful installation/testing each new well. Sod replacement will match existing. The Contractor is required to water new sod for a period of 30 days after it is laid. Payment for sod is included in the unit price per foot for drilling the borehole. OSHA Regulations: The contractor must be aware of the OSHA regulations regarding all trenching operations. K. Staging Areas: The contractor is responsible for finding staging areas to perform the work in the Contract. The contractor shall coordinate with the City of Clearwater personnel to locate staging areas. L. Overtime Work. The Contractor is encouraged to perform all work which may require immediate inspection during normal working hours defined as 7 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday. The Contractor may perform work which does not require immediate inspection during overtime hours, but only with the prior written approval of the City's Project Representative and the City of Clearwater Public Works Department personnel. M. Protection of Adjacent Property: If adjacent property is affected or endangered by any work done under this Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to take whatever steps are necessary to protect the adjacent property and to contact the Project Representative. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section Na City of Clearwater Project #: 07.0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-5 N. Provide Tree Barricades, Root Pruning and Tree Pruning where required in accordance with Section IV Article 62 of these technical specifications. 0. The contractor is responsible for pressure tests of all piping with inspection by the Owner's Project Representative in conformance with the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 48 hours in advance of any pressure test. P. Disinfection: The Contractor is responsible for disinfection of the raw well water pipelines, which shall be treated in the same manner as potable water pipelines. Construction shall be performed such that subsequent phases cannot contaminate disinfected phases. Raw well water pipelines shall be bacteria logically sampled, tested and cleared by the FDEP prior to being placed into service. New wells shall be disinfected and bacterialogically sampled, tested, and cleared by the FDEP prior to being placed into service. Q. Permits: Appropriate permits from SWFWMD and the FDEP shall be obtained by the Contractor for the drilling and pump testing of the Test/Production, Upper Floridan monitoring, and surficial aquifer monitoring wells. The Owner's Representative shall obtain approval of plans and specifications from the FDEP for the construction of the submersible well pumping systems and appurtenances. The contractor is responsible for obtaining any construction permits from the City of Clearwater's Building Department. R. Tracer Wire: Tracer wire shall be placed with all underground ductile iron, PVC, and HDPE raw water mains. The tracer wire will be toned to a continuity test performed by City of Clearwater personnel at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the tracer wire. See Section 15066 Tracer Wire. S. Payment for Completed Pipe Installation: No payment will be made for installed raw well water lines until they have successfully passed pressure testing. T. Maintenance of Operation: The Contractor shall work closely with the City Utility Staff to minimize the impact on current water production operations. U. Connections to Existing Pipelines: Connections to existing raw water pipelines shall be accomplished in as short a time as possible in order to provide existing raw water service with minimal interruption. 1.2 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. The Contractor shall adhere to the following sequence of work and constraints: The contract duration is based on the contractor providing 2 drilling rigs and associated crews, one in each well field. As such the Contractor shall provide a minimum of three (3) work crews to be working on various portions of the contract at the same time. a) The First Work Crew shall rehabilitate existing Wells 23, 68, and 69, including acidification, installation of well pumps and accessories. After rehabilitation of the 3 wells, the First Work WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #: 0992-0990 01010-6 Crew shall install well pumps and accessories in all of the new production wells. b) The Second Work Crew shall drill and. test the new test/production wells in the Wellfield No. 1 area. Well 1-5 shall be drilled and tested first. A 10-day constant rate aquifer performance test shall be performed on this well. The Second Work Crew shall drill and test one (1) surficial aquifer testing well and one (1) upper Floridan aquifer testing well located in the vicinity of Well 1-5 before any of the pumping tests are conducted on Well 1-5. Once the pumping tests are completed, the Second Work Crew shall proceed to drill and test new wells in the Wellfield No. 1 area. C) The Third Work Crew shall drill and test the new test/production wells in the Wellfield No. 3 area. Well 3-3 shall be drilled and tested first. A 10-day constant rate aquifer performance test shall be performed on this well. The Third Work Crew shall drill and test one (1) surficial aquifer testing well and one (1) upper Floridan aquifer testing well located in the vicinity of Well 3-3 before any of the pumping tests are conducted for Well 3-3. Once the pumping tests are completed, the Third Work Crew shall proceed to drill and test new wells in the Wellfield No. 3 area. B. Work Sequence 1. Work shall begin immediately on the three rehabilitation wells (Wells 23, 68 and 69) since they are already drilled, have existing casings, and are already connected to the raw well water piping systems. The improvements of these three wells shall be completed first. 2. While the three wells are being rehabbed, the contractor shall procure his construction permits and then initiate work on Wells 1-5 and 3-3 in order to perform 10-day constant rate aquifer performance tests. Each of these Test/Production Well sites shall have an Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing well and surFcial aquifer monitoring well drilled and tested before performance tests are performed on the TIP well. 3. Wellfield No. 1 Sequence of Work a) The wells shall be rehabilitated, drilled, and tested in the following order: Installation of pumps, piping, electrical work, etc., shall be accom plished as soon as possible after each well is drilled and tested. b) Sequence of Work by well number. 1) Well 23 (Rehabilitation) 2) Well 1-5 (including aquifer testing wells) 3) CLWM-1 4) Well 51 R 5) Well 80 6) Well 52R 7) Well 1-1 8) Well 1-4 9) Well 1-2 10) Well 1-3 WTP 19 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-7 4. Wellfield No. 3 Sequence of Work a) The wells shall be rehabilitated, drilled and tested in the following order: Installation of pumps, piping, electrical work, etc., shall be accom plished as soon as possible after each well is drilled and tested. b) Sequence of Work by well number. 1) Well No. 68 (Rehabilitation) 2) Well No. 69 (Rehabilitation) 3) Well 3-3 (Including aquifer testing wells) 4) CRMW-1 5) Well 3-4 6) Well 79 7) Well 3-2 8) Well 3-1 9) Well 3-5 C. Work Sequence: The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and submitting a construction schedule and plan for the review and approval of the Engineers and city. D. Permits: The Contractor shall drill, test and construct new wells with the following constraints: The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the Permit to construct a well from SWFWMD and the FDEP Permit to discharge non-contaminated ground water from testing of the well prior to beginning the drilling and testing activities for each well. The Contractor shall provide time in the construction schedule for obtaining these permits. Time shall also be allocated for obtaining any local construction permits. 2. The Owner is responsible for obtaining the SWFWMD water use permit and the FDEP construction permit for each well for installation of the submersible vertical turbine pump, column pipe, discharge head, above ground piping and valves, electrical work, instrumentation, controls and site work. The FDEP construction permit must be received by the Owner before the Contractor can begin construction on the pump/ piping installation for each well. E. Disinfection Equipment and materials installed in each well shall be disinfected just prior to installation in accordance with Section 15120, Paragraph 3.2.A. 2. Pipe, valves, and fittings installed or relocated during improvements shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15120, Paragraph 3.1. 3. Wells shall be disinfected, sampled and tested in accordance with Section 15120, Paragraph 3.3, by the Contractor after pump installation. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim Wreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-8 4. Prior to disinfection of pipe, valves and fittings, the section of raw water main between the bypass outlet and the next isolation valve downstream will be back flushed. The bypass outlet will be the discharge location. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Laws and Regulations: The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the work. If the Contractor observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt written notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising there from; however, it shall not be the Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Taxes: The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place of the project. B. Permits and Licenses: The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The City shall assist the Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. The Contractor shall pay all govemmental charges and Inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the work, which are applicable at the time of the opening of the bids. 2. The Contractor shall pay-all charges of utility service companies for the connections to the work, and the City shall pay all charges of such companies for capital costs related thereto. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to verify the existence of all necessary licenses and permits prior to the start of work. 4. Fees for City of Clearwater building permits and impact fees will be waived. C. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 1. The Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and layout the work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Supplementary General Conditions, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and the contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of the work on Saturday, Sunday or any legal holiday WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-9 without the City's written consent given after prior written notice to the Engineer. 2. Unless otherwise shown, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, labor transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water and sanitary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the execution, testing, initial operation and completion of the work. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials furnished by him and shall replace at his own expense all such material found to be defective in manufacture or damaged in handling. This shall include the furnishing of all materials and labor required for the replacement of installed material discovered defective prior to the final acceptance of the work. D. Resisting Hydrostatic Uplifts: The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting structures and facilities from damage due to hydrostatic uplift from high water levels. E. Contractor Use of Premises: The Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workmen to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits or the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. 2. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without first securing the permission of the property owner in writing and furnishing the Engineer with a copy of said permission. This requirement will. be strictly enforced, particularly with regard to such vacant properties as may be utilized for materials storage. 3. The Contractor shall conduct his work in such a manner as to avoid damage to adjacent private or public property. Any damage to existing structures or work of any kind, including permanent reference markers or property corner markers, or the interruption of a utility service, shall be repaired or restored promptly at no additional expense to the City. 4. The Contractor shall preserve and protect all existing vegetation such as trees, shrubs and grass on or adjacent to the site which do not reasonably interfere with the construction, as determined by the Project Representative. The Contractor will be responsible for all unauthorized cutting or damaging of trees and shrubs, including damage due to careless operation of equipment, stockpiling of materials or tracking or grass by equipment. The Contractor will be liable for, or will be required to replace or restore at no additional expense to the City, all vegetation not protected or preserved as required herein the may be destroyed or damaged. 5. The Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim Wreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-10 Contractor subject any part of the work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6. During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the work. At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials, and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the Owner. The Contractor shall restore to their original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 1.5 OCCUPANCY A. Resident Occupancy: All area residents will be in occupancy throughout the period of construction. B. Maintenance of Operation: All utilities (i.e. electrical, sanitary, sewer, raw water, gas, cable and storm water) shall be maintained in operating condition throughout construction. The Contractor shall minimize the disruption of utility service to individual customers. Temporary facilities shall be furnished and installed prior to the known interruption of existing utilities. Any damages to existing utilities shall be immediately isolated and repaired to the satisfaction of the City. C. Maintenance of Raw Water System 1. The existing wells and raw water main system shall be maintained in operation during the duration of the contract with individual wells being out of service for the minimum time necessary to complete the work required. 2. The Owner will furnish operating personnel, but it will be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule his operations, in conference and with the - approval of the designated representative of the Owner and the Engineer, so that a sufficient degree of service is maintained. 3. Any fines or judgments levied against the Owner as a result of the actions taken by the Contractor, or lack thereof, shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to operate and maintain any of the new wells and pumps after they are completed and before the Contract closeout. 1.6 OWNER - FURNISHED ITEMS A. The Contractor's responsibility for material furnished by the Owner shall begin at the point of its delivery to the Contractor. Materials already on the site shall become the Contractor's responsibility on the day of the execution of the contract. The Contractor shall examine all materials furnished by the Owner at WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-11 the time and place of delivery to him and shall call any defective material to the attention of the Owner. Any materials furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor without discovery of such defects will, if found defective prior to final acceptance of the work, be replaced with sound materials by the Owner. The Contractor, however, shall, at his own expense, furnish all supplies, labor, and facilities necessary to remove said defective materials and install the sound material in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. B. All materials furnished by the contractor shall be delivered and distributed at the site by the Contractor. Materials furnished by the Owner shall be picked up by the Contractor at the Owner's storage yard, hauled to and distributed at the site. 1.7 OFF-SITE STORAGE A. Off-site storage arrangements shall be acceptable to City for all materials and equipment not incorporated into the work. Such off-site storage arrangements shall be presented in writing, and shall afford adequate and satisfactory security and protection. Off-site storage facilities shall be accessible to the Project Representative. 1.8 EQUIVALENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Whenever a material or article is specified or described by using the name of a proprietary product or the name of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specified item mentioned shall be understood as establishing the type, function, and quality desired. Other manufacturers' products may be accepted provided sufficient information is submitted to allow Engineer to determine that the products proposed are equivalent to those named. Such items shall be submitted for review by the procedure set forth in the submittal section. B. Requests for review of equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except the Contractor, and such requests will not be considered until after the contract has been awarded and must be approved by the Engineer and the City. 1.9 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. All materials shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit and storage. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of Engineer. B. Each item, package, or bundle of material shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. 1.10 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-12 A. The easements and rights-of-way for the work will be provided by City. Contractor shall confine his construction operations within the limits indicated on the drawings, and shall use due care in placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and pipeline materials and supplies, so as to cause the least possible damage to property and interference with traffic. B. Work Within Highway Rights-of-Way. All work performed and all operations of the Contractor, his employees or Subcontractors, within the limits of highway rights-of-way, shall be in conformity with the requirements and be under the control (through City) of the highway authority owning, or having jurisdiction over and control of, the right-of-way in each case. 1.11 NOTICES TO OWNERS AND AUTHORITIES A. Contractor shall, as provided in Supplementary General Conditions, notify Owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. B. When it is necessary to temporarily deny access by Owners or tenants to their property, or when any utility service connection must be interrupted, Contractor shall give notices sufficiently in advance to enable the affected persons to provide for their needs. Notices will conform to any applicable local ordinance and, whether delivered orally or in writing, will include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit their inconvenience. C. Utilities and other concerned agencies shall be contacted at least 48 hours prior to cutting streets or other traffic areas or excavating near underground utilities or pole lines. 1.12 LINES AND GRADES A. See Section 01050 -- Field Engineering.. 1.13 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS A. During unfavorable weather, wet ground, or other unsuitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which will not be affected adversely by such conditions. No portion of the Work shall be constructed under conditions which would adversely affect the quality or efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions are taken by Contractor to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner. 1.14 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, Contractor shall make all necessary connections to existing facilities including structures and utilities such as water, sewer, and electric. In each case, Contractor shall receive permission from the owner or the owning utility prior to undertaking connections. Contractor shall protect facilities against deleterious substances and damage. The Owner shall witness all connections to existing water mains, sanitary and storm water facilities. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Na City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-13 B. Connections to existing facilities which are in service shall be thoroughly planned in advance, and all required equipment, materials and labor shall be on hand at the time of undertaking the connections. Work shall. proceed continuously (around the clock) if necessary to complete connections in the minimum time. Operation of valves or other appurtenances on existing utilities, when required, shall be by or under the direct supervision of the owning utility. 1.15 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. See Section 01045 - Cutting and Patching. 1.16 CLEANING UP A. Contractor shall keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Contractor shall provide adequate trash receptacles about the site, and shall promptly empty the containers when filled. B. Construction material shall be neatly stacked by Contractor when not in use. Contractor shall promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, hydraulic fluids, corrosive liquids and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent marring or other damage. C. Contractor shall provide adequate trash receptacles about the site, and shall promptly empty the containers when filled. D. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and removed daily. E. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. All wastes shall be removed from the site and disposed of in a manner complying with local ordinances and anti- pollution laws. F. Adequate cleanup will be a condition for recommendation of progress payment applications. Owner shall reserve the right to limit the movement of construction crews when an area is not acceptably cleaned. Delays caused to Contractor because of his negligence in keeping the construction areas cleared shall be absorbed by the Contractor at no additional costs to the Owner in time or money. 1.17 APPLICABLE CODES A. References in the Contract Documents to local codes mean the Florida Building Code. B. Other standard codes which apply to the Work are designated in the specifications. 1.18 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project A 0992-0990 09010-14 specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 1.19 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWG American Wire Gauge AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CFR Code of Federal Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) DOT Department of Transportation (Florida) EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAC Florida Administrative Code FBC Florida Building Code FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code FGC Florida Gas Code FMC Florida Mechanical Code FPC Florida Plumbing Code FedSpec Federal Specifications HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IPS Iron Pipe Size MIL Military Specification NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-U1" Project Requirements McKim Screed Project A 0992-0190 01010-15 NPT National Pipe Thread NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council of America UL Underwriters' Laboratories 1.20 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to the commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference will be held at a mutually agreed time and place designated by the Owner. The conference shall be attended by: 1. Contractor and his superintendent. 2. Principal Subcontractors. 3. Representatives of principal suppliers and manufacturers as appropriate. 4. Engineer and his Resident Project Representative. 5. Representatives of City. B. Others as requested by Contractor, City, or Engineer. Unless previously submitted to Engineer, Contractor shall bring to the conference a tentative schedule for each of the following: 1. Progress. 2. Procurement. 3. Values for progress payment purposes. 4. Shop Drawings and other submittals. C. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda will include: 1. Contractor's tentative schedules. 2. Transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor's submittal. 3. Processing applications for payment. 4. Maintaining record documents. 5. Critical Work sequencing. 6. Field decisions and Change Orders. 7. Use of premises, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and City's needs. 8. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 9. Contractor's assignments for safety and first aid. D. Owner's representative will preside at the conference and will arrange for keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01010-16 1.21 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall attend regular progress meetings at least monthly and at other times as requested by the Owner's Representative or required by progress of Work. Contractor, Owner's Representative, and all Subcontractors active on the site shall be represented at each. meeting. Contractor may at his discretion request attendance by representatives of his suppliers, manufacturers, and other subcontractors. B. Owner's Representative shall preside at the meetings and provide for keeping and distribution of the minutes. The purpose of the meetings will be to review the progress of the Work, maintain coordination of efforts, review changes in scheduling, and resolve other problems which may develop. 1.22 SITE ADMINISTRATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all areas of the site used by him, and all Subcontractors in the performance of the Work. He will exert full control over the actions of all employees and other persons with respect to the use and preservation of property and existing facilities, except such controls as may be specifically reserved to Owner or others. Contractor has the right to exclude from the site all persons who have no purpose related to the Work or its inspection, and may require all persons on the site (except Owner's employees) to observe the same regulations as he requires of his employees. 1.23 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. See Section IV Article 44 - Work Zone Traffic Control. 1.24 PAGER/CELLULAR PHONE A. The Contractor shall provide a pager and a Cellular Phone for his Superintendent and/or foremen to carry during construction. The pager and Cellular Phone shall be carried by a designated Contractor's representative 24 hours per day. The pager and Cellular Phone telephone numbers shall be given to the Project Representative. 1.25 CITY'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The City's Representative for this Project will be announced at the Preconstruction Conference. If there are any questions during the Bidding phase, please contact the below company. McKim & Creed, P.A. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Telephone: (727) 442-7196 Fax: (727) 461-3827 1.26 NOISE LEVELS A. Sound levels measured by the City personnel shall not exceed 65 dBA 6PM to 7AM or 80 dBA 7AM to 6PM. This sound level to be measured at the property WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #. 0992-0190 01010-17 line of the nearest residence. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment can be quieted to these levels. Work stoppage by the City for excessive noise shall not relieve the Contractor of the other portions of this specification including, but not limited to contract time and contract price. B. If mufflers cannot achieve the necessary noise reduction, noise abatement shall be accomplished by the Contractor's installation of baffles (or other acceptable means) positioned to break line-of-sight from the noise source to affected residences and/or commercial structures. Minimum noise abatement measures shall consist of equipping all engines with hospital grade mufflers or silencers. 1.27 PRE-CONSTRUCTION UTILITY MEETING A. The Contractor shall attend a pre-construction utility meeting with the Owner, Engineer and any utility representatives to identify utility conflicts and to establish key contact information. This meeting will be scheduled by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 1.28 HURRICANE PREPARATION PLAN A. Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning. B. In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor will protect the work and materials from weather related damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the work or materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor to protect the work and materials, the work and materials shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel f aid Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Project Requirements McKim BCreed Project #. 0992-0990 01010-18 SECTION 01015 - CONTROL OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK PROGRESS A. The Contractor shall furnish personnel and equipment which will be efficient, appropriate and adequately sized to secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which will insure the completion of the work within the time stipulated in the Proposal. If at any time such personnel appears to the Owner or Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate, or insufficient for securing the quality of work required for producing the rate of progress aforesaid, he may order the Contractor to increase the efficiency, change the character, or increase the personnel and equipment and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Owner or Engineer to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure the quality of the work and rate of progress required. 1.2 PRIVATE LAND A. The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land, except by written permission of the property owner. 1.3 WORK LOCATIONS A. Work shall be located substantially as indicated on the drawings, but the Engineer reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid interference with existing structures or for other reasons. 1.4 OPEN EXCAVATIONS A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary barricades and other means to prevent accidents to persons and damage to property. 1.5 TEST PITS A. Test pits for the purpose of locating underground pipeline or structures in advance of the construction shall be excavated and backfilled by the Contractor at the direction of the Owner. Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been satisfied and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. No separate payment will be made. 1.6 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Control of Work McKim &Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01015-1 at his expense, to a condition equal or better to that existing before the damage was done, or he shall make good the damage in another manner acceptable to the Owner. B. The protection, removal and replacement of existing physical features within the work area shall be a part of the work under the Contract and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices established under the items in the Proposal. 1.7 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. In locations where public water supply is available, the Contractor may purchase water for all construction purposes. B. The express approval of the Public Works Department for potable water utilization shall be obtained in writing. Hydrants shall only be operated under the supervision of Public Works Department personnel. All potable water usage shall be measured using a Public Works Department hydrant meter. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all water tap fees incurred for the purpose of obtaining a potable water service or hydrant meter. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF FLOW A. The Contractor shall at his own cost, provide for the flow of sewers, drains and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work and shall immediately cart away and remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure of maintaining existing flow shall be fully discussed with the Engineer and Owner two weeks prior to the interruption of any flow. 1.9 CLEANUP A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his operations in as clean and neat a condition as is possible. He shall dispose of all residue resulting from the construction work and at the conclusion of the work, he shall remove and haul away any surplus excavation, broken pavement, lumber, equipment, temporary structures and any other refuse remaining from the construction operations and shall leave the entire site of the work in a neat and orderly condition. 1.10 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT A. All firms or person authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades and shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or required. B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein or directed by the Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wallfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Control of Work McKim BCreed Project #. 0992-0190 01015-2 1.11 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury in any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads on it shall be allowed and all portions injured shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his own expense. B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Owner and Engineer. Should any of the structure's base or other parts of the structures become heaved, cracked, or otherwise damaged, all such damaged portions of the work shall be completely repaired and made good by the Contractor, at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner. If, in the final inspection of the work, any defects, faults, or omissions are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and replaced by proper materials and workmanship without extra compensation for the materials and labor required. Further, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and other work undertaken herein, for at least the guarantee period described in the Contract. C. Further, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to any structure due to water pressure during and after construction and until such structure is accepted and taken over by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Control of Work McKim &Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01015-3 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the construction efforts. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, coordination of the following: 1. The work of subcontractors. 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 3_ The interrelated work with the Owner, SWFWMD and all public utilities companies. 4. The effort of independent testing agencies. 5. The effort of inspection services. 6. Coordination of all testing efforts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel/f/eld Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Coordination McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 01040-1 SECTION 01045 -CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section establishes general requirements pertaining to cutting (including excavating), fitting, and patching of the Work required to B. Make the several parts fit properly. C. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Rework existing items to provide for new construction. 1.2 COORDINATION A. As provided in General Conditions, contractor shall perform all cutting and patching required for the Work, and as may be necessary in connection with uncovering Work for inspection or for the correction of defective Work. B. Contractor shall perform all cutting and patching required for the installation of improperly timed Work and to remove samples of installed materials for testing. C. Except when the cutting or removal of existing construction is specified or indicated, contractor shall not undertake any cutting or demolition which may affect the structural stability of the Work or existing facilities without Engineer's concurrence. D. Materials shall be cut and removed to the extent indicated on the drawings or as required to complete the Work. Materials which are not salvageable shall be removed from the site by Contractor. E. All Work and existing facilities affected by cutting operations shall be restored with new materials, or with salvaged materials acceptable to Owner, to obtain a finished installation with the strength, appearance, and functional capacity required. If necessary, entire surfaces shall be patched and refinished. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all cutting and patching in strict accordance with pertinent requirements of these Specifications and, in the event no such requirements are determined, in conformance with the Engineer's written direction. B. Codes and standards for work of this section shall be the same as for the pertinent sections of this specification. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Request for Engineer's Consent: WTP 18 3 Wellfteld Expansion Phases 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cutting and Patching McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01045-1 1. Prior to cutting which affects structural safety, submit written request to the Engineer for permission to proceed with cutting. 2. Should conditions of the Work, or schedule, indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Engineer and secure his written permission prior to proceeding. B. Notice to the Engineer: Submit written notice to the Engineer designating time the Work will be uncovered, to provide for the Engineer's observation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used in the replacement of existing work and the construction of work in conjunction with cutting and patching shall be new unless prior approval from the Engineer has been obtained to re-use existing materials. 2.2 FABRICATION A. The materials and methods used in the fabrication of items required under this section shall comply with the individual sections of this specification that have to do with new construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITIONS A, Examination: Examine existing conditions, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting, excavating, backfilling, and patching. 2. After uncovering the Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of the new Work. B. Discrepancies: If uncovered conditions are not as anticipated, immediately notify the Engineer and secure needed directions. 2. Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO CUTTING A. Provide all required protection including, but not necessarily limited to, shoring, bracing, and support to maintain structural integrity of the Work. WTP 1 & 3 wellfield Expansion Phases 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project m 07-0037-UT Cutting and Patching McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01045-2 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Perform all required excavating and backfilling as required under pertinent Sections of these Specifications. Perform cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other portions of the Work and will provide proper, surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. Perform fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and finishes. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phases 1 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cutting and Patching McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01045-3 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the project including the development of "As-Built Survey" discussed in the General Conditions. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, easements, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractors construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state where the project is located. 1.2 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS A. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of the project. B. All Work shall be done to the lines, grades, and elevations shown on the drawings. C. Basic horizontal and vertical control points will be designated by Engineer. These points shall be used as datum for the Work. All survey, layout, and measurement Work shall be performed by Contractor as a part of the Work. D. Contractor shall provide an experienced instrument man, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials required to complete the survey, layout and measurement Work. In addition, Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent men from his force and such tools, stakes, and other materials as Engineer may require in establishing or designating control points, or in checking survey, layout, and measurement Work performed by Contractor. E. Contractor shall inform Engineer a reasonable time in advance of the times and places at which he wishes to do Work. Engineers shall then establish horizontal and vertical control points and check existing conditions with minimum inconvenience and delay to Contractor. F. Contractor shall remove and reconstruct Work which is improperly located. 1.3 LAYOUT DATA A. The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVA City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7' Field Engineering McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01050-1 measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 1.4 EXISTING STRUCTURES A. The locations for existing underground piping and structures shown on the Drawings were taken from available records. The actual locations of the existing underground piping and structures may differ from that shown on the Drawings. B. The Drawings may not show existing underground electrical conduits, small piping, or other piping and structures. Prior to starting excavations for structures or the installation of underground piping, conduits, and other facilities the Contractor shall thoroughly examine the proposed locations and routes for possible conflict between the existing and new facilities. C. The Contractor shall excavate and expose all existing underground piping, conduit, or other structures which may conflict with the new facilities or other improvements. The locations, both horizontally and vertically, of all such existing facilities shall be shown on the record drawings. D. After completion of the subsurface investigations the Contractor shall notify the Project Representative of any possible conflicts between the existing and new facilities. The Contractor, Project Representative, and Engineer will then confer and resolve the potential conflicts prior to the start of the installation of the new facilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 We/ifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Field Engineering McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01050-2 SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Before Work is started, Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for review a schedule of the proposed construction operations. The construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, structures, or facilities. B. At least every 30 days the schedule shall be revised as necessary to reflect changes in the progress of the Work. C. Owner may require Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind schedule at any time during the construction period. 1.2 PROGRESS REPORTS A. A progress report shall be furnished to the Owner or the owner's Representative with each application for progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, contractor shall submit additional progress reports at such intervals as Engineer may request. B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not readily apparent to the Owner or the Owner's Representative, must be substantiated with satisfactory evidence. C. Each progress report shall also include three prints of the accepted graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. After review of the tentative schedule at the pre-construction conference, and before submission of the first application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative a schedule of values covering each lump sum item. The schedule of values, showing the value of each kind of work, shall be acceptable to the Owner or the Owner's Representative before any application for payment is prepared. The Schedule of Values shall conform to the requirements of Section 01630, Measurement and Payment. B. The sum of the items listed in the schedule of values shall equal the contract price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction facilities, may be listed separately in the schedule of values, provided the amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 7 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01300-1 C. An unbalanced schedule of values providing for overpayment of Contractor on items of Work which would be performed first will not be accepted. The schedule of values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Final acceptance by the Owner or the Owner's Representative shall indicate only consent to the schedule of values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENT A. Within fifteen (15) days after award of Contract, Contractor shall furnish to the Owner or the Owner's Representative a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 1.5 SURVEY DATA A. All field books, notes, and other data developed by the Contractor in performing surveys required as part of the Work shall be available to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for examination throughout the construction period. All such data shall be submitted to the Owner or the Owner's Representative with the other documentation required for final acceptance of the Work. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA A. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials which will become a permanent part of the Work under this contract shall be submitted to Engineer, for review. These data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. B. All submittals regardless of origin, shall be stamped with the approval of Contractor and identified with the name and number of this contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. C. Contractor's stamp of approval is a representation to Owner and Engineer that Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. D. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 7 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project m 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01300-2 by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. E. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted by Engineer have been taken into account. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to account for exceptions previously noted, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmissions. F. Resubmittals shall be made within seven (7) days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within seven (7) days the Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. .G. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a Change Order or by failure of Engineer to return any submittal within 21 days after its receipt in Engineer's office. H. Contractor's letter of resubmittal shall list the date of his original submittal letter, the date of the Engineer's letter returning the submittal, and the dates of submission and return of any previous resubmittals. In addition, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for all costs incurred for review of the second resubmittal and each of any subsequent resubmitals. Engineer's review of drawings and data submitted by Contractor will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications, external connections, and dimensions which affect the layout. Engineer's review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device or item shown. Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, nor responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. Five copies of each drawing and necessary data shall be submitted to Engineer. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.), to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. K. When the drawings and data are returned marked NOT ACCEPTABLE or RETURNED FOR CORRECTION, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by Engineer and five corrected copies (or one corrected reproducible copy) resubmitted. L. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01300-3 M. When the drawings and data are returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED, or RECORD COPY, no additional copies need be furnished. 1.7 SCHEDULE A. The following is a schedule of items of equipment for which submittal data must be provided: 1. Steel casing w/mill certifications 2. PVC Casing 3. Cement Grout 4. Centralizers 5. Raw Water Discharge Plan 6. Sand Pack 7. Drilling Mud 8. Driller's Log 9. Hurricane Preparedness Plan 10. Drilling Rigs and Equipment 11. Traffic Control Plan 12. Well Screens 13. Formation Samples 14. Pumping Test Plan 15. Test Pump 16. Test Discharge Pipe 17. Geophysical Survey Data 18. Video Survey 19. Step Drawdown Test Data 20. Slug Test Data 21. Constant Rate Specific Capacity Test Data 22. Test/Production Well Dimension Data 23. Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well Dimension Data 24. Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well Dimension Data 25. Pumps, Motors, & Accessories 26. PVC Column Piping & Couplings 27. Valves (Check, Gate, Ball, Butterfly) 28. Air Release Valves 29. Control Panels and Components 30. Programmable Logic Controllers 31. Pressure and Level Transducers 32. Piping and Supports 33. Ductile Iron Pipe 34. PVC Pipe 35. Pipe Restraints 36. 12-Gauge Locator Wire 37. Polyethylene Encasement 38. Ductile Iron Fittings 39. Valve Boxes 40. Flowmeters 41. Concrete 42. Steel Reinforcing 43. Granular Fill 44. Pipe Bedding 45. Paint 46. Sod 47. Demolition Plan 48. SS Safety Cables 49. Electric Power Cables 50. SS Discharge Heads 51. Gaskets 52. SS Drop Pipe Adapters 53. SS Air Vents 54. Disinfection Plans 55. Chain Link Fence 56. Emergency Generator Receptacles 57. Light Poles 58. Conduit 59. Grounding Equipment 60. Seals 61. Disconnects 62. Service Entrance 63. Starters 64. Service Feeders 65. Motor Feeders 66. Lightning Arrestors 67. Junction Boxes 68. Yard Piping 69. Variable Frequency Drives 70. Erosion Control Plan 71. Control Valves WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01300-4 B. Parts lists and installation, operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for other equipment not listed in the equipment schedule. 1.8 INSTALLATION MANUALS A. In addition to operation and maintenance manuals, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative three (3) copies of all installation manuals for each piece of equipment. This manual shall be submitted at the same time as the operation and maintenance manual. Installation of equipment shall not be performed until installation manuals are received. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Included in Bid shall be the cost of furnishing competent and experienced manufacturer's representatives who shall represent the manufacturer on products furnished, to assist the Contractor to install products in conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Arrange for each installer of Work requiring continuing maintenance or operation to meet with the operating personnel at the project site to provide basic instruction needed for proper operation and maintenance of the entire Work. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Provide two (2) copies of any manufacturer prepared training videos used during the instruction period. B. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate start-up, shutdown, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, and similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation to applicable guarantees, warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitments. 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide data for: 1. Mechanical equipment. 2. Electrical equipment. 3. Controls and instrumentation. B. Submit four (4) sets prior to final inspection, bound in 81/2 x 11-inch three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers. C. Provide a separate volume for each system, with a table of contents and index tabs for each volume. WTP 1 & 3 Welffl-eld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01300-5 D. Part 1: Directory. listing names, addresses and telephone numbers of: Consultant and Contractor. E. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system. The systems are defined by the process and instrumentation diagrams included with the Contract Drawings. For each system, give names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers including but not limited to the following: 1. Appropriate design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions, equipment. fi. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 7. Shop drawings and product data. 8. Warranties. 9. Wiring diagrams. 10. Inspection procedures. 11. Programming logic and instructions. F. Submit two complete sets of all the information requested above on electronic media. The preferred form of media is CD's in compatible format as directed by the Owner's Representative. Generally, text shall be Word for Windows (latest version); drawings shall be AutoCAD (latest version or as otherwise requested by the Owner's Representative. 1.12 MANUAL FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION (PRINTED VERSION) A. Use drawings and pictorial to illustrate the printed text as necessary to fully present the information. B. Where information covers a family of similar items of equipment, identify the applicable portions by heavy weighted arrows, boxes or circles, or strike-out the inapplicable information. Non-conforming data are not acceptable and will be returned for rework and resubmittal. All information shall be original manufacturer's literature, duplicator copies are not acceptable. C. Contractor shall incorporate into books all manufacturers' equipment manuals including those specified in pertinent sections of the Specifications. These books shall be organized by equipment class in the same manner and sequence as the Specifications, i.e. Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation, etc. Book size and quantity shall be sufficient for inclusion of all data, and be of type and quality hereinafter specified in paragraph G. D. Within each book of manuals, provide a Table of Contents for that book. If more than one book is necessary for a class of equipment, place a complete Table of Contents for that class of equipment within each book of that class. E. In addition, an overall Index of Contents shall be prepared in ten sets and submitted separately to the Owner for his insertion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01300-6 F. When a manufacturer's manual exceeds one inch in thickness and is bound as specified in paragraph G, it need not be rebound within another book, but the Overall Index shall refer to it by title and indicate that it is bound separately. G. Manual Binding Bind all books in sturdy hard covers fastened to provide full view of contents on each page, and ease of making content additions or replacements. No book shall be more than three (3) inches thick. Manuals shall be bound in substantial three-ring loose leaf binders as manufactured by McBee, Springfield, MO or Inter-City, St. Louis, MO, Wilson Jones or equal. 2. Permanently label face of cover and bound edge of each book "MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTION MANUAL", and indicate calls of equipment, i.e., Mechanical, Electrical Instrumentation, etc., or name specific equipment if a single unit is contained. Where more than one book is needed for a class of equipment or a single specific equipment unit, number books consecutively BOOK I, BOOK II, etc. 3. If more than one class of equipment is contained in a book, separate each class with a tabbed stiff divider insert page. 4. Prior to purchase or delivery, submit samples of each intended type of binder and obtain approval from the Consultant. H. Manual Submittals. Submittals shall include four (4) draft copies of each manual, two of which will be returned to the Contractor marked to show the required corrections or approval. When review is complete and accepted, the Contractor shall deliver two final copies to the Resident Project Representative. I. Submittal Schedule. All draft equipment instruction manuals shall be submitted at the time of equipment shipment. No equipment start-up and training shall be permitted until 21. days after instruction manual submittal. Final instruction manuals shall be submitted no later than two weeks prior to equipment startup and instruction. 1.13 MANUAL FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION (ELECTRONIC VERSION) A. Use drawings, pictorials, audio, and video to illustrate the printed text as necessary to fully present the information. B. Each disk submittal, which contains text and drawings, is to be clearly marked indicating the equipment covered and the appropriate specification section. A listing of all files included on the disk shall also be provided with the files organized as text files and drawings files. C. Each magnetic tape submittal which contains audio and video information is to be clearly marked indicating the equipment discussed. When providing multiple topics on a single tape, provide sufficient leader and introduction for ease of editing. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVs City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01300-7 D. The vendor manuals may also be submitted as a CD for CD-ROM. E. The Contractor shall provide all final approved shop drawings, as-built drawings, installation instructions, certified test reports, electrical and other schematics, data sheets, operation and maintenance manuals, warranties and guarantees in digital electronic format. Materials available in digital format shall be furnished in accordance with Section 1.11. F. above. Materials not available in digital format (i.e., paper format) shall be scanned into digital format and cleaned to remove all smudges, fingerprints, artifacts, and other extraneous marks. All notes, version stamps, etc., shall be preserved. Scanning shall be done in CCITT GROUP 4, binary format. Scanning accuracy shall not be less than 300 dots per inch (DPI). Color maps shall be scanned in not less than the number of colors of the document or 16 colors, whichever is greater. Color photographs shall be saved in not less than 16 colors. Black and white or monochrome scans (non-text) shall be not less than 16 grayscale levels. Documents shall be scanned in the existing color format of the document i.e., color documents shall be scanned in color, black and white or monochrome in grayscale. 2. After the documents are in correct digital electronic format, they shall be given to the Owner in the following media: a) CD-Rom 3. All media transmittals shall be accomplished by a detailed paper printout of the files on each media. This printout shall consist of: file name, file size, data of creation, submittal number, and a brief but accurate description of the file. Files shall not be transmitted by modem. 4. Documents shall be presented the final form with all extraneous markings removed. Only the material that was approved shall be included in the final scan. All dirt, fingerprints, stains, or other marking that degrades the quality of the scan, shall be removed before the file is submitted. 5. The Owner will mark each approved paper submittal returned to the Contractor with the method of data conversion to be used for that document. The Contractor shall use that data conversion method so indicated. Converted documents shall be submitted to the Owner for acceptance. Documents found to be unacceptable shall be converted as required, at the Contractor's expense, to produce an acceptable final document. 1.14 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Provide duplicate, notarized copies. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09300-8 B. Submit material prior to final application for payment. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during Construction, submit within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially. beyond Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptances as start of warranty period. 1.15 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each section, in addition to that used for construction of work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 1,16 LAYOUT DATA A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies of such data shall be furnished to the Resident Project Representative for use in checking Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with other records upon completion of the Work. 1.17 SUBMITTAL AND RFI LOGS A. Contractor will be responsible for the preparation of Submittal and RFI Logs. These logs are due no later than two (2) weeks from the Preconstruction conference and are to be updated and brought to each Progress Meeting. The Submittal log should be a complete list of all proposed submittals required for the project. The RFI log will serve to ensure timely response to all Requests for Information. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submittals McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01300-9 SECTION 01385 - COLOR AUDIO-VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Audio/Video recording of all work areas in the Contract will be prepared by the Contractor. B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre-construction conditions. One copy of tape recordings and video log and one copy of the same in DVD format will be submitted to the City. The ENGINEER shall designate those areas, if any, to be omitted from or added to the audio-visual coverage. All audio/video recordings and written records shall become property of the City. C. No construction shall begin prior to review and approval of the audio/video recordings covering the Project construction area(s) by the City. The City shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of a video audio/video recordings not conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional charge. The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within seven days after being notified. Audio/video recordings shall not be made more than 45 days prior to construction in any area. D. The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of preconstruction color audio-video tape documentation. The videographer through the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a list of all equipment to be used for the audio-video recording, i.e., manufacturer's name, model number, specifications and other pertinent information. E. Additional information to be furnished by the videographer is the names and addresses of two references that the videographer has performed color audio- video recording for on projects of a similar nature within the last 12 months. Engineer's approval of the selected videographer is required prior to taking first audio-video recording. F. All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be finished by the Contractor. The total audio-video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio-video recording coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. The color video camera used in the recording shall be of Industrial Grade and shall have EIA Standard NTSC type color - 1.OV 75 OHMS. Video output from camera shall be capable. of horizontal resolution of 350 lines at center and utilize a minimum of 8:1 zoom with a 2/3" Newvicon tube or CCD pick-up element for WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 7 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Color Audio-Video Construction Record McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01385-1 optimum color imagery plus minimum lag through of one foot candle. The recording shall be made with Industrial Grade VHS recorder, utilizing E1A Standard (525 lines, 60 fields) NTSC color signal, RF Modulated 72dB. The video cassette tape used for the recordings shall be 1/2", high resolution, extended still frame capable, color VHS. The video cassette shall be new and thus shall not have been used for any previous recording. The recorded video tapes shall be compatible for playback with any American TV Standard VHS video cassette player. G. Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. H. All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom-out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video tape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. I. The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video tape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed center line of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. J. All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. K. The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Color Audio-Video Construction Record McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01385-2 direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed 44 feet per minute. L. All video tapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video tape number and project title. Each video tape shall have a log of that video tape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. M. Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the site, street, easement or right-of-way at any one time. N. The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. PART x - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Color Audio-Video Construction Record McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01385-3 SECTION 01420 - GENERAL EQUIPMENT STIPULATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. All equipment furnished and installed under this Contract shall conform to the general stipulations set forth in this Section except as otherwise specified in other Sections. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Contractor shall coordinate all details of the equipment with other related parts of the Work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. Contractor shall be responsible for all structural and other alterations in the Work required to accommodate equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or Specifications. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S EXPERIENCE A. Unless specifically named in the Specifications, a manufacturer shall have furnished equipment of the type and size specified which has been in successful operation for not less than the past 5 years. 1.4 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS A. Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions. B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests. C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick. 1.5 LUBRICATION A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during start-up or shutdown and shall not waste lubricants. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 7 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Equipment Stipulations McKim & Creed Project #. 00992-0990 09420-1 B. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all consumption during testing, start-up, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by Owner. Unless otherwise specified or permitted, the use of synthetic lubricants will not be acceptable. C. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient and accessible. Oil drains and fill openings shall be easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection of waste oil in containers from the normal operating area or platform without removing the unit from its normal installed position. 1.6 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for each item of equipment. Anchor bolts, together with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed. Anchor bolts shall comply with the anchor bolts section and, unless otherwise specified shall be manufactured from 316 stainless steel and shall have a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch. B. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted on base plates shall be long enough to permit 1-1/2 inches of grout beneath the base plate and to provide adequate anchorage into structural concrete. 1.7 SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES A. Equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustment shall be furnished complete with all special tools, instruments, and accessories required for proper maintenance. Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with those devices. 1.8 SHOP PAINTING A. All steel and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in the shop. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after assembly shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self- contained or enclosed components shall be shop primed or finished with high- grade oil-resistant enamel suitable for coating in the field with alkyd enamel. Coatings shall be suitable for the environment where the equipment is installed. B. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be prepared for painting as recommended by paint manufacturer for the intended service, and then shop painted with one or more coats of the specified primer. Unless otherwise specified, the shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be Cook "391-N-167 Barrier Coat", Koppers "No. 10 inhibitive Primer", Tnemec 77 Chem-Prime", or Valspar "13-R-28 Chromox Primer". Machine, polished, and nonferrous surfaces which are not to be painted shall be coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum "R-9". WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Equipment Stipulations McKim & Creed Project #: 00992-0190 09420-2 1.9 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit and storage. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of Engineer. C. Grease and lubricating oil shall be applied to all bearings and similar items. D. Each item of equipment shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment. 1.10 STORAGE A. Upon delivery, all equipment and materials shall immediately be stored and protected until installed in the Work. B. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, and all equipment with antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight structures maintained at a temperature above 60 F. Equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All space heaters furnished in equipment shall be connected and operated continuously. C. Equipment and materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other deleterious effects of storage when installed in the Work. 1.11 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION A. . Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. When so specified, or when employees of Contractor or his Subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be field representatives of the manufacturer of the equipment or materials being installed. 1.12 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer of each unit of equipment in this project shall warrant each unit to the Owner in writing against defects in workmanship and material covering parts and labor for a period of 18 months from date of shipment or 12 months from date of substantial completion, whichever is less. If individual equipment specifications require a longer warranty period than stated above, they shall have precedence for that specific unit of equipment. B. In the event that a component fails to perform as specified or is proven defective in service during the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide and install a replacement part without cost to the Owner. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT General Equipment Stipulations McKim & Creed Project #. 00992-0190 01420-3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT General Equipment Stipulations McKim & Creed Project #: 00992-0190 01420-4 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall furnish temporary separate male and female sanitary facilities at the site, as provided herein, for the needs of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Contractor shall conduct his work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways and walks, whether public or private, Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, and shall give reasonable notice to Owners of private drives before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. B. Traffic control shall be in accordance with FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards for Traffic Control Through Work Zones. C. In making open cut street crossings, Contractor shall not block more than one- half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders. 1.3 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions such as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the construction area C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Temporary Facilities McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01500-1 public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open over weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during adverse weather conditions. 1.4 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards and parkings, shall be restored to their original condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. 1.5 PARKING A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's operations, or construction activities. 1.6 DUST CONTROL A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. B. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. 1.7 SWEEPING A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from the pavement at the end of each workday. 1.8 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other substance will be WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Temporary Facilities McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 01500-2 permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or watercourse. 1.9 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide two (2) signs for locations of the Contract currently under construction identifying the project and identifying the participants in the development of the project. The signs shall conform to the details in the Supplementary General Conditions and may be reused for subsequent drill sites once construction at the original site is complete. 1.10 POTABLE WATER A. The Contractor shall apply to the City of Clearwater Water Department for a .temporary hydrant meter connection if large amounts of potable water are needed during construction. The Contractor shall pay the Water Department all fees to provide the connection and water meter and to use the potable water. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-U7* Temporary Facilities McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01500-3 SECTION 01505 -MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION AND SCOPE A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, insurance, and bonds; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, the following principal items: Move onto the site all Contractor's plant and equipment required for first month operations. 2. Install temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 3. Establish safety program. 4. Secure construction water supply. 5. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified. 6. Arrange for and erect Contractor's work and storage yard and employees' parking facilities. 7. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 8. Obtain all required permits. 9. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, SWFWMD, Department of Labor, and all other required notices. 10. Have Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time. 11. Submit a detailed construction schedule acceptable to the Project Representative as specified. 12. Erect project construction sign(s) as specified. 13. Submit a finalized schedule of values of the Work acceptable to the Owner and/or his Project Representative. 14. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 15. Construct, maintain, and restore any temporary access and haul roads. 16. Provide a color audio-video record of existing conditions in the construction areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -- EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-U7* Mobilization McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01505-1 SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers methods of measurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. 1.2 GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools, and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. See Section IV Article 3 - Definition of Terms. 1.4 EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid for each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. 1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.6 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement. 1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions. B. Schedule of Bid Items 1. Lump Sum Bid Items WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01630-1 a) The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for each item. C) Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. d) Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the following: 1) Shop and Working Drawings. 2) Clearing, grubbing and grading except as hereinafter specified. 3) Trench excavation, including necessary pavement removal and rock removal, except as otherwise specified. 4) Dewatering and disposal of surplus water. 5) Structural fill, backfill, and grading. 6) Replacement of unpaved roadways, and shrubbery plots. 7) Cleanup and miscellaneous work. 8) Testing and placing system in operation. 9) Any material and equipment required to be installed and utilized for the tests. 10) Pipe, structures, pavement replacement, asphalt and shell driveways and/or appurtenances included within the limits of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown. 11) Maintaining or detouring of traffic. 12) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 13) Sodding of areas affected by construction. 14) As-built Record Drawings. 15) Disinfection 16) Bacteriological sampling and testing. 17) Start-up 18) Training by Manufacturer's Representative 19) Sediment and Erosion Control 2. Unit Cost Bid Items a) The work for each Unit Cost bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. b) Payment shall be made at the Unit Cost price stated in the Bid for each item. C) Each unit cost price shall include all of the Contractor's costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 01630-2 d) The bid item numbers on the Bidder's Proposal are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. The bid item number shall have the same description for all wells but shall be independent for each well. C. Description of Bid Items: Bid Item Nos. 1 & 8 - Mobilization/Demobilization a) The Lump Sum Bid Price for mobilization shall include: Obtaining all insurance and bonds; Moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; Performing initial site preparation, project information signs, clearing, grubbing, tree removal and disposal; Furnishing and erecting plants, temporary access roads, temporary fencing, silt barriers and other items as noted in Section 01500. Mobilization shall include all the items listed in Section 01505 including providing audio-video recording of existing conditions at the construction site and providing field office trailers and sanitary and potable water facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. b) Payment for mobilization will be made on an incremental basis. Payment of 75% of the applicable lump sum price shall be made for the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for the beginning work on the project. Payment of the remaining 25% shall be made for finalization of this project, including demobilization, contract closeout documents, removal of field office, and final site clean-up. Retainage requirements as stated in the General Conditions shall apply to this pay item. 2. Bid Item No. 2 - Test / Production Well a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis (per well) for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Test / Production Well including but not limited to: Perform continuous split spoons from land surface to 50 feet below land surface; Drill 24-inch diameter borehole from land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25") from land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±50 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 18" casing; Drill 18-inch diameter borehole from ±50 feet below land surface to +65 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing from 3 feet above land surface to ±65 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±65 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing; Drill 12-inch diameter borehole from ±65 feet below land surface to ±150 feet below land surface; Perform drill-stem testing every rod change during drilling; Develop open borehole between ±65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole by pumping and surging with double- tube airlift; Conduct down-hole geophysical surveys for following WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section We City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01630.3 parameters between X65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole, static conditions - temperature, caliper, gamma, fluid velocity, fluid conductivity, and short and long normal resistivity, pumping conditions - fluid conductivity, fluid velocity and temperature; Conduct down-hole, color video survey from land surface to bottom of borehole; Furnish and install centralizers on 12-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install test pump and discharge line to required drainage feature; Conduct 8-hour step- drawdown test at rates of 200, 300 and 500 gpm; Furnish and install flange with removable cover plate for 12-inch diameter casing; Standby time; and Permits. 3. Bid Item No. 3 - Site Work a) The Lump Sum Bid Price for the site work shall include: Site demolition; Cast-in-place concrete; Vinyl chain link fence; Replace galvanized steel fencing; Permanent site access; Paving; Final site grading; Earthwork; Landscaping; Seeding; Sodding; and any work specific to each site to complete the work as outlined in the Contract Documents. b) Payment for the site work will be made on an incremental basis. 4. Bid Item No. 4 - Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis (per well) to furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for all site, civil, mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation work necessary to accomplish the demolition of existing facilities and the construction defined by the Project documents. Work includes installing a new submersible well pump (including motor and pump column), Certa-Lok PVC column pipe, safety cable for pump, check valve, power cable for pump, 316 SS discharge head assembly, 316 stainless steel piping, rubber gasket seal, above ground process piping and supports, underground raw water piping, valves, electric power service, wiring and conduit, disconnects, circuit breakers, junction boxes, motor feeders, variable frequency drives, electric panels, generator receptacles, light poles, grounding systems, SCADA antennas, instrumentation, control systems, level sensors, flowmeters, concrete slabs, concrete pads, painting, testing and acceptance, disinfection, bacteriological sampling and testing, startup, training by manufacturer's representatives, cleanup, warranties, and all other incidentals required to complete the work. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting each well, pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves prior to pumping. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. The Contractor shall coordinate well disinfection and WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 09630-4 groundwater sampling activities with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. C) Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. 5. Bid Item No. 5 - Furnish Well Pump and Motor (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the pump units and appurtenances as described in Section 11214 of the Contract Documents. This shall consist of a 316 stainless steel (SS) submersible turbine pump, intake screen, submersible variable speed pump motor, 316 SS pipe fittings, PVC discharge column assembly, 316 SS surface discharge head assembly, submersible power cable, 316 SS safety cable and appurtenances. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each submersible vertical pump with appurtenances provided. 6. Bid Item No. 6 - Furnish Control Valve and Actuator (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the control valve actuating devices and appurtenances as described in Section 15102 of the Contract Documents and the modulating V-Port Ball Valve and appurtenances as described in Section 15100 of the Contract Documents. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each valve actuator and control valve with appurtenances provided. 7. Bid Item No. 7 - Furnish Flow Meter (ODP) a) This item describes measurement and payment for providing the propeller flow meter and appurtenances as described in Section 15100 of the Contract Documents. b) Measurement and payment shall be for each meter with appurtenances provided. 8. Bid Item No. 9 - Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Well including but not limited to: Drill 8-inch diameter borehole from land surface to 20 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 8 feet of 4-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing and 15 feet of 4-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC, .010 slotted screen with capped bottom; Furnish and install centralizers on fl- inch diameter casing; Furnish and emplace 17 feet of 20-30 sand filter pack and a 1-foot fine sand cap around the perimeter of the 4" screen; F=urnish and emplace cement grout from 2 feet below WTP 18 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01630-5 land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 4" PVC casing; Develop screen interval between 5 and 20 feet below land surface by pumping and surging; Conduct Slug Test; Furnish and install 6-inch diameter steel protective casing and set into concrete pad. Provide flange with removable cover plate for the 6- inch diameter casing top; Furnish and install 2-foot x 2-foot x 4- inch concrete pad; Standby time; and Permits. 9. Bid Item No. 11 - Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing/Monitoring Well a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well including but not limited to: Perform continuous split spoons from land surface to 40 feet below land surface; Drill 16-inch diameter borehole from land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 12-inch diameter steel casing (0.25") from 0.5 feet above land surface to ±50 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±50 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 12-inch casing; Drill 12-inch diameter borehole from ±50 feet below land surface to ±65 feet below land surface; Furnish and install 6-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing from 3 feet above land surface 2 to ±65 feet below land surface; Furnish and emplace cement grout from ±65 feet below land surface to land surface around the perimeter of the 6-inch casing; Drill 6-inch diameter borehole from ±65 feet below land surface to ± 150 feet below land surface; Develop open borehole between ±65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole by pumping and surging with double-tube airlift; Conduct down-hole geophysical surveys for following parameters between ±65 feet below land surface and the bottom of the borehole, static conditions - temperature, caliper, gamma, fluid velocity, fluid conductivity, and short and long normal resistivity, pumping conditions- fluid conductivity, fluid velocity and temperature; Conduct down-hole, color video survey from land surface to bottom of borehole; Furnish and install centralizers on 6-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install test pump and discharge line .to required drainage feature; Conduct 8-hour drawdown test at 300 gpm; Furnish and install flange with removable and lockable cover plate for 6-inch diameter casing; Furnish and install 4-foot x 4-foot x 6-inch concrete pad; Standby time; and Permits. 10. Bid Item No. 12 -- Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test on Two Test/Production Wells a) Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor and materials necessary for conducting 10-day aquifer performance tests in two (2) designated Test/Production well boreholes at the rate(s) specified and as directed by the Owner's Representative. WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01630-6 b) The lump sum price includes pumps, controls, electric power, check valve, sample tap, pipe, gate valves, flowmeter, water level measuring instruments, flow monitoring systems, test data logs, sedimentation basins, filtration systems, erosion control, and all other related and necessary materials, work, and equipment required to conduct Aquifer Performance Tests for two (2) Test/ Production Wells. 11. Bid Item No. 13 -- Rehabilitate Well (Wells 68 & 69) a) Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for furnishing all labor, equipment and materials necessary to rehabilitate the well including but not limited to: Removing the existing well pump; Water quality sampling; Geophysical logging; Video surveying; Acidiaing; Back-plugging; Developing, Water quality sampling; Installing a new submersible pump; Disinfecting the well; and Sampling the well for bacteriological analyses. b) The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting each well pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves prior to pumping. The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. The Contractor shall coordinate well disinfection and groundwater sampling activities with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. C) Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7* Measurement and Payment McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01630-7 SECTION 01640 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010 - Project Requirements: Reference Standards. B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates. C. Section 01650 - Testing Laboratory Services. D. Section 01420 - General Equipment Stipulations: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner Bids. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Quality Control McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01640-1 B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.5 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to approval of Engineer and Owner. B. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. C. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Engineer for review PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Quality Control McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01640-2 SECTION 01650 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Selection and payment. B. Laboratory responsibilities. C. Laboratory reports. D. Limits on testing laboratory authority. E. Contractor responsibilities. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Individual Specification Sections: Inspections and tests required, and standards for testing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D3740 - Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Ownering Design and Construction. B. ANSI/ASTM E329 - Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction. 1.4 SELECTION AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified inspection and testing. B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of obligation to perform work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASTM E329 and ANSI/ASTM D3740. B. Laboratory: Authorized to operate in the state in which Project is located. C. Laboratory Staff: Maintain a full time registered Owner on staff to review services. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Testing Laboratory Services McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01650-1 D. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1.6 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Owner and Contractor in performance of services. C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or Products. F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner. 1.7 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to Owner, and to Contractor. B. Include: 1. Date issued, 2. Project title and number, 3. Name of inspector, 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection, 5. Identification of product and Specifications Section, 6. Location in the Project, 7. Type of inspection or test, 8. Date of test, 9. Results of tests, 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. C. When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of test results. 1.8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. B. Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. C. Laboratory may not assume any duties of the Contractor. D. Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Testing Laboratory Services McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09650-2 1.9 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturer's facilities. B. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to Work to be tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples. C. Notify Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing services. D. Employ services of a separate qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Testing Laboratory Services McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01650-3 SECTION 01660 - SYSTEMS TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing, adjusting and balancing of all systems prior to placing them in service. B. The operation, testing, adjustment and balancing shall be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. 1.2 TESTING PRIOR TO SHIPMENT A. Where individual sections require certain items of equipment to be tested prior to shipment from the manufacturers plant, these items shall be operated to the extent necessary to generate certified performance data over the entire operating range of the equipment. The testing shall be conducted on the units which will be shipped to and installed at the construction site. 1.3 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from each company manufacturing or supplying certain equipment, as listed on the Drawings, or in the Specifications, to perform the duties described. B. After installation of the listed equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test, adjust and balance the equipment. The inspection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following points as applicable: 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts). 2. Completeness in all details, as specified. 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. C. On completion of his work, the manufacturer's or suppliers representative shall submit in triplicate to the Engineer a complete signed report of the result of his inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturers warranty null and void. D. After the Engineer has reviewed the reports from the manufacturer's representatives, the Contractor shall make arrangements to have the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01660-1 manufacturer's representatives present when the field acceptance tests are made. E. The manufacturer's representative shall remain on the job to instruct the Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance and shall remain until the equipment is operating in a satisfactory manner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS A. Tests shall be conducted in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and of authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Not less than three days notice shall be given prior to start of tests. B. Field pressure and leakage tests shall be conducted on the following: 1. Process, instrumentation, sampling, chemical, fuel, and plumbing 2. Pressure pipelines 3. Gravity pipelines 4. Valves 5. Exhaust air lines. C. Plant Pressure Piping: Pressure tests shall be applied at the highest point in piping systems. Pressure piping and valves shall be statically tested at 1-1/2 times normal operating pressure or 150 psig, whichever is greater. Pressure tests shall be for one hour. D. Plant pressure piping, except air pressure piping, shall be hydrostatically tested and all joints and other potential leak sources shall be painted with powdered blue chalk and water mixture prior to testing. Leak sources shall be examined during and at the end of the test period. E. Plant Air Pressure Piping and Exhaust Air Lines: Plant air pressure piping and exhaust air lines shall be tested at 1-1/2 times operating pressure. Test pressure shall be maintained for four hours and potential leak sources shall be checked at one-hour intervals by applying a coating of soap suds. F. Plumbing Systems: Soil and sanitary piping in plumbing systems shall be tested at the completion of the roughing-in installation. The piping shall be filled with water through the highest stack and be allowed to stand for two hours during which time there shall be no loss of water. G. Pressure Mains: Pressure mains shall be tested hydrostatically after completion of laying and to the extent practicable before backfilling. Pressure piping and valves shall be statically tested at 1-1/2 times normal operating pressure or 150 psig, whichever is greater. The test pressure shall be maintained for a period of one hour and be measured at the high point in the line. All air shall be expelled from the line before applying the test pressure. Exposed pipe, joints and other potential leak sources shall be carefully examined for leaks. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0990 09660-2 H. Water Mains: Mains shall be subjected to a leakage test. This test measures the amount of water required to be supplied to newly laid pipe to maintain a specific pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. The duration of this test shall be not less than one hour and the test pressure shall be 150 psig as measured at the high point in the line. The maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed the limits specified in AWWA C-600. Force Mains: Force mains shall be subjected to a leakage test. This test measures the amount of water required to be supplied to newly laid pipe to maintain a specific pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. The duration of this test shall be not less than one hour and the test pressure shall be 150 psig as measured at the high point in the line. The maximum allowable leakage shall not exceed the limits specified in AWWA C-600. All water mains and all force mains shall be thoroughly flushed of all sand and debris. Flushing shall continue until clear water flows from the available point closest to the ends of the lines. K. Force mains 12-inches in diameter and larger shall be cleaned during flushing by using a polyurethane plug manufactured of eight lb/cubic foot density blown elastomer with open cell construction. The plug shall have resilient surface that engages the inner surface of the main with a sliding seal. The plug shall be able to reduce itself a minimum of 35 percent of its original cross-sectional area, negotiate mitered bends, short radius elbows, pass through tees, crosses, multiple pipe sizes and valves and shall be abrasion resistant and capable of traveling in either direction. L. Valves: Valves shall be tested by applying the test pressure upstream of the closed valve with the downstream at zero pressure. The test pressure shall hold for a period of one hour after the source of pressure has been removed. 3.2 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. After completion and prior to being energized, all electrical systems shall be tested as specified in Division 16 to the extent necessary to demonstrate that all systems are complete and ready for operation. Motors shall be checked for proper direction of rotation. Circuits shall be checked for proper voltages and currents. 3.3 TESTING PROCESS SYSTEMS A. Hydraulic and Leakage Testing: Field leakage tests shall be conducted on tanks, channels, and miscellaneous structures. They shall be leak tested by filling with water to the operating level. The water shall remain standing in the structure for a period of 24 hours. The structure shall be carefully examined for leaks at three-hour intervals during the working day. Water level shall be measured at these intervals and at the end of the test interval. B. In wastewater pump stations, potable or reclaimed water will be used for hydraulic testing of tankage and initial adjustment of process systems. Raw WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01660-3 sewage will not be introduced into the new facility until these tests and adjustments have been completed. Temporary pumping facilities to direct the effluent into the facility shall be provided by the Contractor. The Owner shall provide reclaimed water for hydraulic testing to the Contractor at no charge. 3.4 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING A. The Contractor shall provide bacteriological sampling and testing as specified in Section 15120. 3.5 ENGINEER'S RIGHT TO RETESTING A. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to demonstrate the integrity of the completed system, the Engineer may retain the services of an outside consultant to make all such tests and their resulting adjustments and balance. B. The costs for such tests shall be deducted from amounts owed to the Contractor and shall not be borne by the Owner. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 01660-4 SECTION 01670 - SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: This section covers furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and performing all work and services for furnishing, submission, processing and handling of requests for substitution and product options. See items as indicated on drawings and as specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accord with provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with work of other trades. 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General Conditions for additional information. B. Procedure. For equipment and materials which are listed in the proposal, observe procedures outlined in Information for Bidders. 2. For products, equipment, and materials which are named in drawings or specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe procedures outlined in these specifications. C. Costs. Cost incurred by requester in providing information, catalogs, and samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or Engineer. D. Address for submission: McKim & Creed, P.A. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, FI 33756 1.2 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL: A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names, capable of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material specifically indicated. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-U7* Substitutions and Product Options McKim & Creed Project M 0992-0190 01870-1 C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed upon by Owner prior to letting of Contract. E. No substitution permitted after letting of Contract, except as indicated herein. F. Conditional bids will not be accepted. 1.3 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION: A. After the Construction Notice to Proceed, the Engineer will consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other items. Requests must be received by Engineer within ten calendar days after the date of bid opening. All requests for substitution shall be completed as specified below. B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items unless specifically approved otherwise. C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which request for substitution is initiated. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 3. For products: a) Product identification by schedule or tag no., including manufacturer's name. b) Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, type, size, and options to be considered: 1) Product Description. 2) Performance and test data. 3) Reference standards. 4) Difference in power demand. 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit. C) Submit samples, full size if so required. Engineer reserves right to impound sample until physical units are installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. Engineer is not responsible for loss of or damage to samples. d) Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, date of installation, and field performance data on installation. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product, materials, systems or other items specified. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Substitutions and Product Options McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01670-2 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product, materials, systems or other items specified. 7. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in contract time or amount. D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product, materials, systems or other items, and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product, materials, systems or other items specified. 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to include but not be limited to the following: a) Building and structure modifications as necessary; b) Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change; C) Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation changes, and, d) All other changes required for work to be complete in all respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution, which subsequently become apparent. E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for alternative consideration will be given within two weeks after request is received. F. In the event the acceptance of an alternate results in a change in contract price or time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an alternate does not result in a change in Contract price or time, a field order shall be issued. G. Rejection of alternates: 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or building spaces. 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion , not equal to base product specified, or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this specification section. 1.4 SUBSTITUTION AFTER CONTRACT AWARD WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Substitutions and Product Options McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01670-3 A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are only reasons for substitution after Contract award. B. Notify. Engineer in writing, as soon as condition of unavailability becomes apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. C. Submit data as required in paragraph 4 above. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Substitutions and Product Options McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 01670-4 SECTION 01690 - STARTING PROCESS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PLAN SUBMITTAL A. Prior to attaining 75 percent completion of each Test/Production Well including rehabilitated Well Nos. 1-23, 3-68 and 3-69, the Contractor shall submit his plan for placing the facility into operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 START UP PLAN A. The plan shall include but not necessarily be limited to: Procedures for inspection of systems, equipment, instrumentation and controls to be carried out prior to their being energized. 2. Schedule for on-site inspections, supervision of installation and start-up by manufacturer's personnel. 3. List of equipment and controls for which a manufacturer's certificate of proper installation shall be submitted prior to energizing. 4. Sequence of start-up of each system. 3.2 MATERIALS, SUPPLIES AND ENERGY A. In conjunction with start-up, testing, and up to the time of acceptance of the facility by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish all required materials, supplies and energy. B. The above requirement applies to all expendable items required to operate and test the facility including: chemicals, electric power, diesel fuel, lubricants, and custodial supplies. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Starting Process Systems McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 01690-1 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Final cleaning B. Adjusting C. Project record documents D. Warranties 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010 - Project Requirements. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record information concurrent with construction progress as indicated in specifications. 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cloth cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Contract Closeout McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 01700-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Closeout McKim S Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 01700-2 SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes, but is not limited to: Demolition during this project will have to be spread throughout all phases of construction to maintain proper operation of the existing facilities. The Contractor shall prepare a schedule of proposed demolition for review and approval by the Owner and Engineer prior to commencing work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accomplish all demolition work so there is no injury to any persons and no damage to adjacent structures or property. All demolition methods shall be in full compliance with municipal, county, state and federal ordinances. Demolition work shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. The Contractor shall comply with all municipal, county, state, and federal ordinances regarding the disposal of rubble, scrap metal, and refuse. C. Demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. General: It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and inspect the nature and condition of the items to be removed and salvaged before submitting his bid. B. Dust Control: Control the amount of dust resulting from demolition to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of buildings and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Do not use water when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding and pollution. C. Protection of Existing Work: Protect existing work. Work damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired to match existing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Materials used in the repair or replacement of existing work to remain shall be identical or equal to the materials used in existing work when new. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Demolition McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02050-1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURES AND BUILDINGS A. Remove all parts of existing structures to be demolished. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Completely remove equipment which is designated to be removed. B. Remove concrete equipment bases if the existing bases are not to be used for new equipment. Completely remove isolated equipment bases. 3.3 PIPING A. Completely remove piping, conduit, and wiring designated to be removed. B. Underground piping, conduit and wiring which are to be abandoned and do not interfere with new work may be left in place, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Plug and seal cut ends of underground piping to be abandoned. Do not leave abandoned branches of piping and wiring "live". Isolate abandoned branches by closing branch valve at main or by disconnecting branch at main. Plug, cap, and seal active branch at isolating valve or point of disconnection. C. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility services to structures and buildings which are completely demolished. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility lines within structures and buildings which are partially demolished. 3.4 DISPOSAL A. Equipment, piping, and materials which are designated to remain the property of the Owner shall be moved to a location site designated by the Owner. B. All removed equipment, piping, and materials not specifically designated to remain the property of the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. C. Do not allow debris and rubbish to accumulate on the site. Remove debris and rubbish from the site. 3.5 FILLING A. Backfill excavations resulting from demolition. B. Backfill excavations which will not be beneath new structures, buildings, piping, or other new work as specified in this paragraph. C. Backfill excavations more than three feet deep or more than five cubic yards in volume as specified in Section 02200, Earthwork. D. Place and compact backfill in other excavations to produce an adequate foundation for grassing. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Demolition McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 02050-2 3,6 CLEAN-UP A. Clean-up in areas where other work is to be done following demolition shall be as specified in the applicable Sections. B. Clean-up the job site in areas where no other work is to be done under this Contract following demolition. Remove all debris and rubbish, temporary facilities, and equipment. Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions. Leave the work in a neat and presentable condition. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Demolition McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02050-3 SECTION 02071 - DIRECTIONAL DRILLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work specified in this section consists of furnishing and installing underground utilities using the horizontal directional drilling (HDD) method of installation, also commonly referred to as directional drilling or guided horizontal drilling. This work shall include all services, equipment, materials, and labor for the complete and proper installation, testing, protecting of existing underground utilities and environmental protection and restoration. B. The overall work scope shall include, but not be limited to steerable directional drilling equipment, drilling pits and equipment, sheeting, location signs as required, miscellaneous appurtenances to complete the entire work as shown on the contract drawings, and restoration, including irrigation system replacement. Directional drilling operations shall be performed within the right-of-way and/or easements shown on the drawings. C. The equipment used in directional drilling shall be of adequate commercial size and satisfactory working condition for safe operation, and may be subject to approval by the Owner and/or the Engineer. Such approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for making a satisfactory installation meeting the criteria set forth herein. Only workmen experienced in directional drilling operations shall be used in performing the work. D. Provide all structures, safety equipment, and professional services required to provide for the health and safety of the general public and of personnel involved in directional drilling work in accordance with the requirements of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. E. Take all measures necessary to protect surrounding public and private property, adjacent buildings, roads, drives, sidewalks, and appurtenances from damage due to directional drilling work. Responsibility and payment for correction of such damage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. F. The project schedule shall be established on the basis of working a normal work schedule including five days per week, single shift, and eight hours per day or four days per week, single shift, ten hours per day. G. The Owner shall be notified 48-hours (minimum) in advance of starting the drilling work. The Directional Drill procedure shall not begin until the proper preparations (see work plan) for the operation have been completed. H. The Directional Drilling operation is to be operated in a manner to eliminate the discharge of water, drilling mud, and cuttings to the waterways or to the land areas involved during the construction process. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037 UT Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02071-1 1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). B. American Water Works Associations (AWWA). 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 02210 Excavation and Trenching. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Directional drilling and pipe installation shall be done only by an experienced Contractor specializing in directional drilling and whose key personnel have at least 5 years experience in this work, and the installation of similar size pipe. B. All personnel shall be fully trained in the respective duties as part of the directional drilling crew and in safety. A supervisor thoroughly familiar with the equipment and type of work to be performed shall be in direct charge and control of the operation at all times. The supervisor shall be present at the job site during the actual directional drill operation. The contractor shall have a sufficient number of competent workers on the job at all times to insure the directional drill procedure shall be made in a timely and satisfactory manner. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide a description of typical HDD procedures for this project, including drilling procedures, reaming operations, and pullback procedures. Included with the description will be a list of major equipment used and supervisory personnel resumes. B. Prior to beginning work, the contractor shall submit to the Owner a work plan detailing the procedure and schedule to be used to properly execute the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING EQUIPMENT A. The directional drilling equipment shall be suitable for installing piping up to 12- inches in diameter. B. The directional drilling equipment shall be steerable by means of an electronic tool directional system with walkover receiver, and shall provide bentonite clay slurry to completely seal around the installed carrier pipe. C. Steel casing pipe shall not be required. D. The contractor shall provide and maintain instrumentation necessary to accurately locate the pilot hole (both horizontal and vertical displacements), measure pilot string torsional and axial and measure drilling fluid discharge rate and pressure. The Owner shall have access to instrumentation and readings at all times during operation. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project* 0992-0190 02071-2 E. The Contractor shall provide all materials for completing the installation and for adequate protection of the work. F. Raw Water Transmission Mains installed by directional drilling shall be 8-inch HDPE. 2.2 C-900 PVC PIPE A. See Section 15063 - PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling. B. See Section 15065 - Fusible PVC. 2.3 DRILLING PIPE A. Drill pipe shall be API steel drill pipe, range 2, premium class or higher, Grade S- 135 in a diameter sufficient for the torque and longitudinal loads and fluid capacities required for the work. 2.4 BENTONITE DRILLING MUD A. Bentonite technical criteria shall be as described in API Specification 13A, "Specification for Oil Well Drilling Fluids Material for fresh water drilling fluids. B. Any modification to the basic drilling fluid involving additives must describe the type of material to be used and be included in Contractor's drilling plan presented to the Owner. The Owner retains the right to sample and monitor the waste drilling mud, cuttings and water. 2.5 PIPE LOCATION WIRE A. Two (2) insulated 10 gauge or heavier A.W.G. solid or stranded copper wires shall be used on raw water mains. This wire is to be continuous with splices only made by methods approved by the Owner's Representative utilizing 3M Direct Bury Splice Kits, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The directional drilling equipment shall be operated by individuals trained by the manufacturer as experienced operators. B. The directional drilling equipment shall produce a stable, clay sealed tunnel with a minimum burial depth of 18° for casing pipe installation and 36" for the carrier pipe installation. C. The directional drilling equipment shall employ a fluid cutting technique. The soil shall be cut by small diameter, high pressure jets of liquefied clay. The jets shall cut the soil in advance of the drilling tool, impregnating and lining the tunnel wall with clay. The clay shall be totally inert and pose no environmental risk. A pilot hole shall be drilled with an appropriately sized drill pipe. The pilot hole will then WTP 1 & 3 Wellgeld Expansion Phase 1 Section !Va city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02071-3 be increased to the appropriate diameter by a reaming operation. The drilling tool will then be connected to the pipe, and the drilling tool shall pull the carrier pipe through the clay lined tunnel as it traverses under the surface being crossed. The pulling strength of the drilling equipment shall not exceed pipe safety pull strength as per manufacturer's recommendations. Surface excavations shall be limited to small launching and receiving pits. Pits shall be no larger than that required for launching and receiving. 3.2 REAMING A. Upon approval of the pilot hole location by the Project Representative, the hole opening or enlarging phase of the installation shall begin. The drill hole diameter shall be increased to accommodate the pullback operation of the pipe. The type of hole opener or back reamer to be utilized in this phase shall be determined by the types of subsurface soil conditions that have been encountered during the pilot hole drilling operation. The reamer type shall be at the Contractor's discretion. 3.3 PIPE PULLBACK OPERATION A. The pipes shall be laid out as shown in the Plans, and assembled in a manner that does not obstruct adjacent roads and public or private activities adjacent to the layout areas except as shown otherwise. For fusible PVC pipe, the Contractor shall hydrostatically test the pipe for leaks at a pressure of 60 psi per Section 15065, paragraph 3.8.B after the pipe lengths have been fused together above ground. For Certa-Lok PVC pipe, the Contractor shall hydrostatically test the pipe only after installation. B. The Contractor shall provide adequate supporttrollers along the stringing area to support the required length of the carrier pipe for each installation. Such support/rollers shall be comprised of a non-abrasive material arranged in a manner to provide support to the bottom and bottom quarter points of the pipeline, allowing for free movement of the pipeline during pullback while preventing overstressing or buckling. C. Each length of pipe shall be inspected and cleaned as necessary to be free of debris immediately prior to joining. D. Cuts, gouges or holes that penetrate the pipe wall thickness by more than 10 percent shall not be acceptable and shall be cut out and discarded. Before pipe installation, the Contractor shall be responsible for carefully inspecting the assembled pipeline to insure that no vandalism or improper acts have occurred to render the new pipeline defective. Any pipeline that has been installed and has failed the required pressure test procedure, and upon investigation, was found to be defective because of cuts or holes drilled through the pipe walls, shall be removed and/or repaired at expense to the Contractor. E. All pipe installed by directional drilling shall be provided with two (2) insulated 10 gauge solid or stranded copper wires for pipe location purposes. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by methods approved by the Owner's Representative utilizing 3M Direct Bury Splice Kits or approved equals. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees, and elbows. The locator wire shall be toned WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02071-4 by the Owner's personnel at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire. F. Pulling Loads: The maximum pull (axial tension force) exerted on the pipe shall be measured continuously and limited to the maximum allowed by the pipe manufacturer so that the pipe or joints are not overstressed. G. A swivel shall be used to connect the pipe and copper location wire to the drill pipe to prevent torsional stresses from occurring in the pipe. H. Pipeline Support: The pipelines shall be fed from coils or otherwise adequately supported during installation so as to prevent buckling, kinking or overstressing. 1. The Contractor shall at all times handle the pipe in a manner that does not overstress the pipe. Vertical and horizontal curves shall be limited so that wall stresses do not exceed 50% of yield stress for flexural bending of the pipe. If the pipe is buckled or otherwise damaged, the damaged section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall take appropriate steps during pullback to ensure that the pipe will be installed without damage. J. During the pullback operation, the Contractor shall monitor roller operation and sidebooms, if required, to assist movement of the pipe. Surface damage shall be repaired by the Contractor before pulling operations resume. K. The lead end of the pipe shall be closed during the pull back operation. L. After the carrier pipe is completely pulled through the drill hole, a sufficient relaxation period, as recommended by the specified pipe manufacturer, shall be provided prior to the final pipe tie-in. M. The Contractor shall install, maintain, and leave in place any sheeting, underpinning, cribbing, and other related items (other than that required for the drilling and receiving pits) to support any structure or facility affected by the drilling operations. The Project Representative, depending upon existing conditions, may require that additional sheeting for the excavation be left in place. N. Contractor shall hydrostatically test each line according to the Section 15065, paragraph 3.8.6 of these Specifications. Pressure and temperature shall be monitored with certified instruments during the test. The requirements for testing shall be met. 3.4 HANDLING DRILLING FLUIDS AND CUTTINGS A. During the drilling, reaming, or pullback operations, the Contractor shall make adequate provisions for handling the drilling fluids, or cuttings at the entry and exit pits. These fluids must not be discharged into the waterways. When the Contractor's provisions for storage of the fluids or cuttings on site are exceeded, these materials shall be hauled away to a suitable legal disposal site. After completion of the directional drilling work, the entry and exit pit locations shall be WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IN Directional Drilling City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 02071-5 McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 restored to original conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all permit provisions. 3.6 WATER A. The Owner shall furnish a water meter and backflow prevention device required for connections to fire hydrant(s) for use in the HDD operations. The Owner will deliver and install the device after receiving payment and setting up an account upon 48 hours notice. The Owner shall remove and retain ownership of the meter/BFP device following HDD operations. The Contractor shall bear the cost of all water used for HDD operations. 3.6 NEARBY UTILITIES A. The drawings show existing buried utilities that are believed to be near the directional drill alignment. There is no guarantee that these utilities are located as shown or that other utilities may not be present. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate all nearby utilities or other subsurface obstructions that may interfere with the work by excavating windows along the pipeline alignment or other means. B. The Contractor shall identify locations of existing sewer service laterals, water services and stormwater underdrains prior to beginning drilling operations and shall avoid damaging the laterals services and underdrains. Any damage caused by the Contractors work shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the steerable, clay lined directional drilling operation. Any noticeable surface defects resulting from improper operation of this drilling equipment shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. 3.8 SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION A. The contractor shall be considered as having completed the requirements of any directional drilling when he has successfully completed the work and tested the pipe to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0990 02079-6 SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all site clearing, tree protection, stripping topsoil and demolition as required to perform the work, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accord with OSHA and EPA requirements and State and Local requirements. B. Erosion Control Standards: Section 104 of the FDOT "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction' PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades, coverings, and other protection necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements. Protect improvements on adjoining properties as well as those on Owners property. 2. Restore any improvements damaged by this work to original condition, as acceptable to Owner or other parties or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Protect existing trees and other vegetation to remain against damage. Do not smother trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line. 2. Avoid foot or vehicular traffic or parking of vehicles within drip line. 3. Provide temporary protection as required. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Site Clearing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02110-1 4. Tree protection and root pruning shall be per City of Clearwater standard requirements: The following are minimum guidelines for the protection of existing trees to be preserved on or adjacent City project sites. a) TREE PROTECTION 1) All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree. Shrub and nthar Wnnrh. Planf Maintenance -- Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300 2) Where called for on the plans, install tree barricades, erosion control/silt fencing or other approved protective barriers around all trees to be preserved, per City standard detail. Where applicable protective barriers shall be placed in root prune trenches. 3) Construction materials, vehicles, equipment, soils, debris and supplies shall not be stored within the drip line/protective barrier area under any tree to remain 4) Vehicles under any tree shall not be parked within the drip line/protective barrier area of the tree. 5) Woodchips, mulch or another cushioning surface material approved by the City's representative shall be placed to a minimum depth of 10" over areas where roots are present and construction traffic occurs. 6) All tree protection measures shall remain in place at all times during construction until the City's representative authorizes removal. The following are minimum guidelines for the root pruning adjacent to existing trees to be preserved on or adjacent City project sites. b) ROOT PRUNING 1) Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. 2) Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified (i.e. staked or painted) on site, inspected and approved by the City's representative priorto actual root pruning. 3) Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. WTP 1 & 3 Wellf!e/d Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Site Clearing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02110-2 4) If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. 5) Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. 6) Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". 7) Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. 8) Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. 9) Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. 10) Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. 11) When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. The above information is intended for use on projects where construction impacts to existing trees are likely or even unavoidable. While this information covers a variety of situations it cannot address every one. In the event there or questions or concerns regarding tree protection on a project, please contact the City's project inspector. If they are unavailable please contact Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect in the Public Works Administration @ 727-562-4737." 5. Proper Tree Pruning: All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance - Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. a) Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Site Clearing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 02110-3 replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. b) No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. C) No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. D. Repair or replace trees and vegetation damaged by construction operations. 1. Repair to be performed by a qualified tree surgeon. 2. Remove trees which cannot be repaired and restore to full-growth status. 3. Replace with new trees of minimum 4 IN caliper. 3.2 IMPROVEMENTS ON ADJOINING PROPERTY A. Contact Owner before performing any removal, storage or alteration work on adjoining property. 3.3 SITE CLEARING - GENERAL A. Remove trees, shrubs and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions that interfere with new construction, unless noted otherwise. Removal includes stumps of trees and their roots. 2. Carefully cut and protect roots and branches of trees indicated to be left standing, where they obstruct new construction. B. Remove other items when specifically indicated. 3.4 TOPSOIL REMOVAL A. Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass before stripping. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Site Clearing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02110-4 2. Where trees are indicated to be left standing, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent damage to main root system. B. Stockpile topsoil where directed. Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water. 2. Seed or cover storage piles to prevent erosion. C. Do not strip topsoil in wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. D. Borrow topsoil to be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds and roots. 3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clear from surface of existing ground all trees not marked to remain, shrubs, brush, downed timber, rotten wood, heavy growth of grass and weeds, vines, rubbish, structures and debris. B. Grub (remove) all stumps, roots, root mats, logs and debris encountered within limits of construction. 1. Grubbing under areas to be paved: Remove all stumps and root mats, buried logs and other debris from within areas. 2. Grubbing in lawn areas: In cut areas, totally grub. In fill areas, where fill is less than 3 FT totally grub ground. Where fill is 3 FT or more in depth, stumps may be left no higher than 6 IN above existing ground surface. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Do not burn combustible materials on site. B. Remove all waste materials from site. C. Do not bury organic matter on site. D. Drill Cuttings. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 welmeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Site Clearing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02110-5 SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all earthwork, as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. B C. D. Perform all work in accordance with requirements of local and state codes, with requirements of OSHA, and in accord with federal requirements. Reference Standards: 1. Tests for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 5.5 LB Rammer and a 12 IN Drop -ASTM D698. 2. Tests for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using a 10 LB Rammer and a 18 IN Drop -ASTM D1557. 3. Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table - ASTM D4253. 4. Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density - ASTM D4254. 5. Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes - ASTM D2487-83. Site Clearing. Comply with requirements of Section 02110. Topsoiling and Finished Grading. Comply with requirements of Section 02220. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. Submit to Engineer for approval, source and samples of fill and backfill materials. C. Submit to Engineer for approval source and samples of borrow materials. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 -MATERIALS A. Fill and backfill: Selected material approved by Engineer from site excavation or from off site borrow. B. Structural fill under footings should classify CL or better in accordance with ASTM D-2487-83 with a liquid limit less than 45, a plasticity index less than 25 with not more the 70% passing a No. 200 sieve. C. Granular fill under floor slabs on grade and under concrete pads for well discharge piping and electrical equipment: FDOT Section 901, No. 57 size aggregate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Protect existing surface and subsurface features on site and adjacent to site as follows: 1. Provide barricades, coverings, or other types of protection necessary to prevent damage to existing items indicated to remain in place. 2. Protect and maintain bench marks, monuments or other established reference points and property corners. If disturbed or destroyed, replace at own expense to full satisfaction of Owner and controlling agency. 3. Verify location and existence of utilities. Omission or inclusion of utility items does not constitute non-existence or definite location. Secure and examine local utility records for location data. a) Take necessary precautions to protect existing utilities from damage due to any construction activity. Repair damages to utility items at own expense. 4. Provide full access to public and private premises, fire hydrants, street crossings, sidewalks and other points as designated by Owner to prevent serious interruption of travel. 5. Maintain stockpiles and excavations in such a manner to prevent inconvenience or damage to structures on site on adjoining property. 6. Avoid surcharge or excavation procedures which can result in heaving, caving or slides. B. Salvageable items: Carefully remove items to be salvaged, and store on Owner's premises unless otherwise directed. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02200-2 C. Legally dispose of waste materials off site. Burning, as a means of waste disposal, is not permitted. 3,2 SITE EXCAVATION AND GRADING A. The work includes all operations in connection with excavation, borrow, construction of fills and embankments, rough grading, and disposal of excess materials in connection with the preparation of the site(s) for construction of the proposed facilities. B. Perform excavation and grading as required by the drawings. Drawings may indicate both existing grade and finished grade required for construction of project. Stake out all units, structures, piping, roads, parking areas and walks and establish their elevations. Perform other layout work required. Replace property corner markers to original location if disturbed or destroyed. 2. Protection of existing facilities: Maintain existing utility lines (either overhead or underground), sidewalks, structures, pavement indicated on drawings, or mentioned in specifications, free of damage. Any item known or unknown or not properly location that is inadvertently damaged shall be repaired to original condition. Notify Owner of any utility damage at once so that emergency measures may be taken. All repairs to be made and paid for by Contractor. 3. Preparation of ground surface for embankments or fills: all topsoil, debris, and organic material, unsuitable existing fill soils, and soft or loose unsuitable natural soils should be excavated from the area. Areas to receive structural and embankment fill should be proofrolled with a loaded dump truck under the observation of the Geotechnical Engineer. Areas which reveal any unstable or unsuitable soils in the opinion of the Geotechnical Engineer shall be excavated and replaced with additional compacted structural/embankment fill. 4. Protection of finish grade: During construction, shape and drain embankment and excavations. Maintain ditches and drains to provide drainage at all times. Project graded areas against action of elements prior to acceptance of work. Reestablish grade where settlement or erosion occurs. C. Borrow: Provide necessary amount of approved fill compacted to density equal to that indicated in this specification. Include cost of all borrow material in original proposal. Fill material to be approved by Engineer prior to placement. D. Construct embankments and fills as required by the drawings: Construct embankments and fills at locations and to lines of grade indicated. Completed fill shall correspond to shape of typical cross section or contour indicated regardless of method used to show shape, size, and extent of line and grade of completed work. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-3 2. Provide fill material which meets the requirements of Part 2.113 of this specification and is free from roots, organic matter, trash, frozen material, and stones having maximum dimension greater than 6 IN. Insure that stones larger than 4 IN, are not placed in upper 6 IN of fill or embankment. Do not place material in layers greater than 8 IN loose thickness. Place layers horizontally and compact each layer prior to placing additional fill. 3. Compact by sheepsfoot, pneumatic rollers, vibrators, or by other equipment as required to obtain specified density. Control moisture for each layer necessary to meet requirements of compaction. 3.3 ROCK EXCAVATION A. All rock excavation shall be unclassified. No extra payment shall be made for rock excavation or for required Backfill to achieve required grades. B. When rock is encountered, it shall be excavated to the following minimum dimensions. For structures: Three FT outside the exterior limits of foundations and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of foundations. 2. For piping and utilities: A width 18 IN wider than the outside diameter of the pipe or conduit and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom exterior surface of the pipe or conduit. 3. For paving: 2 FT outside the exterior limits of paving and from rock surface to 6 IN below bottom of pavement subbase. 4. Where rock is over excavated or to achieve required subgrade, Contractor shall Backfill with granular materials meeting the requirements of FDOT Section 901, No. 57 fine aggregate. C. The use of explosives of any kind or type, under any conditions, shall be subject to specific approval by the Owner in each instance. The use of explosives shall be limited to the magnitude and location of the charge that will not cause damage to adjacent existing construction and utilities through shock vibrations or other stress loadings. Provide adequate blanket protection to ensure that there will not be fragments of rock or other debris flying through the air when discharging explosives. Contractor to employ personnel certified to execute blasting operations. Any damage to existing construction or other features caused by blasting operations to be repaired and paid for by Contractor. 1. Explosive permits shall be obtained from the City and/or County as per the City and/or County's requirements. 3.4 COMPACTION TESTING AND CONTROL A. Moisture density relations required for all materials that are to be compacted to be as established by Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0790 02200-4 B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with specifications. C. Give adequate notice to Geotechnical Engineer when ready for compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. Minimum of 24 hour advance notice to be given. D. Should any moisture density test fail to meet specification requirements, perform corrective work as necessary. E. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing tests. 3.5 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform compaction of soils and all work associated with that effort with equipment designed for and suitable to provide the compaction requirements. B. Obtain approval of Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. C. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. D. Remove frozen loose, wet or soft material and replace with suitable material as required by Engineer. E. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as required by Engineer. F. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the following requirements: 1. Sitework: I nnnfinn Under Paved Areas, Sidewalks and Piping: Compaction Density 95% ASTM D602 100 percent ASTM D698, for last lift Cohesionless Soils Less than 10% by weight finer than No. 200 sieve: Unpaved Areas: 75 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 85 percent ASTM D698 2. Structures: I nratinn Compaction Density Inside of structures WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02200-5 under foundations, under equipment support pads, 98 percent under slabs on grade. ASTM D698 3. Specific areas: Location Com action Density Outside structures under equipment support 98 percent foundations ASTM D698 3.6 EXCAVATION, FILLING, AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES A. General: In general, work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, excavation for structures and retaining walls, removal of underground obstructions and undesirable material, backfilling, filling, and fill, backfill, and subgrade compaction. 2. Obtain fill and backfill material necessary to produce grades required. Materials and source to be approved by Engineer. Excavated material approved by Engineer may also be used for fill and backfill. 3. In this section of the specifications, the word "foundations" includes footings, base slaps, foundation walls, mat foundations, pile caps, grade beams, piers and any other support placed directly on soil. 4. In the paragraphs of this section of the specifications the work "soil" also includes any type of rock subgrade that may be present at or below existing subgrade levels. B. Excavation requirements for structures: General. Do not commence excavation for foundations for structures until: a) Engineer observes that all topsoil and other unsuitable and undesirable material have been removed from existing subgrade. b) Engineer approves that density and moisture content of site area compacted fill material meets requirements of specifications. C) Engineer grants approval to begin excavations. 2. Dimensions: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or specified; allow additional space as required for construction operations and inspection of foundations. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-6 3. Removal of obstructions and undesirable materials in excavation includes, but is not necessarily limited to, removal of old foundations, existing construction, unsuitable subgrade soils, expansive type soils, and any other materials which may be concealed beneath present grade, as required to execute work indicated on drawings. If undesirable material and obstructions are encountered during excavation, removal material and replace as required by Engineer. 4. Level off bottoms of excavations to receive foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads, or compacted fill. Remove loose materials and bring excavations into approved condition to receive concrete or fill material. Where compacted fill material must be placed to bring subgrade elevation up to underside of construction, subgrades should be observed and tested by the Engineer. Do not carry excavations lower than shown for foundations except as recommended by Engineer. If any part of excavations is carried below required depth without authorization, maintain excavation and start foundation from excavated level with concrete of same strength as required for superimposed foundations, and no extra compensation will be made to Contractor therefore. 5. Make excavations large enough for working space, forms, damp proofing, waterproofing, and inspection. 6. Notify Engineer as soon as excavation is completed in order that subgrades may be observed. Do not commence further construction until subgrade under compacted fill material, under foundations under floor slabs on grade, and under equipment support pads has been observed and approved by the Engineer as being free of undesirable material, being of compaction density required by this specification, and being capable of supporting the allowable foundation design bearing pressures and superimposed foundation, fill, and building loads to be placed thereon. Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect subgrade below fill material prior to placement of any compacted fill. Therefore fill material, foundations, retaining wall footings, floor slabs on grade, and equipment support pads shall not be placed until subgrade directly below has been observed and approved by Engineer. a) Place fill material, foundations, retaining wall footings, floor slabs on grade, and equipment support pads as soon as weather conditions permit after excavation is completed, observed, and approved after forms and reinforcing are observed and approved. Before concrete or fill material is placed, protect approved subgrade from becoming loose, wet, frozen, or soft due to weather, construction operations, or other reasons. 7. Dewatering. Where groundwater is or is expected to be encountered during excavation, install a dewatering system to prevent softening and disturbance of subgrade below foundations and fill material, to allow foundations and fill material to be placed in the dry, and to maintain a WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-7 stable excavation side slope. Review soils investigation before beginning excavation and determine where groundwater is likely to be encountered during excavation. Employ dewatering specialist for selecting and operating dewatering system. Keep dewatering system in operation until pump station is completed up to and including the ground floor. Dispose of groundwater to an area which will not interfere with construction operations or damage existing construction. Install groundwater monitoring wells as necessary. Shut off dewatering system at such a rate to prevent a quick upsurge of water that might weaken the subgrade. 8. Subgrade stabilization. If subgrade under foundations, fill material, floor slabs on grade, or equipment support pads is in a frozen, loose, wet, or soft condition before construction is placed thereon, remove frozen, loose, wet, or soft material and replace with approved compacted material as directed by Engineer. Provide compaction density of replacement material as stated in this specification section. Loose, wet, or soft materials, when approved by Engineer, may be stabilized by a compacted working mat of well graded crushed stone. Compact stone mat thoroughly into subgrade to avoid future migration of fines into the stone voids. Remove and replace frozen materials as recommended by Engineer. Method of stabilization shall be performed as recommended by Engineer. Do not place further construction on the repaired subgrades, until the subgrades have been approved by the Engineer. 9. Do not place floor slabs on grade including equipment support pads until subgrade below has been approved, piping has been tested and approved, reinforcement placement has been approved, and Contractor receives approval to commence slab construction. Do not place building floor slabs on grade including equipment support pads when temperature of air surrounding the slab and pads is or is expected to be below 40 degF before structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 degF. 10. Protection of structures. Prevent new and existing structures from becoming damaged due to construction operations or other reasons. Prevent subgrade under new and existing foundations from becoming wet and undermined during construction due to presence of surface or subsurface water or due to construction operations. 11. Shoring. Shore, sheet pile, slope, or brace excavations as required to prevent them from collapsing. Remove shoring as backfilling progresses but only when banks are stable and safe from caving or collapse. 12. Drainage. Control grading around structures so that ground is pitched to prevent water from running into excavated areas or damaging structures. Maintain excavations where foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads or fill material are to be placed free of water. Provide pumping required to keep excavated spaces clear of water during construction. Should any water be encountered in the excavation, notify Engineer. Provide free discharge of water by trenches, pumps, wells, well points, or other means as necessary and drain to point of disposal that will not WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-8 damage existing or new construction or interfere with construction operations. 13. Frost protection. Do not place foundations, slabs on grade, equipment support pads, or fill material on frozen ground. When freezing temperatures may be expected, do not excavate to full depth indicated, unless foundations, floor slabs, equipment support pads, or fill material can be placed immediately after excavation has been completed and approved. Protect excavation from frost if placing of concrete or fill is delayed. a) Where a concrete slab is a base slab on grade located under and within a structure that will not be heated, protect subgrade under the slab from becoming frozen until final acceptance of the project by the Owner. b) Protect subgrade under foundations of a structure from becoming frozen until structure is completed and heated to a temperature of at least 50 degF. C. Fill and backfill inside of structure and below foundations, base slabs, floor slabs, equipment support pads and piping: General: Subgrade to receive fill or backfill shall be free of undesirable material as evaluated by Engineer. Surface may be stepped by not more than 12 IN per step or may be sloped at not more than 2 percent. Do not place any fill or backfill material until subgrade under fill or backfill has been observed and approved by Engineer as being free of undesirable material. 2. Obtain approval of fill and backfill material and source from Engineer prior to placing the material. 3. Granular fill under floor slabs on grade: Place all floor slabs on grade on a minimum of 4 IN of granular fill unless otherwise indicated. Compact granular fill with a minimum of two passes with a vibratory compactor or a vibratory steel drum roller. 4. Vapor barrier: Install a continuous vapor barrier under floor slabs on grade, 6 Mil Poly and as shown on drawings. 5. Fill and backfill placement: Prior to placing fill and backfill material, optimum moisture and maximum density properties for proposed material shall be obtained from Engineer. Place fill and backfill material in thin lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. Compact material by means of equipment of sufficient size and proper type to obtain specified density. Use hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls. Do not place fill and backfill when the temperature is less than 40 degF and when subgrade to receive fill and backfill material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment to compact granular material. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02200-9 6. Where fill material is required below foundations, place fill material, conforming to the required density and moisture content, outside the exterior limits of foundations located around perimeter of structure to whichever is greater of the following horizontal distance: a) As required to provide fill material to indicated finished grade. b) 10 FT. C) Distance equal to depth of compacted fill below bottom of foundations. d) As recommended by Engineer. D. Filling and backfilling outside of structures: This paragraph of these specifications applies to fill and backfill placed outside of structures above bottom level of both foundations and piping but not under paving. Provide material as approved by Engineer for filling and backfilling outside of structures: Fill and backfill placement: Place fill and backfill material in maximum of 8" lifts as necessary to obtain required compaction density. Compact material with equipment of proper type and size to obtain density specified. Use only hand operated equipment for filling and backfilling next to walls and retaining walls. Do not place fill or backfill material when temperature is less than 40 degF and when subgrade to receive material is frozen, wet, loose, or soft. Use vibratory equipment for compacting granular material; do not use water. 2. Backfilling against walls: a) Do not backfill around any part of structures until each part has reached specified 28 day compressive strength and backfill material has been approved. Do not start backfilling until concrete forms have been removed, trash removed from excavations, pointing of masonry work, concrete finishing, damp proofing and waterproofing have been completed. b) Do not place fills against walls until floor slabs at top, bottom, and at intermediate levels of walls are in place and have reached 28 day required compressive strength to prevent wall movement. C) Bring backfill and fill up uniformly around the structures and individual walls, piers, or columns. 3. Backfilling outside of structures under piping or paving: When backfilling outside of structures requires placing backfill material under piping or paving, the material shall be placed from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving at the density required for fill under piping or paving as indicated in this section. This compacted material shall extend transversely to the centerline of piping or paving a horizontal distance each side of the exterior edges of piping or paving equal to the depth of backfill measured from bottom of excavation to underside of piping or paving. Provide special compacted bedding or compacted subgrade material under piping or paving as required by other sections of these specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-10 3.7 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Erosion control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Construct stilling areas to settle and detain eroded material. Remove eroded material washed off site. Clean streets daily of any spillage of dirt, rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving site. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Earthwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02200-11 SECTION 02210 - EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section covers excavation and trenching work; excavation and trenching as required; the handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgrades; pumping and dewatering as necessary or required; protection of adjacent property; backfilling; pipe embedment; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant work. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearance for the work to be performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut for extended footings. B. Subgrade surfaces shall be clean and free of loose material of any kind when concrete is placed thereon. C. Except where exterior surfaces are specified to be damp-proofed, monolithic concrete manholes and other concrete structures, or parts thereof, which do not have footings and extend beyond the outside face of exterior walls, may be placed directly against excavation faces without the use of outer forms, provided that such faces are stable and also provided that a layer of polyethylene film is placed between the earth and the concrete. D. Excavations for manholes and similar structures constructed of masonry units shall have such horizontal dimensions that not less than 6 inches clearance is provided for outside plastering. E. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Engineer. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any backfill, fill, or embankment. 1.3 RELATIVE WORK A. See Section IV Article 56 - Clearing and Grubbing. B. See Section IV Article 62 -- Tree Protection. C. See Section 02210 -- Excavation and Trenching. 1.4 BLASTING A. Blasting with any type of explosive is permitted only when approved by the City. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa Citly of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 02210-1 1.6 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise authorized, indicated, or specified, all materials excavated below the bottom of concrete walls, footings, slabs on grade, and foundations shall be replaced, by and at the expense of the Contractor, with concrete placed at the same time and monolithic with the concrete above. 1.6 DEWATERING A. See Section IV Article 12 - Dewatering. 1.7 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Except where banks are cut back on a stable slope, excavation for structures and trenches shall be sheeted, braced, and shored as necessary to prevent caving or sliding. 1.8 STABILIZATION A. Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud and muck; and sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact under the feet of the workmen. B. Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms, which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. The stabilizing material shall be spread and compacted to a depth of not more than 4 inches; if the required depth exceeds 4 inches, the material shall be furnished and installed as specified for granular fills. Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. C. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades for concrete structures shall not be above subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings. 1.9 EARTH FILLS AND EMBANKMENTS A. To the maximum extent available, excess suitable material obtained from structure and trench excavations shall be used for construction of fills and embankments. Additional material shall be provided as required. B. Wherever a trench passes through a fill or embankment, the fill or embankment material shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. 1.10 GRANULAR FILLS A. Granular fills shall be placed on suitably prepared Subgrades and compacted by vibration. Granular fill material shall be crushed rock or gravel, shall be free from dust, clay, or trash, and shall be graded to the requirements of FDOT section WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa Citiy of Clearwater Proejct A 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 02210-2 901 No. 57 aggregate. Granular fill shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent relative density as determined by ASTM D698-70, Method C. Granular fills under concrete slabs shall be compacted with a minimum of 3 passes of a vibratory steel drum or plate type compactor. 1.11 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. See Section IV Article 5 - Excavation for Underground Work. B. No more trench shall be opened in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite the work. 400 feet shall be the maximum length of open trench on any line under construction. C. Except where tunneling is indicated on the drawings, is specified, or is permitted by the Engineer, all trench excavation shall be open cut from the surface. 1.12 ALIGNMENT, GRADE, AND MINIMUM COVER A. The alignment and grade or elevation of each pipeline shall be fixed and determined from offset stakes. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and the maximum joint deflection used in connection therewith, shall be in conformity with requirements of the section covering installation of pipe. B. Where pipe grades or elevations are not definitely fixed by the contract drawings and specifications, trenches shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a minimum depth of backfill cover over the top of the pipe of 36 inches in paved or graded streets where surface grades are definitely established and 36 inches in other locations. Greater pipe cover depths may be necessary on vertical curves or to provide necessary clearance beneath existing pipes, conduits, drains, drainage structures, or other obstructions encountered at normal pipe grades. Measurement of pipe cover depth shall be made vertically from the outside top of pipe to finished ground or pavement surface elevation except where future surface elevations are indicated on the drawings. 1.13 LIMITING TRENCH WIDTHS A. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and sidewall clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. Minimum trench widths shall be as follows: Normal Pipe Size Minimum Trench Widths (Inches) (Inches) Less than 33" Pipe OD plus 16" Greater than 33" Pipe OD plus 24" B. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth load to prevent sliding and caving shall be done only in areas where the increased trench width will not interfere with surface features or encroach on construction limits. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va Cidy of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 02210-3 1.14 MECHANICAL EXCAVATION A. The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. B. Mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of a type, design, and construction, and shall be so operated that pipe, when accurately laid to specified alignment, will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. 1.15 EXCAVATION BELOW PIPE SUBGRADE A. Except where otherwise required, pipe trenches shall be excavated per the detail in the plans. 1.16 ARTIFICIAL FOUNDATIONS IN TRENCHES A. Whenever unsuitable or unstable soil conditions are encountered, trenches shall be excavated below grade and the trench bottom shall be brought to embedment grade with suitable material. 1.17 BELL HOLES A. Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. 1.18 EMBEDMENT MATERIALS A. General: Use soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater than 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter. 1.19 UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM. A. Symbols and descriptions for groups of soils classified by the Unified Soil Classification System, ASTMD-2487, are listed below: Group Symbols Group Description CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays. CL Inorganic clays of low to medium, plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays. GC Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures GM Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa Citiy of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed ProeJct #: 0992-0190 02290-4 GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. GW Well-graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silts, elastic silts. ML Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands. OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity. OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity. PT Peat, muck, and other highly organic soils. SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures. SM Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures. SP Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. SW Well-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. 1.20 CLASSIFICATION A. For the purpose of this specification, soils to be used as fill material are grouped into five classes according to soil properties and characteristics. Class I - Granular Material - angular bedding material well graded crushed stone meeting the requirements of ASTM D448 size No. 67. 2. Class II - Coarse sands and gravels with maximum practical size of 44 mm (1-1/2 in.), including variously graded sands and gravels containing small percentages of fines, generally granular and non-cohesive, either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, and SP are included in this class. 3. Class III - Fine sand and clayey gravels, including fine sands, sand-clay mixtures, and gravel-clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM, and SC are included in this class. 4. Class IV - Silt, silty clays, and clays, including inorganic clays and silts of medium to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML, CH, and CL are included in this class. These materials are not recommended for bedding, haunching, or initial backfill. WTP 1 & 3 Wellgeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa Cidy of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 02210-5 5. Class V - This class includes the organic soils, OL, OH, and PT as well as soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks, larger than 40 mm (1-1/2 in.) in diameter, and other foreign materials. These materials are not recommended for bedding haunching or initial backfill. 1.21 TRENCHING A. Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the minimum necessary for proper installation. All trenching shall meet OSHA requirements for cut slope and/or trench shoring techniques. Over depth excavation shall be backfilled with Class I material. 1.22 DEPTH A. Trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Where elevations are not shown, trench to a depth sufficient to provide at least 36 inches of cover above the top of pipe, unless otherwise specified. Grade trenches to provide a constant slope free of sags and high spots. 1.23 TRENCH BRACING A. Properly brace, sheet and support trench walls in strict conformance with all pertinent laws and regulations. Provide adequate bracing and shoring to protect adjacent improvements. 1.24 BEDDING, HAUNCHING AND INITIAL BACKFILL A. Tamp subgrade to provide firm, even bedding. Excavate bedding material to match the shape of the bottom of the pipe and bell, as detailed in the Drawings. Place haunching material so as to provide full bearing around the bottom of the pipe. Place bedding, haunching and initial backfill as specified below. 1.25 DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. If no backfill is required after initial trench excavation, undisturbed earth may be suitable for bedding in cover less than 12 feet deep. Excavate to match bottom of pipe and bell. Provide Class I material as bedding for pipe cover greater than 12 feet. Class I, II or SM, SC soil for haunching to pipe spring line. Class II or III material and soil types SM and SC shall be used as initial backfill to 12-inches above top of pipe. 1.26 BACKFILL A. Backfill the remainder of the trench with soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater then 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter compact to a minimum 95 percent ASTM D698 density. 1.27 COMPACTION TESTING AND CONTROL A. Moisture density relations required for all materials that are to be compacted to be as established by Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa Citly of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 02210-6 B. Extent of compaction testing will be as necessary to assure compliance with specifications. C. Give adequate notice to Geotechnical Engineer when ready for compaction or subgrade testing and inspection. Minimum of 24 hour advance notice to be given. D. Should any moisture density test fail to meet specification requirements, perform corrective work as necessary. E. Pay for all costs associated with corrective work and retesting resulting from failing tests. 1.28 COMPACTION DENSITY REQUIREMENTS F. Perform compaction of soils and all work associated with that effort with equipment designed for and suitable to provide the compaction requirements. G. Obtain approval of Engineer with regard to suitability of soils and acceptable subgrade prior to subsequent operations. H. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. 1. Remove frozen loose, wet or soft material and replace with suitable material as required by Engineer. J. Stabilize subgrade with well graded granular materials as required by Engineer. K. Assure by results of testing that compaction densities comply with the following requirements: 1. Sitework: Location Under Paved Areas, Sidewalks and Piping: Cohesionless Soils Less than 10% by weight finer than No. 200 sieve: Unpaved Areas: 2. Structures: Location Compaction Density 95% ASTM D602 100 percent ASTM D698, for last lift 75 percent relative density per ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254 85 percent ASTM D698 Compaction Densitv WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Citly of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 Section Iva Excavation and Trenching 02210-7 Inside of structures under foundations, under equipment support pads, under slabs on grade. 98 percent ASTM D698 3. Specific areas: Location Outside structures under equipment support foundations Compaction Density 98 percent ASTM D698 1.29 FLOWABLE FILL A. Where shown on the Plans, or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall backfill a void area or an excavation with flowable fill. Flowable fill may be shown, or ordered, to fill abandoned pipes, abandoned underground steel storage tanks, trench backfill, washout area under structural slabs or behind walls, or other similar locations. B. Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered to the site. Placing of flowable fill shall be by chute, pumping, or other approved methods. Flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damage caused by hydraulic pressure of the fill during placement prior to hardening. Flowable fill shall not be used for pipe bedding and backfill in the zone from the bottom of a pipe to 12 inches above the top of pipe. C. Flowable fill shall consist of materials conforming to DOT-SSRBC Sections as follows: 1. Cement (Type I or II) Section 921 2. Fly ash (Type F) Section 929 3. Fine aggregate (sand) Section 902 4. Water Section 923 D. The Contractor shall submit a proposed design mix that will produce a flowable fill meeting the strength requirements specified herein, using the following materials: Pounds per cubic and 1. Cement (Type I or II) 50 - 200 2. Fly ash (Type F) 0 - 2,000 3. Fine aggregate (sand) 2,500 - 3,000 4. Water 325 - 550 Note: 6-inch to 10-inch slump E. Flowable fill material shall be proportioned to produce a 28-day compressive strength approximately as follows: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa Citly of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct A 0992-0190 02210-8 Pounds per square inch 1. Pipe trench backfill 50 - 150 2. Fill abandoned pipes or tanks 30 - 150 3. Under slabs, behind walls 300 - 1,000 Note: Density in place 115 to 145 pounds per cubic foot F. Not more than 60 minutes shall elapse between the start of moist mixing and the placement of the flowable fill. G. Flowable fill placed on slopes shall have a reduced slump with a reduction in water, and shall be able to be shaped as required. H. The Contractor shall place the flowable fill in such a manner as to eliminate all cavities. 1. Flowable fill shall not be placed in salt water. When within a tidal area, the flowable fill shall be placed immediately after the salt water has receded. When flowable fill is used adjacent to ductile iron pipe, the pipe shall be polyethylene encased. 1.30 TESTS A. All tests to ensure that embedment, fill, and backfill materials and their placement comply with specified requirements shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor, as required by the Engineer. 1.31 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE A. Trenches across roadways, driveways or other trafficways adjacent to drainage ditches or water shall be constructed on the upstream side of the trafficway, to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original section, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. 1.32 PROTECTION OF TRENCH BACKFILL IN DRAINAGE COURSES A. Where trenches are constructed in ditches or other water courses, backfill shall be protected from surface erosion. Where the grade of the ditch exceeds one percent, ditch checks shall be installed. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, ditch checks shall be concrete. Ditch checks shall extend not less than 2 feet below the original ditch or water course bottom for the full bottom width and at least 18 inches into the side slopes and shall be at least 12 inches thick. WTP 1 & 3 Weltfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa Citiy of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim 8 Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 02210-9 1.33 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise permitted, all excess excavated materials shall be disposed of in on-site areas as directed by Owner's Representative. Excavated rock, debris encountered in excavation work, and other similar waste materials shall be disposed of away from the site of the work. 1.34 SETTLEMENT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within the correction period stipulated in the General Conditions. B. The Contractor shall make,. or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 10 days after notice from the Engineer or Owner. 1.35 ROOT PRUNING OF TREES A. See Article 62.2 -- Root Pruning. 1.36 BEDDING AND BACKFILL FOR INSTALLATION OF HDPE AND PVC PIPE BY OPEN CUT A. Excavate trench to 6-inches below the bottom of the pipe and provide and compact 6-inches of bedding, consisting of Class I material. Excavate bedding to match bells. Place and Compact haunching material to the springline of the pipe. Haunching material shall consist of Class I or II, SM or SC soils. Place and compact initial backfill to 12-inches over the top of the pipe using Class II or III and SM or SC soils. All soils shall be compacted to 98% maximum density in accordance with AASHTO T-180. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa Citiy of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Excavation and Trenching McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 02210-10 SECTION 02220 - TOPSOILING AND FINISHED GRADING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all topsoiling and finished grading, required to restore the site back to its original condition, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Site Clearing: Section 02110. C. Location of work: All areas within limits of grading and all areas outside limits of grading which are disturbed in the course of the work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Finish grading tolerance: 0.1 FT plus/minus from required elevations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. Project data: Test reports for finished topsoil. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify amount of topsoil stockpiled and determine amount of additional topsoil, if necessary to complete work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Original surface soil typical of the area, capable of supporting native plant growth. 1. Use existing topsoil stockpiled under Section 02110. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Topsoiling and Finished Grading McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02220-1 2. If amount of topsoil stockpiled is less than amount necessary for the work, furnish all additional topsoil required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ROUGH GRADE REVIEW A. Rough grading reviewed by Engineer in Section 02110, Site Clearing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Correct, adjust and/or repair rough graded areas. 1. Cut off mounds and ridges. 2. Fill gullies and depressions. 3. Perform other necessary repairs. 4. Bring all sub-grades to specified contours, even and properly compacted. B. Loosen surface to depth of 2 IN, minimum. C. Remove all stones and debris over 2 IN in any dimension. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Do not place topsoil when subgrade is either wet or frozen enough to cause clodding. B. Spread topsoil to compacted depth of 4 IN for all disturbed earth areas. C. Make finished surface free of stones, sticks, or other material 1 IN or more in any dimension. D. Make finished surface smooth and true to required grades. E. Restore areas occupied by stockpiles to condition of rest of finished work. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of topsoiling, obtain Engineer's acceptance of grade and surface. B. Make test holes where directed, to verify proper placement and thickness of topsoil. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Topsoiling and Finished Grading McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02220-2 SECTION 02240 - CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all chain link fence and gates as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related specification sections include but are not limited: Section 02250 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)-Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with standards of Chain Link Manufacturers. Institute for "Galvanized Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric and Accessories" except as otherwise indicated. B. Reference standards: 1. ASTM A90 - Test for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. 2. ASTM All 20 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zino-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. 3. ASTM A121 - Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Steel Barbed Wire. 4. ASTM Al 23 - Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strip. 5. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 6. ASTM A239 - Test of Galvanized Coating. 7. ASTM A392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link. Fence Fabric. 8. ASTM A428 - Weight of coating on Aluminized - Coated 'Iron or Steel Articles. 9. ASTM A491 - Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. 10. ASTM A570 - Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. 11. ASTM A572 - High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality. 12. ASTM A585 - Aluminum-Coated Steel Barbed Wire. 13. ASTM E8 - Tension Testing of Metallic Materials. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #: 0992-0190 02240-1 14. ASTM F567 - Standard Practice for Installation of chain Link Fence. 15. ASTM F626 - Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. C. Installer qualifications: Skilled and experienced mechanics. D. Comply with National Electric Code or code of local agency having jurisdiction. If conflict occurs between these codes, the more stringent shall be adopted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. In shop drawings include fence layouts, post locations, gates, details illustrating fence height, location and sizes of posts, rails, braces, footings, hardware list and erection procedures. C. All material is subject to testing. Submit mill certificates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furnish and erect fence and gates of the types designated, in reasonable close conformance with lines and grades as shown on the plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Provide a rigid, taut fence. B. Provide fence produced by one manufacturer. C. Provide fence and gate(s) 6.0 or 7.0 FT overall in height as required with a fabric height of 6.0 or 7.0 FT as required. Provide top rail surmounted by three (3) strands of barbed wire set at 45 degree angle to the fence fabric as required, except the gates' barbed wire shall be vertical as required. D. Gates: 1. Pedestrian gates shall be single swing style with 3 FT - 6 IN clear opening. E. Use only new materials. Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. Roll form section sizes are nominal outside dimensions. Steel "H" section sizes are outside dimensions. Open seam material not allowed. 1. Hot-dip galvanized iron or steel components after fabrication. Use galvanized and aluminized finish complying with following minimum requirements. a) Pipe: ASTM A123,2.0 OZ zinc per SQ/FT. b) Hardware and accessories: ASTM A153. c) Fabric: ASTM A392, Class 2, 2.0 OZ zinc per SQ/FT. d) Barbed wire: ASTM A121 Class 3, 0.80 OZ zinc per SQ/FT or ASTM 585 Class II, 0.30 OZ aluminum per SQ/Ft. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #: 0992-0190 02240-2 F. Test related fence construction materials in accordance with the following standards: 1. Pipe: ASTM A120 standard weight (Schedule 40) except hydrostatic testing requirements is waived. 2. Chain link fence fabric: ASTM E8 Tension Testing of Metallic Materials. Coating Testing per ASTM A90 and A428. G. Use only one width fabric, unless modified on the plans. H. Chain link fabric: Provide woven 2 IN mesh of No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, that is galvanized after fabrication with a minimum tensile strength wire of 90,000 psi after galvanizing, or hot-dipped aluminum-coated before weaving. 1. Steel line posts: Provide 2.375 IN o.d. pipe weighing 3.65 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. J. Steel top rail: Provide 1.660 IN o.d. pipe weighing 2.27 LBS per lineal FT or 1.625 x 1.25 IN x 1.35 LB/Ft roll form section. Fit rails with expansion couplings of outside sleeve type. Rails continuous for outside sleeve type for full length of fence. K. Steel terminal, corner and pull posts, referred to herein as terminal posts: Install 2.875 IN o.d. pipe weighing not less than 5.79 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. L. Post braces: Provide for each gate corner, pull, and terminal post, and first adjacent line post. Provide 1.660 IN o.d. pipe weighing not less than 2.27 LBS per lineal FT. M. Gate posts: Install round steel pipe not less than size and weight given below: 1. Single gate up to 6 FT wide: 4 IN o.d. N. Tension (stretcher) bars: Provide 3/16 IN x 3/4 IN minimum steel bar. Install one piece for full height of fabric. 0. Ties and clips: Provide either No. 9 gage aluminum wire or aluminum straps, for securing fabric to line posts and rails. Space bands not greater than 12 IN o.c. for attachment to line posts and 24 IN o.c. for top rail attachment. P. Post tops: Install steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weather- tight closure cap, one cap per post. 'Q. Combination post top cap and barbed wire supporting arm: Install steel, wrought, or malleable iron complete with provisions for anchorage to posts and attaching 3 rows of barbed wire. Provide one cap and angled arm for each post WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #: 0992-0190 02240-3 where barbed wire is required. Angled extension arms to accommodate barbed wire shall withstand a 250 pound pull-down load from end of arm. R. Barbed wire: Install galvanized (0.80 OZ/SQ FT) two strand twisted, 12-1/2 ga wire with 14 ga, 4 point barbs spaced 3 IN o.c.; or aluminum coated (0.30 OZ/SQ FT) barbed wire. S. Bottom tension wire: when specified, install marcelled (spiraled or crimped) No. 6 gage aluminum-coated, steel wire with 0.40 OZ per SQ FT of uncoated wire surface. Attach to fence fabric at 24 IN o.c.; with No. 9 gage galvanized steel hog rings. T. Concrete: Furnish Portland cement complying with ASTM C150 Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C33. Use clean water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi. Use not less than 4 sacks of cement per CU YD, 1 IN maximum size aggregate, 3 IN minimum slump, and 2 to 4 percent entrained air. U. Gates: Gates to be swing type complete with latches, stops, keepers, hinges, with provisions for three strands of barbed wire above the fabric, if required. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 2.375 IN o.d. and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. When barbed wire top is specified, extend the end members of the gate frames 1 FT above the top horizontal member to which 3 strands of barbed wire, uniformly spaced and attached with bands, clips or hooked bolts. a) Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b) Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. 2. Hinges: Install pressed or forged steel or malleable iron to suit gate size, of non-lift-off heavy duty type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair for each leaf over 6 FT nominal height. 3. Latches. Install heavy duty automatically engaging, lockable latch. 4. Keepers: Provide keepers for all gages to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify suitability of areas to accept installation. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #: 0992-0990 02240-4 3.2 ERECTION A. Do not start fence installation before final grading is complete and finish elevations are established. B. Install fence in true and correct alignment with posts vertical. C. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, not less than 3 IN deeper than bottom of posts. D. Set all posts in concrete footings with crowned, steel troweled tops of following minimum dimensions: 1. For line posts: 10 IN diameter. 2. For all other posts up to 6 IN diameter: 12 IN diameter. 3. For posts over 6 In diameter: 18 IN diameter by 48 IN deep. E. Install fence tight, free of sags and bulges. F. Place fence with bottom edge of fabric 1 IN above grade. Correct minor irregularities in earth to maintain maximum 2 IN clearance. G. Space line posts at equal intervals not exceeding 10 FT on center. H. Install terminal posts at ends of runs, changes in bracing assemblies between terminal posts and line posts adjacent to terminal posts. 1. Provide expansion couplings in top rails at not more than 20 FT fittings. J. Anchor top rails to main posts with appropriate wrought or malleable fittings. K. Install bracing assemblies at all end and gate posts and both sides and corner and pull posts. 1. Locate compression members at mid-height of fabric. 2. Extend diagonal tension members from compression members to bases of posts. 3. Install so that posts are plumb when under correct tension. L. Pull fabric taut and secure to posts and rails. 1. Install fabric on outside of fence. 2. Secure so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. 3. Secure to posts at not over 15 IN on center, and to rails at not over 24 IN on center and to tension wire at not over 24 IN on center. 4. Use U-shaped wire conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #. 0992-0190 02240-5 5. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. M. Construct gate frames with heavy wrought or malleable fittings or by welding, to produce rigid and weatherproof joints and rigid non-sagging, non-twisting gate. 1. Coat weld with a suitable rust preventive paint. Color to match pipe. 2. Use fabric same as fence fabric, similarly attached. N. Install barbed wire where indicated. 0. Remove and replace all damaged improperly installed fencing components to satisfaction Architect/Engineer at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed project #: 0992-0190 02240-6 SECTION 02250 - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)-COATED CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all PVC- coated chain link fence and gates as indicated, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2_ Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related specification sections include but are not limited: 1. Section 02240 - Chain Link Fence and Gates 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Chain Link Manufacturers Institute's "Standard Guide for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) - Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric" except as otherwise indicated. B. Reference standards: 1. ASTM A90IA90M -.Test for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc Alloy Coatings 2. ASTM A370 - Mechanical Testing of Steel Products 3. ASTM D1499 - Practice for Operation Light-and Water-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc-Type) for Exposure of Plastics 4. ASTM D1729 - Visual Evaluation of Color Differences of Opaque Materials 5. ASTM F668 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 6. ASTM F934 - Standard Colors for Polymer Coated Chain Link Fence Materials. 7. ASTM F1043 - Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 8. ASTM F1664 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Tension Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence 9. ASTM F1665 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)- Coated Steel Barbed Wire Used with Chain Link-Fence WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-U7* PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02250-1 10. ASTM G23 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon- Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 11. ASTM G26 - Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Xenon- Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials C. Installer qualifications: Skilled and experienced mechanics. D. Comply with National Electric Code or code of local agency having jurisdiction. If conflict occurs between these codes, the more stringent shall be adopted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. In shop drawings include fence layouts,.post locations, gates, details illustrating fence height, location and sizes of posts, rails, braces, footings, hardware list and erection procedures. C. All material is subject to testing. Submit mill certificates. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Furnish and erect fence and gates of the types designated, in reasonable close conformance with lines and grades as shown on the plans or as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Provide a rigid, taut fence. B. Provide fence produced by one manufacturer. C. Provide fence and gate(s) 6.0 FT overall in height with a fabric height of 6.0 FT. D. Gates: 1. Vehicular gate shall be double swing style with 20 FT clear opening. 2. Pedestrian gates shall be single swing style with 4 FT clear opening. 3. Rolling gate shall be provided with 32 Ft clear opening. E. Use only new materials. Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes. Roll form section sizes are nominal outside dimensions. Steel "H" section sizes are outside dimensions. Open seam material not allowed. F. The material for fence fittings shall be manufactured and coated to meet the requirements of ASTM F626 - Standard Specification for Fence Fittings. G. Manufacture: Class 1 PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the, hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project #: 0992.0190 02250-2 2. Class 2a PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating extruded and adhered to wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc coated by the electrolytic process or aluminum- coated by the hot-dip method. 3. Class 2b PVC-coated wire shall have the PVC coating fused and adhered to a primer that is thermally cured onto wire that is zinc-coated or zinc-5% aluminum alloy coated by the hot-dip method, zinc-coated by the electrolytic process, or aluminum-coated by the hot-dip method. K Use only one width fabric, unless modified on the plans. I. Chain link fabric: Provide woven 2 IN mesh of No. 9 gage (0.148 IN) copper- bearing steel wire, that is galvanized after fabrication with a minimum tensile strength wire of 90,000 psi after galvanizing, or hot-dipped aluminum-coated before weaving. J. Steel line posts: Provide 2.375 IN o.d.pipe weighing 3.65 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. K. Steel top rail: Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing 2.27 LBS per lineal FT or 1.625 x 1.25 IN x 1.35 LB/Ft roll form section. Fit rails with expansion couplings of outside sleeve type. Rails continuous for outside sleeve type for full length of fence. L. Steel terminal, corner and pull posts, referred to herein as terminal posts: Install 2.875 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 5.79 LBS per lineal FT. Provide posts of sufficient length to permit 36 IN to be set in concrete footing. M. Post braces: Provide for each gate comer, pull, and terminal post, and first adjacent line post. Provide 1.660 IN o.d.pipe weighing not less than 2.27 LBS per lineal FT. N. Gate posts: Install round steel pipe not less than size and weight given below: 1. Single gate 20 FT wide: 4 IN o.d.weighing 9.10 LB/FT. 0. Tension (stretcher) bars: Provide 1/4 IN x 3/4 IN minimum steel bar. Install one piece for full height of fabric. P. Ties and clips: Provide either No. 9 gage aluminum wire aluminum traps, for securing fabric to line posts and rails. Space bands not greater than 15 IN o.c.for attachment to line posts and 24 IN o.c.for top rail attachment. Q. Post tops: Install steel, wrought iron, or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap, one cap per post. R. PVC Coating: The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.015 inches and a maximum of 0.025 inches for Class 1 and Class 2a material. The thickness of the PVC-coating shall be a minimum of 0.006 inches and a maximum of 0.010 inches for Class 2b material. The PVC coating shall not be cracked or peeling from the metallic-coated steel wire. WTP 1 & 3 Welffleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02250-3 S. Color of PVC Coating: The PVC coating shall be black in color, and meet ASTM Specification F 934 for standard colors and testing method D1499. T. Bottom tension wire: when specified, install marcelled (spiralled or crimped) No. 7 gage (0.177 IN) aluminum-coated, steel wire with 0.40 OZ per SQ FT of uncoated wire surface. Attach to fence fabric at 24 IN o.c.;with No. 11 gage galvanized steel hog rings. U. Concrete: Furnish portland cement complying with ASTM C150 Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C33. Use clean water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi. Use not less than 4 sacks of cement per CU YD, 1 IN maximum size aggregate, 3 IN minimum slump, and 2 to 4 percent entrained air. V. Swing Type Gates: Gates to be swing type complete with latches, stops, keepers, hinges, with provisions for three strands of barbed wire above the fabric. 1. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d.and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. When barbed wire top is specified, extend the end members of the gate frames 1 FT above the top horizontal member to which 3 strands of barbed wire, uniformly spaced and attach with bands, clips or hooked bolts. a) Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b) Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. 2. Hinges: Install pressed or forged steel or malleable iron to suite gate size, of non-lift-off heavy duty type, offset to permit 180 degree gate opening. Provide 1-1/2 pair for each leaf over 6 FT nominal height. 3. Latches for single and double gates: Install heavy duty automatically engaging, lockable latch. Latches for double gates with automatic engaging lockable latch on one leaf and drop rod type latch on other leaf. Furnish drop rod complete with suitable casting set in concrete to hold gate leaf in place when drop rod is engaged. 4. Keepers: Provide keepers for all gages to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released. W. Motorized Rolling Gates Provide motorized rolling gates with materials as specified in the following paragraphs. 2. Gate frames: Tubular members assembled with fittings. Frame not less than 1.90 IN o.d. and steel pipe weighing not less than 2.72 LB/FT. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 02250-4 a) Truss rods; 5/16 IN minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist. b) Gate leaves: Space vertical intermediate bracing so that no members are more than 8 FT apart. Brace gate leaves 10 FT or over with a horizontal brace or one 5/16 IN minimum diagonal truss rod. c) All steel parts to be galvanized and PVC coated. 3. Weld members together forming rigid one-piece frame integral with top track. Provide two truck assemblies with each gate leaf. 4. Each motorized rolling gate shall have one gate leaf, covering 20 feet of the opening. Each 20 foot leaf shall have a cantilever support overhang of 10'-0". 5. The chain link fence fabric shall be installed with hook bolts and tension bars on all four sides. The fabric shall be attached to the gate frame at the spacing of no more than 15 inches on center. 6. Top Track Rail. Enclosed combination one-piece track and rail withstanding a reaction load of 2,000 pounds. 7. Truck Assembly. Swivel type, zinc die cast, with four sealed lubricant ballbearing rollers, 2 inches in diameter by 9/16 inch in width, and two side rolling wheels to ensure truck alignment in track. Mount trucks on post brackets using 7/8 inch diameter ball bolts with % inch shank. Design truck assembly to withstand same reaction load as track. 8. Gate Hangers, Latches, Brackets, Guide Assemblies and Stops. Malleable iron or steel, galvanized and green PVC coated after fabrication. Provide positive latch with provisions for padlocking. 9. Bottom Guide Wheel Assemblies. Each assembly shall consist of two, 4 inch diameter rubber wheels, straddling bottom horizontal gate rail, allowing adjustment to maintain gate frame plumb and in proper alignment. Attach one assembly to each guide post. 10. Gate Posts. Galvanized steel 4 inch OD Schedule 40 pipe, green PVC coated. Provide one latch post and two support posts for single-slide gates. 11. Heavy Duty Slide Gate Operator: a) Provide one heavy-duty sliding gate operator for each leaf for use on overhead roller or cantilever slide gates subject to high cyclage. b) Electric gate operator shall be provided with a 115 or 230 volt solid state controller, heavy-duty 460 volt motor, reversing contactor, magnetic brake, adjustable clutch, emergency disconnect, driven limit switches, completely prewired and factory tested, horsepower as required by manufacturer. c) Unit shall be completely assembled and include all necessary hardware, including one interior push-button. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02250-5 d) Operation. Gate to be opened automatically by a remote card reader, a telephone signal from the Plant Operator, or by manual operation of a pushbutton, for entrance to the plant. Gate to be closed by a vehicle double loop detector system designed to hold the gate open until traffic clears. Exit gate to be opened automatically by a vehicle loop detector system and the gate held open until traffic clears. Exit gate shall also be capable of being opened and closed manually by pushbutton controls. Entrance and exit functions to be installed for each of the two gates. Open/close/stop three button override, adjustable friction clutch to slip if gate is obstructed. e) Mechanical features. Belt and chain reduction, heavy-duty cast ball bearings, solenoid brake, adjustable friction clutch, adjustable limit switches, disconnect for manual operation, painted galvanized housing, post or pad mounting. f) Electrical Features, Power on/off switch, high starting torque continuous duty motor, solid state controller, easy LH/RH conversion, maximum-run timer, full systems circuitry, master/ slave operation, prewired and factory tested. 12. Provide drive motor operating on 3 phase, 460 volt, 60 Hertz electric power. 13. Provide automatic card reader, telephone, and controls for opening and closing the gate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify suitability of areas to accept installation. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of responsibility for performance. 3.2 ERECTION A. Do not start fence installation before final grading is complete and finish elevations are established. B. Install fence in true and correct alignment with posts vertical. C. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil, not less than 3 IN deeper than bottom of posts. D. Set all posts in concrete footings with crowned, steel troweled tops of following minimum dimensions: 1. For line posts: 10 IN diameter. 2. For all other posts up to 6 IN diameter: 12 IN diameter. 3. For posts over 6 In diameter: 18 IN diameter by 48 IN deep. E. Install fence tight, free of sags and bulges. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 02250-6 F. Place fence with bottom edge of fabric 1 IN above grade. Correct minor irregularities in earth to maintain maximum 2 IN clearance. G. Space line posts at equal intervals not exceeding 10 fT on center. H. Install terminal posts at ends of runs, changes in bracing assemblies between terminal posts and line posts adjacent to terminal posts. 1. Provide expansion couplings in top rails at not more than 20 FT fittings. J. Anchor top rails to main posts with appropriate wrought or malleable fittings. K. Install bracing assemblies at all end and gate posts and both sides and corner and pull posts. 1. Locate compression members at mid-height of fabric. 2. Extend diagonal tension members from compression members to bases of posts. 3. Install so that posts are plumb when under correct tension. L. Pull fabric taut and secure to posts and rails. 1. Install fabric on outside of fence. 2. Secure so that fabric remains in tension after pulling force is released. 3. Secure to posts at not over 15 IN on center, and to rails at not over 24 IN on center, and to tension wire at not over 24 IN on center. 4. Use U-shaped wire conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least 2 full turns. 5. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons or clothing. M. Construct gate frames with heavy wrought or malleable fittings or by welding, to produce rigid and weatherproof joints and rigid nonsagging, nontwisting gate. 1. Coat weld with a suitable rust preventive paint. Color to match pipe. 2. Use fabric same as fence fabric, similarly attached. N. Remove and replace all damaged improperly installed fencing components to satisfaction of Architect/Engineer at no additional expense to Owner. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT PVC Coated Chain Link Fence and Gates McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02250-7 SECTION 02623 - PLASTIC PIPE FOR PRESSURE SERVICE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes materials and methods of installation of Plastic Pipe for pressure service used in Piped Utility Systems, including potable water mains, reclaimed water mains,. and force mains. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Certified copies of the tests made by the manufacturer or by a reliable commercial laboratory shall be submitted to the Engineer for each shipment of pipe. 1.3 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. All pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or by skidding in order to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be rolled or skidded against pipe on the ground. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or interior of the pipe. B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior as well as all sealing surfaces of all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times by end cap covers or approved equal. Valves and hydrants shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage or freezing. C. Pipe stored outside and exposed to prolonged periods of sunlight shall be covered with canvas or other opaque material. Air circulation shall be provided under covering. D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tiers shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Pipe in tiers shall be alternated: bell, plain end; bell, plain end. Pipe shall not be stored close to heat sources. E. Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis. Mechanical joint bolts shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC PIPE A. Pipe for pressure service shall be Class 12454-A or B rigid PVC compound in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D1784. Pipe and appurtenances for WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02623-1 use in potable water systems shall bear the seal of approval for potable water use of the National Sanitation Foundation or other accredited testing laboratory. All pipe shall have markings indicating pipe size, manufacturer's name, AWWA and/or ASTM specification number, working pressure, and production code. B. PVC pressure rated pipe having a nominal diameter 2-inches or greater, but less than 4-inches, shall be made of 2000 psi hydrostatic design stress compounds designated PVC 1120 and shall conform to ASTM D2241. PVC pipe shall be furnished in 20-foot lengths unless otherwise noted. PVC pipe shall have a standard dimension ratio of SDR 21 and a water pressure rating of 200 psi. Pipe couplings shall have a dimension ratio of SDR 21 and a water pressure rating of 200 psi. Pipe shall have both ends beveled for use with gasketed couplings or one end beveled and one end with a bell. Couplings and gaskets shall be furnished with each length of pipe. Rubber ring gaskets shall conform to ASTM D3139 Nontoxic gasket lubricant shall be as specified by the manufacturer. C. Pressure pipe 4-inches through 12-inches in diameter shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900 for PVC pipe with cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness equivalent to a dimension ratio of DR 18 and shall be pressure class 150. Pressure pipe 14-inches through 24-inches in diameter shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C905 for PVC pipe with cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness equivalent to a dimension ratio of DR 25 and shall be pressure class 165. Pipe may be furnished with plain ends for use with elastomeric-gasket couplings or with one end plain and one end with a gasket bell. Couplings and gaskets shall be furnished with the pipe. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM D3139. Nontoxic gasket lubricant shall be as specified by the pipe manufacturer. D. PVC Pipe for Directional Drilling - See Section 15063. E. PVC pressure pipe shall have the following colors for the following services: 1. Potable Water Blue 2. Reclaimed Water Purple 3. Wastewater Force Main Green 4. Raw Water White F. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE): Tubing for potable water and reclaimed water services 2-inches or less in diameter. Plastic tubing shall be manufactured from N.S.F. approved prime virgin ASTM PE-3408 high density polyethylene resin compound and meet the applicable standards of ASTM D1248, ASTM D2737, NSF-14, and AWWA C-901. All tubing supplied shall be DR-9 C.T.S. with a 200 psi operating pressure at 73.4°F. Potable water tubing shall be colored blue, reclaimed water piping shall be colored purple. Driscopipe 5100, Endot/Yardly-Blue Jet, or equal 2.2 FITTINGS A. Fittings for use with PVC pipe 3-inches through 24-inches in diameter shall be mechanical joint compact ductile-iron fittings conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. Bolts for use with mechanical joints shall conform to WTP 1 &,3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 02623-2 the requirements of the joint standard. Fittings shall be suitable for a working pressure of 150 psi. B. Exterior Coating. Fittings for buried service and fittings for installation in exposed locations which are not to be painted shall be coated with a bituminous coating approximately 1 mil thick. The finished coating shall be continuous, smooth, neither brittle when cold nor sticky when exposed to the sun and shall be strongly adherent to the pipe. C. Fittings in exposed locations which are to be painted shall be primed with a universal shop primer suitable for use under the finish paint specified. D. Linings. Fittings shall have a cement-mortar lining conforming to the requirements of ANSI A21.4/AWWA C104 or a Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lining or American Polybond Plus lining depending upon the type of fluid being conveyed. 2.3 UNDERGROUND ALARMING TAPE A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gauge 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried water lines. Provide 6-inch wide tape colored blue for potable water and olive green for raw water inscribed with the following legend: 1. "Potable Water Line Below" for potable water 2. "Raw Water Line Below" for raw water 2.4 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Restrained Joints. Restrained joints for use with PVC pipe shall consist of retainer glands fabricated of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The gland shall be such that it can replace the standard mechanical joint gland and can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111 and ANSI/AWWA A21-53/C153. The retainer glands shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the PVC pipe on which it is used. EBAA Iron Sales, Star Pipe Products, or Equal. B. P.VC push-on joints adjacent to restrained fittings shall be restrained using harness restraint devices. This harness restraint shall be split to enable installation of the restraint after the spigot has been installed into the bell. The restraint shall consist of a split ring that fits behind the bell, a split restraint ring that installs on the spigot and a number of tie bars to connect the other two parts. Restraint components shall be of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The restraint ring shall consist of a plurality of individually activated gripping surfaces to hold the spigot and maximize restraint capability. EBAA Iron Sales, Romac, Star Pipe Products, or Equal. C. Twist off nuts, sized same as the tee-head bolts shall be used to insure proper actuating of restraining devices. WrP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 02623-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Excavation. Excavate trenches as specified in Section 02200. B. All pipe and appurtenances shall be examined at the point of delivery. Material found to be defective due to manufacture or damage in shipment shall be rejected. Tests as specified in the applicable material standard may be performed to ensure conformance with the standard. 3.2 TRENCH CONSTRUCTION A. Alignment and Grade. The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to the lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Valve-operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts. Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of work and interfere so that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure.. C. Trench Construction. The trench shall be excavated to the required alignment, depth, and width. Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for only as far as necessary to allow proper pipe installation. The width of the trench at the top of the pipe shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and allow the backfill to be placed as specified. D. PVC pipe shall be installed with pipe bedding and backfill as specified in Section 02210, paragraph 1.25. E. Hales for the bells shall be provided at each joint but shall not be larger than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the pipe barrel will lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted previously, the trench bottom shall be true and even in order to provide support for the full length of the pipe barrel, except that a slight depression may be provided to allow withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. E. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6-inches below and on each side of all pipe, valves and fittings. When excavation is completed, a bed of sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from stones, large clods, or frozen earth, shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously mentioned depths; leveled, and tamped. WTP 18 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater ProeJct #: 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02623-4 These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris of subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or foundations that may be encountered during excavation. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations containing loose boulders greater than 8-inches in diameter are encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be maintained between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and any part, projection, or point or rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient size and placement which, in the opinion of the Engineer could cause a fulcrum point. 3.3 G. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation, the trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support equal to that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory requirements in a manner that will prevent damage to the existing installation. H. When the subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, organic material, or other unsuitable material, such material shall be removed, to a minimum of at least 4-inches, or to the depth ordered by the Engineer and replaced under the directions of the Engineer with clean, stable backfill material. The bedding shall be consolidated and leveled in order that the pipe may be installed as specified. I. When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist of material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of the Engineer it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and/or appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or other materials at the direction of the Engineer. PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, and valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline materials. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. The trench shall be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. B. The sealing surface of the pipe, the inside of the bell and the gasket shall be cleaned immediately before assembly. C. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. D. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. E. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02623-5 F. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. G. Joint Assembly. Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. H. Pipe Deflection. When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Pipe Cutting. Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe. Ends shall be cut square and perpendicular to the pipe axis. J. Burrs shall be removed from spigots and ends shall be smoothly beveled. Field cut ends shall be marked for proper depth of joint assembly. K. Locator Tape. Install all plastic pipe with a locator tape of the type specified. L. Electronic Marker. Install electronic markers of the type specified for all buried piping at 24-inches below grade. M. Thrust Restraint. All plugs, caps, tees, and bends, unless otherwise specified, shall be provided with reaction backing, or restrained joints as specified. N. Thrust-restraint design pressure shall be equal to 1.5 times the design pressure of the line. 3.4 TESTING A. After completion of installation, flush and clean all plastic pipes for pressure service. B. All pressure pipelines shall remain undisturbed for 24 hours to develop complete strength at all joints. All pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test for one (1) hour at full working pressure, but not less than 150 psi. All leaks shall be repaired and pipe retested as approved by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. C. Allowable leakage shall be in accordance with AWWA C600, Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their appurtenances. 3.5 DISINFECTING POTABLE WATER PIPELINES A. The chlorination procedure shall be as described in Section 15120, Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 02623-6 SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping. 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Supply of concrete and accessories for placement by this Section. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Supply of metal fabrications for placement by this Section. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. C. PS-1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, lines, elevations and dimensions as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Safely support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied during placing or operations until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. Include increased or additional loads, reduced design stresses, or more restrictive procedures whenever these measures are required to produce safe formwork, or when required by the Local Building Code. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Concrete Formwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 03100-1 B. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Florida. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork. B. Conform to Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Plywood: Select sheathing, tight face, high density overlaid one side, sound undamaged sheets with clean, true edges. 2.2 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm) matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surfaces. 2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap-off type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, 1 inch (25 mm) back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch (25 mm) in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Corners: Chamfered, rigid plastic type; 3/4 x 3/4 inch (20 x 20 mm) size; maximum possible lengths. WTP 7 & 3 Welffield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Concrete Formwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03100-2 D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Contract Drawings. 3.2 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not permitted unless previously approved in writing by Engineer. If approval has been received, hand-trim sides and bottoms of earth forms; remove loose dirt prior to placing concrete. 3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings. F. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of beams, walls, curbs, slabs, and piers. G. Maintain camber in the forms to compensate for the deflection due to weight and . pressure of the freshly placed concrete. 3.4 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Clean inside surface of all forms. B. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. D. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces WTP / & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Concrete Formwork McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03100-3 of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Heat seal joints watertight. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts or water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heat enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. 3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Concrete Formwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 03100-4 B. Do not reuse wood formwork more than 3 times for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. 3.9 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracing from load bearing concrete until concrete has attained 75% compressive strength(.75 f c) B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. D. Maintain safety rules and the regulations of local and other regulatory agencies and be totally responsible for any injury or damage to life and property during removal of the forms. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Concrete Formwork McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 03100-5 SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric and accessories for cast-in- place concrete. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. C. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual. D. ANSI/ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. E. ANSI/ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ASTM A617 - Axle Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. G. ASTM A767 - Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. H. AWS D12.1 - Welding Reinforcement Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction. 1. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Practice. J. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice For Placing Reinforcing Bars. K. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice For Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. Do not fabricate reinforcing before receipt of approved shop drawings. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-U7* Concrete Reinforcement McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 03200-1 C. Manufacturer's Certificate requirements, 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Certify that products meet or exceed specified A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, 65 and Manual of Practice, ACI 301, ACI SP-66, ACI 318. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis upon request by Owner or Engineer. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work. 1.7 WELDING A. Welding on reinforcing steel during shop fabrication or field work shall not be permitted. 1.8 MARKING AND SHIPPING A. Ship reinforcing steel to size cut to proper length, tagged with non-rusting metal tags, showing shop drawing numbers and tied in bundles that can be easily handled. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Bars, when delivered at the site, shall be straight and free from twists, kinks and irregularities except such as are necessary to conform to reinforcing details. Steel shall be free from dirt, scale or loose rust or other coatings. Any bars upon which decided rust scales have formed shall be rejected. B. Store reinforcing bars and wire fabric above ground and under cover to protect same from weather, dirt or grease. C. Care shall be exercised to prevent any damage during shipment, handling and storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi (414 MPa) yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, plain finish. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 plain type in flat sheets; galvanized to ASTM A767 Class II finish. WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Concrete Reinforcement McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 03200-2 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions. C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated steel or Stainless steel type; size and shape as required. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on Drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location of splices with Engineer. Lengths of laps, splices, and embedments shall conform to ACI 318. Splices lengths to be based on Class "C", top bar, tension splice spaced less than 6" on centers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Accommodate placement of formed openings. C. Maintain concrete cover around main reinforcing as follows: Item Coverage Supported Beams 2 inches (50 mm) Supported Roof Slab 2 inches (50 mm) Supported Floor Slabs 2 inches (50 mm) Item Coverage Formed Concrete exposed to earth or weather 2 inches (76 mm) Concrete Formed against earth 3 inches (76 mm) D. Placing of all reinforcing steel shall conform to ACI 301, Chapter 5, and ACI 318, Chapter 7, unless otherwise noted herein. E. Bending or straightening of rebars partially embedded in set concrete shall not be permitted except in isolated cases where corrective action or a field change is required and is specifically approved by the Owner or Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Concrete Reinforcement McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03200-3 F. Reinforcing bars may be moved one diameter or within the limit of acceptable tolerances in order to avoid interference with other reinforcing bars, conduits or embedded items. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01640. END OF SECTION WTP 9 & 3 Weiifieid Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Concrete Reinforcement McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0990 03200-4 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete foundations, and support slabs. B. Floors and slabs on grade. C. Control, and expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint sealants. D. Equipment pads. E. Waterstops, channel inserts, anchor bolts, and other embedded accessories. F. Topping slabs. G. Adhesive cartridge anchors. H. Grout. 1. Concrete Finishing. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. F. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. G. ACI 350R-Environment Engineering Concrete Structures. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Cast=in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-1 H. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1. ANSI/ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). J. ANSI/ASTM D1190 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type. K. ANSI/ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). L. ANSI/ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. M. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. N. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. 0. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. P. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. Q. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. R. ASTM C494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Provide 4' x 4' test wall panel on site for approval indicative of acceptable level of finish for all building exposed cast in place concrete. C. Product Data: Provide data on joint devices, admixtures, and adhesive cartridges. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent work. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700. B. Accurately record locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. WTP 9 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0990 03300-2 D. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. E. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01640. B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement ASTM C150, Type I, II. B. Aggregates Fine and Coarse per ASTM C33. C. Water Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.2 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical: ASTM 0494, Type A - Water Reducing, Type D - Water Reducing and Retarding, Type E - Water Reducing and Accelerating, Type F - Water Reducing, High Range admixtures. In no case shall admixtures containing any chlorides be used. - 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: To be Structural Epoxy Adhesive conforming to ASTM-C881 Type I & II, Grade 2. Class B&C with a minimum bond strength of 1900 psi. B. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2,400 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. C. Monofilament fiber mesh ( 1 lb per yard ). D. Channel Inserts: Continuous inserts. 1 5/8" x 1 3/8" 12 ga. galvanized steel with 1 1/2" long anchors @ 4" centers. Channels shall be hot dipped galvanized after rolling. E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM 276 Type 316 per Section 05500. F. Embedded Angles: Carbon Steel A36 - Galvanized per Section 05500 Part 2. 1. Stainless Steel - ASTM A276 or ASTM A240 Type 316 2. Aluminum - ASTM 8221 6061-T6 T6510 Alloy WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-3 2.4 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler: ASTM D1752; Closed cell foam, resiliency recovery of 95 percent of original thickness. B. Waterstops: Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 1,750 psi tensile strength, minimum 50 degrees F to plus 175 degrees F working temperature range, 6 inch wide x 3/8" thick, maximum possible lengths, two bulb, ribbed profile, preformed corner sections, heat welded jointing. C. Sealant and Primer: As specified in Section 07900. 2.5 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ACI 304. B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Method 1 or Method 2 to meet the following criteria: 1. Weight: Normal (145 pcf) 2. Compressive Strength (7 days) 2,500 psi 3. Compressive Strength (28 days) : 4,000 psi 4. Slump: 2 to 4 inches C. Concrete mix properties. 1. Water Retaining Structures- per ACI 350-R with the following properties: a) water-cement ratio .4 to .45 b) slump 2" to 4" C) coarse aggregate well graded from No. 4 sieve to 1" d) cement content 5 112 to 6 bags per yard 2. Slab On Grade a) Water cement ratio .43 to .47 b) Slump 3 inches from truck - 6 inches after high range water reducing admix c) Coarse aggregrate : Max 1 % inch with 50-50 ratio of 1'/ inch and 3/8 inch d) Cement content 6 bags per yard (560 lb/yd) no fly ash e) Air content 0 to 1 percent 3. Other structures - per ACI 301 D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. E. Do not use calcium chloride. WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 03300-4 F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Engineer. G. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior. H. Toppings: Toppings shall consist of 300-400 pounds of sand, 100 pounds of type V cement and 3 pounds of monofilament fiber mesh (1 lb per yard) and a maximum of 5 gallons of water. The topping shall be mixed for 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer and shall not have a slump greater than 2 inches. 2.6 ADHESIVE CARTRIDGE ANCHORAGES A. Adhesive Cartridges: Adhesive anchor system. A self contained aggregate, polyester resin and hardening agent contained in a glass vile designed for anchoring reinforcing bars and anchor bolts into concrete. Anchorage shall be capable of developing and maintaining full yield strength of bar for underwater service. All bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing concrete, drill holes in existing concrete and insert adhesive capsules and reinforcing bars in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 & ACI 304. B. Notify Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers and water stops are not disturbed during concrete placement. D. Install joint fillers, primer and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with 1/2 inch (12 mm) thick joint filler. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-5 F. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of finished slab surface. Conform to Section 07900 for finish joint sealer requirements. G. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, structure, delivery ticket number, location within poor, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. H. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. 1. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. J. Screed elevated floors and slabs on grade to slope indicated, maintaining surface flatness such that there is a maximum of a 1/4 inch gap along a 10 ft long straight edge. K. Cold Weather - Temperature of concrete delivered to the job site shall conform to the following ranges: Ambient Air Temperature Concrete Temperature 30 - 45 degrees F 55 - 90 degrees F 0 - 30 degrees F 60 - 90 degrees F Below 0 degrees F 65 - 90 degrees F 1. All work shall be in accordance with ACI 306, Latest edition, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting." 2. When outdoor temperature is less than 40 degrees F, temperature of concrete in place shall be maintained at not less than 50 degrees F. L. Hot Weather - Temperature of the concrete delivered to the job site shall not exceed 90 degrees F. All work shall be in accordance with ACI 305, latest edition, "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting." M. Protect from rain and rainwater. No concrete shall be placed in rain, sleet or snow or other adverse weather conditions. Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase the water content of the concrete. N. Install construction joint device in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. 3.4 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Provide formed concrete surfaces to be left exposed with smooth rubbed finish or sack rubbed finish as scheduled in this section. B. Concrete Floor and Slab Finishes: WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 7 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037'-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-6 1. Float Finish - Exterior slabs shall be finished with a metal or machine float to a true and uniform plane with no coarse aggregate visible. 2. Broom Finish - after power floating the slabs shall receive two steel trowelings for denisfying. The surface shall then be slightly roughened by stroking with a stiff fiber bristle broom. C. The use of any finishing or troweling machine or other apparatus which has a water attachment for wetting the concrete during finishing operations is prohibited. D. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. D. Curing can be accomplished by: 1. Slabs: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water over floor slab areas continuously for 4 days. 2. Walls: Membrane shall be spray applied at coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gallon and shall be applied within 30 minutes of final finishing or immediately after form removal. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and under provisions of Section 01640. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed testing firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. D. Tests of cement and aggregates shall be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu yds of each class of concrete placed each day. F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 03300-7 3.7 PATCHING A. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms, and prior to applying any fillers to concrete surface. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Engineer upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301. 3.8 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Engineer. The cost of any required removal repair & replacement shall be born by the Contractor/Constructor. C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Engineer for each individual area. 3.9 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Construction joints shall be made and located as shown on. the Contract Drawings. Additional construction joints or revised locations of joints shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval. All such construction joints shall be shown clearly on the Contract Drawings. The construction joints shall be true to lines and shall be located not to impair the strength of the structure. All construction joints in contact with water or in water retaining structures shall have water stops. B. Construction joints in general shall be located near the middle of spans of slabs, beams, and girders, unless a beam intersects a girder at this point, in which case the joints in the girders shall be offset a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. Joints in walls and columns shall be at the underside of floors, slabs, beams .or girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, haunches and drop panels shall be placed at the same time as slabs. Joints shall be perpendicular to the main reinforcement. C. All reinforcement shall be continued across construction joints. Keys and dowels shall be provided as shown on the Contract Drawings. Vertical joints in walls shall be kept to a minimum. No joints are permitted in footing or foundation work. The Contractor shall make such provisions for bonding walls and footings as shown on the Contract Drawings or as approved by the Owner's Representative. D. The surface of the hardened concrete at all joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and all laitance removed. The surface shall be prepared to ensure bonding of concrete placed on it. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project M 0992-0990 03300-8 3.10 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion joints shall be provided where shown on the Contract Drawings. The joint filler material shall be firmly placed against the face of the completed concrete work before the concrete of the adjoining portion is placed. B. Reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to the concrete shall not be permitted to extend continuously through any expansion joint unless shown otherwise on the Contract Drawings or approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Pre-molded expansion joint filler shall be of non-bituminous type unless noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings. Pre-molded expansion joint filler shall be self-expanding cork and shall conform to Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers to Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Non-bituminous Types), ASTM D1752. 3.11 INSERTS A. All sleeves, anchor bolts, pipe anchors, inserts and embedded items shall be placed in positions prior to concreting. All such items must be clearly located on the shop drawings and shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall coordinate and verify all mechanical, electrical and architectural drawings for the location of sleeves, pipes, ducts and all other items. Anchor bolt threads shall be protected with a coat of grease before placing concrete, after which they shall be thoroughly cleaned, re-greased and wrapped in burlap. All ferrous metal inserts shall be galvanized. B. Contractor shall hold all embedded items in perfect position and alignment during placement of concrete using supplementary supports, ties or other approved means. Such supports or hardware which will remain permanently in the concrete shall be evaluated for their effect in shield integrity and shall be documented by photographs. C. No items made of aluminum are allowed to be embedded in concrete unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. Aluminum surface in contact with concrete shall be given a heavy coat of an alkali- resistant bituminous paint before installation. Aluminum surface to be embedded in concrete shall be given one coat of zinc chromate primer conforming to U.S. Military Specification MPL-P735. 3.12 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS AND TOPPINGS A. Prior to placing concrete equipment pads or floor toppings, scrub existing concrete surface clean, remove oil and grease by chipping or grinding and roughen substrate concrete surface. The cleaned surface shall be rinsed with clean water and kept saturated for the 24 hour period immediately preceding the placement of the concrete/topping. B. Place required edge strips and reinforcing and other items to be cast in. C. Immediately before the concrete/topping is applied the concrete surface shall be coated with neat Portland cement slurry having the consistency of paint. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-9 D. Toppings shall be compacted with a mechanical compactor-float. 3.13 SCHEDULE - CONCRETE TYPES AND FINISHES A. Foundations: 4,000 psi 28 day concrete, smooth rubbed finish with honeycomb filled surface. B. Underside of Supported Floors and Structure Exposed to View: 4,000 psi 28 day concrete, sack rubbed finish. C. Floor Slab: 4,000 psi 28 day. D. Process tanks and clarification slabs. 4,000 psi 28 day concrete float finish to topping. E. Sidewalks and Steps: 3000 psi 28 day. 3.14 SCHEDULE - JOINT FILLERS A. As shown on Drawings. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Cast-in-Place Concrete McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 03300-10 SECTION 03600 - GROUTING PART 1.- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. The types of grouting include the following:, 1. Portland Cement Grout 2. Non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout 1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery, handling and storage. B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS A. Portland Cement Grout B. (For grouting CMU cells and similar items - f c=3000 psi minimum) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate 3. Water: Portable 4. Pea Gravel: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate, graded so that at least 90% passes 3/8-inch sieve and 90% is retained by a number 4 sieve. C. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand) 3. Water: Potable 4. Mix 1-part Portland cement to 3-parts sand. D. Pre-Mixed non-shrink, Non-expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non-shrink grout as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents. Grout shall be nonmetallic non-corrosive, non-staining and comply with CRD-C- 588, Type D.. WTP 1 & 3 Welffield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Grouting McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 03600-1 E. The grout shall be non-shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and ASTM C109. The water-grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions. F. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals; chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after set. G. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. H. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following: 1. LRM Construction Chemicals, Inc. - Crystex 2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non-shrink Grout or equivalent 2.2 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Non-shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in transferring heavy loads. 2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding. 3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 700F. 4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3-days or later. 5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days. 2.3 MIXES A. For less than 2-inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water. B. For greater than 2-inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100 pounds grout material. C. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without causing either segregation or bleeding. D. Portland cement mortar for raked-out edges of non-shrink grout: one part Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 parts water by weight. 2.4 MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Grouting McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 03600-2 B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3- minutes. C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials. D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason. PART - EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by bush-hammering, chipping, or other similar means, until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved. C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean any contaminated surfaces. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted. E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave none standing. 3.3 PLACING . A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Place non-shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure. C. Do not use either pneumatic-pressure or dry packing methods without written permission of the Engineer. D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets. F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. section WVa WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Grouting City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 03600-3 McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 480 hours after grout has been placed. After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement-sand grout. H. After non-shrink grout has reached initial set, - rake out exposed edges approximately 1-inch into the grouted area. and paint with Portland cement mortar. 3.4 CURING A. Cure grout for 3-days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing paper or by another approved method. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Weifeid Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Section iVa McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 Grouting 03600-4 SECTION 05030 - METAL FINISHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This Section covers the application of metal finishes to steel and aluminum, and shall be used in conjunction with Section 09900 of these Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Un-galvanized Steel: All un-galvanized steel shall be sandblasted or pickled to remove all rust and mill scale and shall be thoroughly cleaned of grease and oil with an approved solvent. One shop coat shall be applied of zinc chromate or other approved primer as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Galvanized Steel: Galvanized steel shall be by the hot dip method in accordance with ASTM Designation A123, latest revision, with not less than two ounces of zinc per square foot of actual surface coated. C. Aluminum Protection: All aluminum which will be in contact with concrete, plaster, masonry or dissimilar metals shall be isolated with 2 mils dry film thickness of heavy asphaltic paint applied to each surface, by separating the surfaces with neoprene material or asphalt saturated cotton fabric. Before application of the isolator, surfaces shall be cleaned of all dirt, deposits of oil grease and other foreign substances, and primed with zinc chromate, as outlined elsewhere. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section No City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Metal Finishes McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 05030-1 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrication work is shown on the drawings and includes items fabricated from aluminum, iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems in other sections of these specifications. B. The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to the following: Rough hardware and fasteners 2. Concrete Inserts 3. Anchors 4. Nosings 5. Loose bearing plates 6. Miscellaneous framing and supports 7. Pipe Supports 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards and specifications, except as otherwise shown and specified: AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members". 2. Aluminum Association, Inc. "Specifications for Aluminum Structures". 3. AWS "Structural Welding Code". B. Qualification for Welding Work: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure". C. Field Measurement: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of the work. However, do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work. D. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. E. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 05500-1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimensions, diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions for products to be used in miscellaneous metal work, including paint products. B. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work, which are not completely shown by the manufacturer's data sheets. C.. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. D. Include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of miscellaneous metal items and anchorage devices. E. Samples: Submit two sets of representative samples of materials and finished products as may be requested by the Engineer, who will review for color, texture, style, and finish only. All other requirements for the work at the Contractor's responsibility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Plates, Shapes and Bars. 1. Steel Plates (to be bent or cold-formed): ASTM A283, Grade C, 2. Stainless Steel Structural Shapes - ASTM A276-Type 316. 3. Stainless Steel Plate-ASTM A240-Type 316. 4. Structural Shapes or Plates-ASTM AX 5. Cold-Finished Steel Bars: ASTM A108, grade as selected by the fabricator. 6. Cold-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A36. 7. Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, G90 zinc coating. 8. Structural Tubes: ASTM A500 - GR B. 9. Steel Tubing (hot formed, welded or seamless): ASTM A501. 10. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, galvanized. Standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated. 11. Gray Iron Casting: ASTM A48, Class 30. WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 05500-2 12. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47, grade as selected. 13. Aluminum Plates and Sheets: ASTM B209; 6061-T6, T6510 alloy. 14. Aluminum Extruded Shapes: ASTM B221; 6061-T6, T6510 alloy. 15. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B108 214 Alloy B. Metal Surfaces: For the fabrication of metal items which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating and application of surface finishes including zinc coatings. C. Metal Primer Paint: Primer paint selected must be compatible with the required finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9 of these specifications. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regalvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL-P-21035 (Ships). 2.2 FABRICATED METAL ITEMS A. Rough Hardware and Fasteners. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting work, and for anchoring or securing work to concrete or other structures. B. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere furnish steel washers. C. Fasteners: Provide 316 stainless steel fasteners, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required for the installation of miscellaneous metal items. 2. Standard Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A276, Type 316 3. Lag Bolts: 316 stainless steel, square head type. 4. Machine Screws: 316 stainless steel. 5. Wood Screws: 316 stainless steel. 6. Plain Washers: 316 stainless steel. 7. Lock Washers: FS FF-W-84A(2), helical spring type carbon steel. 8. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields; FS FF-S-325 (AM3) WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 05500-3 9. Toggle Bolts: Tumble-wing type; FS FF-B-588C(1), type, class and style as required. 10. Expansion Anchor Bolts: a) Stud: ASTM A276, Type 316 stainless steel. b) Wedge: AISI 316 stainless steel. C) Nut: ASTM F594, Type 316 stainless steel. d) Washer: AISI 316 stainless steel. 11. Length identification marked on impact section of bolt. 12. Adhesive cartridge anchorages: A self contained aggregate, polyester resin and hardening agent contained in a glass vile designed for anchoring reinforcing bars and anchor bolts into concrete. Anchorage shall be capable of developing and maintaining full yield strength of bar for underwater service. All bolts shall be 304 stainless steel. D. Nosing: To be provided on concrete stairs. E. Fabricate of material type, sizes, and configurations as shown. If not shown, provide extruded aluminum with black abrasive filler. F. Provide flat surface abrasive-filled, unless ribbed abrasive-filled type is indicated. G. Provide anchors for embedding in concrete, either integral or applied to as standard with the manufacturer. H. Drill for mechanical anchors, with countersink holes located not more than 4-inches from ends, and at not more than 12-inches o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise shown. Provide clear spacing if recommended by manufacturer. I. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication (steel only). J. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide miscellaneous framing and supports which are not a part of the structural steel framework and are required to complete the work. K. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown or, if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors, or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for field connection. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 05500-4 L. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work. M. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is place. (See concrete section for installation of inserts.). Except as otherwise shown, space anchors, 2-feet-0-inches o.c, and provide units the equivalent of 1-1/4-inch x 1/4-inch x 8-inch steel strips. 2. Galvanize miscellaneous frames and supports unless noted otherwise. 3. All lintels scheduled in exterior walls shall be galvanized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which miscellaneous metal items are to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for the installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate the delivery of such items to the project site. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Workmanship: Use materials of the size and thickness shown, or if not shown, of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions shown or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use the type of material shown or specified for various components of work. B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of the miscellaneous metal items. Set the work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items which are to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up- shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and which are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. WTP 1 & 3 Welifileld Expansion Phase 1 Section Iva City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 05500-5 D. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edged to radius of approximately 1/32-inch unless otherwise shown. Form bent-metal corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work. E. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints which are flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of the type shown or if not shown, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. G. Provide for anchorage of the type shown, coordinated with the supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for the intended use of the work. H. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work indicated to receive finish hardware and similar items of work. 1. Field Welding: Comply with AWS code for the procedures of manual shielded metal-arc welding, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used in correcting welding work. J. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating for those items shown on the drawings or specified to be galvanized, using the hot-dip process after fabrication. 1. ASTM Al 53 for galvanizing of iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A123 for galvanizing for rolled, pressed and forged steel, shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8-inch thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A386 for galvanizing of assembled steel products. K. Dissimilar Materials: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or there is a condition such as aluminum against concrete, they shall be protected from each other with a pressure sensitive tape, bitumastic coating or other protective method. L. Shop Painting: Shop paint metal fabrications except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. M. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint, and paint all exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness or 2.0 mils. END OF SECTION WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Metal Fabrications McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 05500-6 SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and backing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. B. ANSI/ASTM D1565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open-Cell Foam). C. ASTM C804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. D. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. E. FS TT-S-01657 - Sealing Compound: Butyl Type. F. SWI (Sealing and Waterproofers Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, color availability and intended use. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum five years documented experience. C. Conform to Sealant and Waterproofers Institute requirements for materials and installation. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Joint Sealers McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 07900-1 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty. B. Warranty: Include coverage of installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. C. In addition, the warranty shall state that all exposed sealants will be guaranteed against any crazing developing on the surface of the material for five years of outdoor exposure, any staining of the adjacent surfaces, by sealant or by primer (yellowing, etc.) caulking, or color change on surface of cured sealant. 1.8 DEFINITIONS A. Regardless of the terminology used on the drawings the following definitions shall be used to identify and clarify the use of materials specified. "Caulking" may apply only to oil based and other organic materials and work in connection with them. Use in the filling or closing of interior joints where expansion or contraction are of no consideration, and where filling and closing of these interior joints is primarily for appearance, or painting. 2. "Sealant" shall apply to all other conditions, interior and exterior, where either expansion, contraction, resiliency, and waterproof or weather tight construction is a consideration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS A. Polyurethane Sealant for use in concrete control joints and expansion joints: ASTM C920, Class A, single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, self-leveling type; limestone color; manufactured by: 1. Tremco: "Tremflex" S/L. 2. Sonneborn: "Sonolastic" SL1. 3. Pecora: "Urexpan" NR-201. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Joint Sealers McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 07900-2 B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. 2.3 JOINT BACKING A. Closed cell polyethylene rod, circular or rectangular dimension as indicated or required; or bond-breaking type coated open cell polyurethane rod similar to Polytite B by Sandell Manufacturing. Materials shall be free of oil or other staining elements. Oakum and other types of absorptive materials shall not be used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces, and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces & substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C804 for solvent release, C790 for latex base sealants. E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Joint Sealers McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 07900-3 E, Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be-applied within these temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. Tool joints as detailed. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. B. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished installation under provisions of the Supplemental General Conditions. B. Protect sealants until cured. . END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Joint Sealers McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 07900-4 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the Contractor shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are limited to the following: 1. Ameron - Corrosion Control Division 2. Carboline Company 3. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 4. Indurall Coatings, Inc. 5. Koppers Company, Inc. 6. Mobil Chemical Company 7. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 8. Royston Laboratories, Inc. 9. Rust-Oleum Corporation 10. Tnemec Company, Inc. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. WTP 18 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09900-1 2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the Contractor shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets for selection by the Owner. Before work is commenced, the Contractor shall prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the Owner. 3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. a) On 12-inch x 12-inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4-inch x,8-inch samples for stained wood finish., On concrete Masonry, provide two 4-inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the Engineer. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the Engineer from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon in order that dust-free and neat work be obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McK/m & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 09900-2 defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish-coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2. Shop-fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop-primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the Engineer. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-3(1). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat and finish coat shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. D. Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.2.13.) may be used as long as they are of the same quality. 2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 . Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09900.3 A. System A-3. For use on exterior walls above grade to a point six inches below finish grade. 1. Surface Preparation. Fill voids with grout; remove loose protrusions and mortar splatter. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. 2. First Coat: a) Concrete: Acrylic latex coating, matte finish, minimum 2 mils dry thickness of Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex block filler of sufficient thickness to fill pores and voids, 60-80 S.F./Gal., Tnemec 54-562 Masonry Filler, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: a) Concrete: Acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, minimum 2 mils DFT of Tnemec 7 Tneme - Cryl SG, or Equal. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex coating, matte finish, minimum 2 mils DFT - Tnemec 6 Tneme - Cryl, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: a) Concrete: None. b) Concrete Block: Acrylic latex coating, semi-gloss type, minimum 2 mils DFT-Tnemec 7 Tneme - Cryl SG, or Equal. 2.3 GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; CONCRETE AND STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System B-4. For use on structural steel, tanks, equipment and piping subject to severe abrasion, corrosive atmosphere, splash or spray, not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired. 1. Surface Preparation: Submerged surfaces, near white metal blast according to SSPC-SP 10. Non-submerged surfaces, commercial blast according to SSPC-SP 6. 2. First Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy, minimum 3 mils DFT. If shop coat is damaged, re-prime bare areas in field. Tnemec 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of high performance polyamide epoxy coating, minimum 4 mils DFT - Tnemec 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline, or Equal. 4. Third Coat: Interior - Same as second coat. Exterior Exposure - One coat of semi-glass polyurethane, minimum 2 mils DFT - Tnemec 73 Endura - Shield, or Equal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfieid Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 09900-4 2.4 GROUP C - GALVANIZED AND NON-FERROUS METALS A. System C-3: For use in exterior non-corrosive areas, galvanized steel and aluminum materials, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent cleaning followed by brush-off blast to provide a 1 to 2 mil profile suitable for mechanical adhesion per SSPC- SP1. 2. First Coat: One coat of polyamide epoxy, minimum 3 mils DFT, Tnemec 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline, or Equal. 3. Second Coat: One coat of polyurethane finish, minimum 2 mils DFT - Tnemec 73 Endura - Shield, or Equal. 2.5 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M-1. For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals. 1. Prime: None 2. Finish: Asphaltic varnish applied at a rate of at least 2.0 mils dry film thickness B. System M-2. For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces. 1. Prime: None. 2. Finish: Vinyl phenolic sealing coat for the prevention of discoloring of the finish coat. Apply at a rate of at least 2.0 mils dry film thickness. C. System M-3. For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. 1. Surface Preparation: Mechanically abrade floor to achieve a medium grip sandpaper profile. 2. First Coat: One coat of clear epoxy floor sealer, minimum 10 mils DFT, Tnemec 201 Epoxoprime, or Equal. 2.6 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surfaces. 2.7 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09900-5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.2 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the Engineer. C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project 9. 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09900-6 and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the Engineer. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. TABLE 09900-1 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. WELL PUMPS AND APPURTENANCES 1. Equipment, valves, piping, and supports above, concrete slab - System B-4. 2. Exterior surface of concrete equipment slab, concrete pump pad and miscellaneous above ground concrete items - System M-3. 3. The finish coat color shall be as shown on the Pipe Identification Schedule. B. PIPE PAINT COLORS 1. Potable Water: Dark Blue 2. Raw Water: Olive Green END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Painting and Coatings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 09900-7 SECTION 11214 -- SUBMERSIBLE VERTICAL TURBINE WELL PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish, test, and place in satisfactory operation, constant speed submersible, well-type vertical turbine pump complete with their motors and appurtenances. B. Pump shall pump raw water from the upper Floridan aquifer system and deliver continuously or intermittently via raw water transmission mains to the City of Clearwater's Reservoir No. 1 Reverse Osmosis Water Treatment Plant or to the City's Reservoir No. 3 Pumping Station. C. Each of the pumping units and appurtenances shall consist of a 316 stainless steel (SS) submersible turbine pump, intake screen, submersible constant speed pump motor, 316 SS pipe fittings, PVC discharge column assembly, 316 SS surface discharge head assembly, submersible power cable, 316 SS safety cable and appurtenances. D. Operating Conditions: Raw Water Temperature: 70-800 F. 2. Anticipated operating water elevation: Grade to 100 feet below grade. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 1.3 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Standards: B1.1-74: Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). 2. B16.11-75: C.I. Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 3. B16.5-77: Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 4. 840.1-68: Gages, Pressure and Vacuum, indicating Dial-Type, Elastic Element. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: A 123-78: Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip. 2. A 153-68: Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. WTP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 11214-1 3. A 283-78: Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, shapes and Bars. 4. A 307-78: Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. C. American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard: E 101-77: Vertical Turbine Pumps-Line Shaft and Submersible Types. D. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc. (AFBMA): Std. 9, (1972): Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards: WP-1: Enclosed Electric Motor. 2. Class E2: Medium Voltage Controller 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pumps shall be the product of one manufacturer. Pumps shall be manufactured by Goulds Pump or Sulzer Pumps. No other pump manufacturers' products shall be acceptable. B. Pumps shall be manufacturer's standard catalogue product. Equipment shall be standard pumping units of a pump manufacturer having long experience in that field. All parts shall be designed and proportioned to have liberal strength, stability, and stiffness, and especially adapted for work to be done. Pumps shall conform to AWWA Standard for Vertical Turbine Pumps -- Line Shaft and Submersible Types, Designation E101-77, except as specified. 2. All pumping units shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. This is not to be construed to mean that entire assembly is made by one manufacturer, but that like components are products of one manufacturer and that the manufacturer of the pump shall furnish the entire assembly. C. Welding: In accordance with latest applicable American Welding Society Code, D1.1. 1. Qualification for Welders: Provide certification that welders who will be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If recertification of welders is required, retesting is the Contractor's responsibility at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Visually inspect welding while the operators are making the welds and again after the work is completed. After the welding is completed, hand or power wire brush welds and clean them before the inspector makes the inspection check. Inspect under light for surface cracking, porosity, slag inclusions; excessive roughness; unfilled craters; gas pockets; WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-uT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 11214-2 undercuts; overlaps; size; and insufficient throat and concavity. Repair defects at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Field welding of stainless steel not permitted. D. Shop tests as specified. E. Pump manufacturer shall furnish the pumps, motors, drop pipe, and all appurtenances regardless of manufacturer, as a complete and integrated package to insure proper coordination, compatibility, and operation of the equipment. F. Services of Manufacturers Representative as stated in Division 1 and as specified herein. G. Provide services of factory-trained Service Engineer, specifically trained on type of equipment specified: 1. Service Engineer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience on the type and size of equipment specified. 2. Service Engineer shall be on site for all items listed below. Man-day requirements listed exclusive of travel time, and do not relieve Contractor of the obligation to provide sufficient service to place equipment in operation as specified. 3. Field and Functional Testing: Calibrate, check, and perform functional test with water: a) '/2 man-day per pump. b) Contractor and vendor to provide a letter certifying equipment is operational and ready for field performance testing. 4. Field Performance Testing: Field performance test equipment as specified in paragraph 3.1. a) 'A man-day per pump. 5. Vendor Training: Provide classroom and field operation and maintenance instructions, including all materials, slides, videos, handouts, and preparation to lead and teach classroom sessions. a) 1 man-day. 6. Credit to the Owner, all unused service man-days specified above, at the manufacturer's published field service rate. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Certified shop and erection drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 11214-3 2. Data regarding pump and motor characteristics and performance: a) Prior to fabrication and testing, provide guaranteed performance curves based on actual shop tests of mechanically duplicate pumping units, showing they meet specified requirements for head, capacity, horsepower, efficiency, and NPSH. 1) For units of same size and type, provide curves for a single unit only. b) Provide catalog performance curves at required speed showing maximum and minimum impeller diameters available. C) Results of certified performance tests as specified. d) Submit curves for guaranteed performance and certified performance tests on 8-1/2 in. by 11-in. sheets, one curve per sheet. Submit curves for each individual pump. Pump shall not be delivered to the project site until review and approval of the performance curves by the Engineer. 3. Shop drawing data for accessory items. 4. Templates or certified setting plans, with tolerances, for anchor bolts. 5. Manufacturer's literature as needed to supplement certified data. 6. Operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists. 7. Shop Manuals. 8. Certified results of hydrostatic testing. 9. Certified results of dynamic balancing. 10. Pump and motor bearing temperature operating range and maximum temperature for the service conditions specified. 11. Recommended spare parts including those not specified in this section. 12. Shop and field inspection reports and test results. 13. Pump bearing Life: Certified by the pump manufacturer. 14. Pump shop test results. 15. Motor shop test results. 16. Qualifications of field service engineer. 17. Recommendations for short and long-term storage. 18. Shop and field testing procedures and equipment to be used. 19. Special tools. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 11214-4 20. Number of service man-days provided and per diem field service rate. 21. Certification by a licensed professional engineer that the drop pipe, surface discharge head assembly, cable and appurtenances have been designed to meet the project specifications and operating conditions. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Shipping: Ship equipment, material and spare parts complete except where partial disassembly is required by transportation regulations or for protection of components. 2. Pack spare parts in containers bearing labels clearly designating contents and pieces of equipment for which intended. 3. Deliver spare parts at same time as equipment. Deliver to Owner after completion of work. B. Receiving: 1. Inspect and inventory items upon delivery to site. 2. Store and safeguard equipment, material, and spare parts in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. 1.7 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Warranties shall be in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMERSIBLE VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS A. See the standard well schedule in the contract drawings for proposed submersible vertical turbine pump information for the existing and proposed wells. See the same schedules for the dimensional information for the existing and proposed wells. 2.2 PUMP AND DISCHARGE COLUMN ASSEMBLY A. Install vertical turbine pumps, multistage, submersible deep well type, suspended in each well from a pump discharge column pipe and surface discharge head assembly. B. Pump bowl material shall be strong, cast 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A351 Grade CF-SM or ASTM A276, free from blowholes, sand holes, or other defects, with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi; accurately machined and fitted. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 112145 C. Each intermediate bowl shall be constructed with a Teflon or Viton bearing to support the impeller shaft. The bowl unit shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the pressure at the rated capacity or 1.5 times the shutoff head, whichever is greater. D. The bowl unit shall include a bearing to carry the momentary upthrust encountered at start-up. The bowl unit shall include a 316 SS cable guard to protect the motor cable from abrasion during installation. E. Pump bowls shall have extra heavy high density wall castings designed with smooth water passages for optimum performance and maximum efficiency. Diffuser vanes shall be provided to guide and direct the water flow. F. The interconnector shall be made of 316 stainless steel and shall couple the bowl unit to the motor. The interconnector shall include a Teflon or Viton sleeve bearing with a length to shaft diameter ratio of at least 3:1 to protect the motor from radial loads. This bearing shall be protected from sand and grit by a labyrinth-type sand slinger. The interconnector shall completely enclose the upper motor end bell to protect the coupling and motor seal from abrasives. The interconnector shall include a suction screen which has a net open area at least four times the area of the eye of the impeller. The screen shall be made of 316 stainless steel. G. The Impeller shaft shall be 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, ASTM A564 or 316 stainless steel and adequately supported by Teflon or Viton bearings in the top, intermediate and suction bowls. The pump shaft shall be polished, ground,.and precision straightened for long pump life. H. The discharge manifold shall have a heavy duty thick 316 SS casting with a smooth water passage for maximum efficiency. The manifold shall contain an extra heavy bearing housing with a Teflon or Viton bearing for durability and positive shaft alignment. 1. Impellers shall be the enclosed type, 316 Stainless Steel, ASTM A351 Grade CF-8M, finished all over, accurately fitted, perfectly balanced mechanically and dynamically; and securely locked to the shaft with a 316 SS taper lock bushing or impeller collet. J. Provide fins or other appurtenances as may be required for pump motor cooling. K. All bearings shall be manufactured of Teflon material. 2.3 PVC COLUMN PIPE A. The PVC column pipe shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the performance requirements of Schedule 80 pipe, as per ASTM (American Society for Testing Materials) D1785 "Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120". The drop pipe shall be listed with NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) Standard No. 61 for potable water service. B. The PVC column pipe couplings shall provide a restrained joint, utilizing machined grooves in the pipe and coupling which when aligned allow a nylon WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 112146 spline to be inserted, resulting in a fully circumferential restrained joint that locks the pipe and coupling together. Flexible elastomeric, Teflon coated O-ring, seals in the coupling shall provide a water-tight hydraulic seal. The coupling shall have a minimum of six threaded torque control screw holes. Cup point torque control screws shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Screws shall be stainless steel type 316. C. The column pipe system shall be Certa-Lok manufactured by Certainteed or approved equal. The column pipe shall be provided in 10 or 20 foot lengths as required to obtain the correct vertical drop length to the submersible pump. Schedule 80 PVC spool pieces with grooved ends for splines and couplings shall be provided for vertical lengths shorter than 10 feet where required. D. The schedule 80 PVC column pipe shall be connected to the pump using a Certa-Lok 316 SS drop pipe adapter with a grooved end and a male NPT threaded end. The threaded end shall be connected to a 316 stainless steel check valve, 316 SS schedule 40 couplings, and 316 SS schedule 40 nipples with NPT threaded ends which shall connect to the pump as shown on the drawings. E. The top of the schedule 80 PVC column pipe shall be connected to the Discharge Head Assembly using a 316 SS Schedule 40 Certa-Lok drop pipe adapter as shown on the drawings. F. The adapters and column pipe shall be furnished by the Contractor shall be expressly designed with adequate strength to support the electric motors, pumps, column pipe and appurtenances in operational, stationary, and maintenance modes. 2.4 DISCHARGE HEAD ASSEMBLY A. The Contractor shall provide a 316 SS Discharge Head Assembly welded into one contiguous unit from the following parts: Base plate, ninety degree bend, straight pipe, outlet flange, weldolets, two lifting hooks, pipe, Certa-Lok drop pipe adapter, and safety hook. A 316 SS foundation plate shall also be provided. The foundation plate shall be embedded in the grout on top of the concrete pad. The foundation plate shall provide a flat surface on which the water tight gasket and base plate can be installed. B. Base plate - 316 SS, minimum thickness = 5/8-inch, dimensions, bolt holes, pipe holes, two lifting hooks, and weldolets as shown on drawings. C. Ninety degree Bend - 316 SS Schedule 40 pipe fitting with welded ends, short radius or long radius as shown on the drawings, the band outlet to be welded to a straight length of 316 SS pipe extending past the concrete support pad by a minimum of 6-inches. D. Outlet Flange -- 316 SS 150 pound flange, flat face, size as shown on drawings, with Schedule 40 welding neck. E. Weldolets - Provide with FNPT threads, size as shown on drawings WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 112147 F. Lifting Hook - 316 SS 3/8 in. diameter round bar stock. G. Pipe - 316 SS Schedule 40 Pipe, welded ends, size as shown on drawings H. Drop Pipe Adapter - 316 SS Schedule 40 coupling manufactured by Certa-Lok for connection to Schedule 80 PVC drop pipe; has one grooved end and one MNPT threaded end, size as shown on drawings. The Contractor shall remove the portion of the coupling that is threaded in preparation for welding to schedule 40 316 SS pipe. Safety Hook -- 316 SS 3/8 in. diameter round bar stock. Contractor shall provide an SBR rubber, or EDPM gasket between the flat base plate of the Discharge Head Assembly and the 316 SS foundation plate on the concrete pad. K. Foundation Plate - 316 SS, minimum thickness = 5/8-inch, dimensions as shown on drawings. L. Discharge Head Assemblies shall be furnished by the Contractor. They shall be designed with adequate strength to support electric motors, pumps, and column pipe. Discharge Head Assemblies shall be furnished with suitable lifting lugs to support complete weight of column, pump, and motor assembly. They shall rigidly support the total weight of the motor, bowl assembly, column pipe, cable, and column of water. The cable outlets shall be designed to prevent entry of foreign matter into the well and shall be equipped with cable seals. M. Quality Assurance The Discharge Heads shall be manufactured Florida or Equal. shall be the product of one manufacturer. They by Keller Sales & Engineering, Inc. of Dunedin, 2,5 PUMP CHECK VALVE A. Provide an in-line check valve to be mounted directly above each submersible pump as shown on the drawings. B. Check valves shall be of the in-line column type, specifically designed for submersible pump installations and manufactured by a submersible pump manufacturing company. All internal working parts shall be of 316 Stainless Steel and the valve seal shall be of a durable nitrile to provide a positive shut-off. Valves shall be of the spring loaded design which will open immediately and automatically with flow and close silently upon cessation of flow. Valves shall be maintenance free and capable of providing long, dependable life under repeated daily operation. Valve body shall be of heavy cast material (316 Stainless Steel) of sufficient strength to support the full weight of the submersible pump, motor, and column pipe filled with water. Valve body shall be of sufficient thickness to be drilled and tapped and provided with a break-off plug to drain the column of water for pulling of the submersible pump. Valve shall be rated at minimum 250 psi working pressure. The check valve shall be manufactured from materials which have been classified by U. L. under ANSINSF61. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 112148 2.6 PUMP SAFETY CABLE A. The Contractor shall provide a pump safety cable to support the pump, motor, column pipe and appurtenances. The cable shall be anchored to the Discharge Head Assembly to prevent the pump from falling down the well in the event of a drop pipe failure. The cable and its connections shall be sized to carry the pump load and its appurtenances (including motor, drop pipe, cables, etc.) with an ample safety factor. The cable shall be 316 Stainless Steel aircraft cable, 3/8 in. diameter, with a minimum breaking strength of 12,000 pounds. 2.7 PRESSURE GAGES A. Two pressure gages shall be furnished on the above ground discharge piping of each well. The pressure gauge shall be located beforeand after the check valve. Gage 2-1/2 in. nominal diameter, black, with drawn Type 316 Stainless Steel. ASTM A 351 Grade CF-8M Bourdon tubes with welded connections. %- in. NPT bottom male connection, stainless steel rack and pinion movement with Monel sector, micro-adjusted pointer, and black figures with white plastic non- reflecting dial. Gage case cast iron with threaded ring. Gage accuracy of '/ percent of scale range. B. Each gage equipped with a 316 Stainless Steel pulsation damper or snubber. C. Gage assembly with brass pipe and fittings, brass shut-off valve or cock and a tee with brass test valve or cock with female outlet end all arranged to allow field checking with 2-1/2 in. test gage. D. Discharge gage selected nearest standard range (in psi) which provides top limit above pump shut-off head. 2.8 MOTORS AND POWER CABLE A. Motors shall conform to the latest National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) specifications for submersible motors. The motor thrust bearing shall be sized to cant' the weight of all rotating parts plus the hydraulic thrust of the pump regardless of the direction of rotation.. The thrust bearing shall have sufficient capacity to permit the pump to operate for short periods with the discharge valve closed. The thrust bearing shall be designed specifically to have a minimum B- 10 life of 100,000 hours. B. The motor shall be of the squirrel cage induction type. Motors shall be 3 phase, 60Hz, 460 V; 3,500 RPM. The motor shall be capable of continuous operation under water at the conditions specified. The power output shaft shall be Type 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or equivalent. All fastening exposed to well water shall be of Type 316 Stainless Steel or corrosion resistant material as approved by the Engineer. Motor shall have a service factor of 1.15. Any oil used shall be FDA approved for contact with potable water. Motor shell shall be type 316 Stainless Steel. C. The Pump Motor Coupling shall be of 316 Stainless Steel and shall be capable of transmitting the total torque of the unit, regardless of the direction of rotation. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section NO City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11214-9 D. Submersible Cable shall be sized to limit the voltage drop to 2% at the motor's terminals. Three separate conductors shall be furnished. Each conductor shall be jacketed, or the conductors may be included in a single jacketed assembly. The conductor insulation shall be water and oil resistant, suitable for continuous immersion. The cable shall be flat jacketed heavy duty type -- THW, with thermoplastic PVC insulation, as manufactured by Centrilime of Claremore, Oklahoma, or Equal. The cable shall be continuous from the motor to the above ground junction box without any splices. The cable connection shall be properly sealed at the motor. E. The length of the cable to be furnished shall be the sum of total pump setting, including bowl unit plus two feet for each 50 feet of setting to compensate for possible twist or sag during installation, plus 20 feet to extend from the surface plate to the well control panel. The cable shall be suitably supported by fastening to the column pipe with 316 SS straps. All cable fittings and terminals shall be water tight at the pressure encountered in the application. All supports provided shall be 316 Stainless Steel, PVC or other corrosion resistant materials as approved by the Engineer. 2.9 SHOP TESTS A. Motor Tests: Give each motor the standard commercial tests in the shop of the motor manufacturer, and submit certified copies of the test results to the Engineer for review prior to installation of the motors. B. Pump Tests: Hydrostatically, test each unit under pressure herein before specified. 2. Run all tests in accordance with the latest standards of the Hydraulic Institute. 3. Correct or replace promptly all defects or defective equipment revealed by or noted during tests at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.10 SHOP PAINTING A. Provide manufacturers standards coatings for this type of application. B. Give a shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-resistant coating to ferrous surfaces not painted. 2.11 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND START-UP A. Shop Inspection and Testing: While in the manufacturer's shop, process equipment shall be subjected to all inspections and testing required by applicable codes as well as those normally provided by the manufacturer. Submit certified copies of WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section Wa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 1121410 the inspection and test reports confirming that the equipment meets the specifications. 2. All pressure-containing equipment and parts shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 percent of the maximum operating pressure (closed valve) and held for a minimum of 10 minutes. 3. Measure pumping equipment capacity, noise and vibration performance in accordance with applicable HI Standards. 4. Measure noise and vibration levels for other motor driven, rotating equipment in accordance with applicable NEMA, OSHA, and NBS Standards. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Demonstrate that piping connections to the pump are made with the pipe in a free supported state and without need to apply vertical or horizontal pressure to align piping with the pump. B. Certificate of Proper Installation (CPI): 1. After installation of pumping equipment, and after inspection, operation, testing and adjustments have been completed by the manufacturer's field service Engineer provide a CPI to the Engineer. The CPI shall state that the equipment is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, serviced with the proper initial lubricants, and ready for run testing. CPI forms will follow the format as indicated herein. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, as indicated and specified. Items include pump, column, discharge head, safety cable, pressure transducer, bubbler tube, power cable, and check valve. B. Functional Acceptance Test (FAT) and Performance Acceptance Test (PAT): Give each pump a running test in presence of Engineer to demonstrate its ability to deliver its rated capacity under specified conditions, see the standard well schedule in the contract drawings for pumping requirements. During tests, make observations of head, capacity, and motor input. Correct or replace all defects or defective equipment revealed by or noted during tests at no additional cost to the Owner, and repeat tests until specked results are obtained. Furnish all labor, piping, equipment, and materials necessary for conducting tests. a) Test Duration: Determined by the Engineer, but not less than one hour per pump. WTP 1 $ 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 11214-11 C. Make all adjustments to place equipment in specified working order at the time of above-mentioned tests. D. Remove and replace equipment at no additional cost to the Owner if unable to demonstrate to satisfaction of Engineer that units will perform the service specified. E. Disinfect all materials and equipment as specified in Section 15120, Paragraph 3,2, before installation in each potable water well. F. Disinfect all above ground pipe, valves, and fittings that have been installed or relocated as specified in Section 15120, Paragraph 3.1. G. Disinfect each potable water well, as specified in Section 15120, Paragraph 3.3. H. Collect bacteriological samples from the well each day until there are no bacteria present for 20 straight days as specified in Section 15120, Paragraph 3.3. 3.3 DESIGN WELL AND PUMP DATA A. Pump Data Permitted flow rates may be revised after well drilling, pumping tests, and approval by SWFWMD. 2. Design pump capacities and heads may be revised in accordance with well pumping tests and SWFWMD agreements. 3. Pump selection may be revised in accordance with well pumping tests and head requirements for the raw water piping system. 4. Antenna heights may vary depending upon the locations of the well sites. The antennas may be taller or shorter than the 45 feet shown. 5. The Contractor shall proceed with submersible pump selections as shown on the standard well schedule in the contract drawings unless notified otherwise by the Owner's Representative. B. Dimensional Data Dimensional data for the submersible pump, motor and column pipe may vary depending upon well pumping tests and final selection of a submersible pump for each well. 2. The depth to the pump intake and to the bottom of the borehole for the well may vary depending upon drilling results and well pumping tests. 3. Well Nos. 1-23, 3-68 and 3-69 were previously drilled, and the depth of each well is not expected to change. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11214-12 C. Elevation Data Elevation data may be revised at each existing and new well dependent upon drilling results and well pumping tests. D. Record Keeping 1. The Contractor shall mark up a copy of the standard well schedule in the contract drwaings with a red pencil, noting all revisions to the proposed well and pump data that is listed, and submit the marked-up Tables to the Owner's Representative after the construction on each well is finished. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Submersible Vertical Turbine Well Pumps McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 11214-13 SECTION 13100 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the work of this section as it relates to other sections of the specification. Particularly: 15100 - Valves and Appurtenances 1.3 DESCRIPTION of WORK A. The Contractor shall have total system responsibility for all instrumentation, controls, services, and systems, as indicated in the contract drawings and described herein. B. This section of the specifications shall be considered as a single unit and shall be included in the single source responsibility from the CONTRACTOR. C. The Contractor shall provide the services of an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR, who shall be responsible to provide all of the equipment, controls and instrumentation, hardware, software, testing, startup, calibration and training required to provide a complete and working system as described herein. Work described in this section, and related sections, and shown in the contract drawings shall be provided by an approved SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR who shall be a direct sub-contractor of the Contractor. D. Tfte SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall furnish all wiring diagrams, detailed designs, control panels, instrumentation, installation, materials, labor, equipment, hardware, software, training, and incidentals, required to provide various portions of the controls and instrumentation as described herein. 1.3 CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. Work of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall include but not be limited to the following: Provide all instruments and related equipment, regardless of manufacturer, and apply total SYSTEMS INTEGRATION ENGINEERING to assure that each component is appropriate for the service intended, and that it is applied and utilized in keeping with the recommended standards of practice designated by the manufacturer. B. If additional hardware is required to achieve proper interface, or systems operation, (i.e. signal converters, signal re-transmitters, interposing relays and similar items) these shall be provided and installed by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR as part of the total systems responsibility, at no additional cost to the Owner, to form a total system which is well ordered and complete. C. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for providing equipment, equipment installation, interconnections, radio configuration, and telemetry path tuning, as required, to facilitate communication between the telemetry master sites and the remote slave sites. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR WILL NOT be responsible for the PLC control programming, SCADA HMI programming, SCADA tag name WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7* Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-1 dictionary development, or SQL data handling algorithm development. These functions will be performed by the ENGINEER. D. After all permanent radio telemetry links are established, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall conduct signal strength tests, including documentation, to verify the final radio telemetry configuration and performance. This documentation shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. E. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide the services of one or more trained and highly qualified service technician(s) who shall provide all of the necessary services relative to installation, calibration, wiring, coordination, programming, startup, troubleshooting, and training for all of the equipment and systems involved in the control systems. The qualified service technician(s) shall remain on site during the major installation and startup events to verify and certify that all equipment and systems are properly installed, wired, calibrated, and made operational. F. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide training for all systems and equipment provided as part of this project. Training shall address operation, interconnection, maintenance, and trouble-shooting, for all equipment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AVAILABLE SYSTEMS INTEGRATORS: A single sub-contractor shall be designated as the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR. This supplier shall be responsible for all of the specialized controls and instrumentation for the project. The instrumentation SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide all engineering, equipment, materials, and hardware, as well as assuring proper installation, adjustment, calibration, and startup of all systems, regardless of manufacture. B. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be a company, which is regularly engaged in the business of instrumentation and radio telemetry systems integration, in the state of Florida, in the water and wastewater industry. 1.5 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. The shop drawing submittals shall provide detailed information specific to the project requirements as outlined below: 1. Catalog cuts and Component Data Sheets shall be provided for each individual component, device, system or subsystem supplied as a component of this project. Catalog cuts shall include catalog information, descriptive literature, and application information, operating ranges, accuracy statements, wiring diagrams, power sources, options and accessories. 2. All options or accessories shall be marked with dark arrows so that the exact model, configuration, and accessories are clearly delineated. Each catalog cut shall be accompanied with an appropriate component data sheet which shall summarize the job-specific data which describes each component supplied, with specific data including manufacturer, model number, scale, range, set-points, options included, and materials of construction, mounting hardware, power requirements and accessories. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-2 3. A Bill of Materials shall be provided, which shall list all of the instruments, equipment, panels and devices supplied in this project, grouped by remote location designations, and identified by code numbers consistently and systematically. The tabulation shall include as a minimum the instrument name and model, the code number, a description, options and accessories provided, and the quantities. 4. Panel drawings shall be provided for each enclosure, control panel, or system schematic provided. Drawings shall be clearly legible, and shall include front panel elevation and layout of the internal panel components, drawn to scale. Panel drawings shall be fully detailed showing hinges, doors, latches, subpanels, component cut-outs, panel face mounted devices, nameplates and service legends. 5. Control diagrams shall be provided, in ladder and loop schematic form, showing all wiring details, including all devices, electrical connections, wire numbering, terminal strip numbering, wire color code and termination designations at each device. 6. The LOOP DIAGRAMS shall meet the minimum requirements of the latest ISA S5.4. The physical location of each component shall be clearly designated, both in the panel and in the field. 7. Field wiring diagrams shall be provided showing all wiring interconnections between equipment, panels, junction boxes, field- mounted devices. The diagrams shall identify each cable and conductor by size and type (i.e. gage, THHN, twisted, shielded, fiber optic, etc.), as well as color code per NFPA and numbering. Termination details shall be included at the panel, at the field device termination point, as well as any intermediate connections required. 8. Installation Details shall be provided for each field mounted device, which shall include mounting details, piping, tubing, wiring connections, pilot tube routing, materials and accessories and other necessary details required for proper equipment installation. 9. All documentation shall be provided in 11" x 17" format. All information depicted shall be clearly legible. 1.6 DOCUMENTATION A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide full documentation for all hardware, instrumentation, and equipment, including complete manuals for installation, operation, calibration, troubleshooting. All documentation shall be neatly organized, readable and complete. B. Complete hardware installation, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting manuals shall be provided. C. At the completion of the project, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide complete as-built drawings, describing all instrumentation systems and all instrumentation-related wiring interface details accurately and completely. Wiring WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-3 diagrams shall include complete, detailed, as-built wiring diagrams for all locations. These shall include all components as described under SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS above, but shall be corrected to include all information reflected by AS-BUILT conditions. D. Submitted documentation WILL be reviewed against as-built conditions, and final acceptance will not be issued until all discrepancies are corrected. All final documentation shall be an accurate depiction of the final implementation. E. All final Record documentation shall be grouped, and provided in bound hardcopy O&M sets. Each bound set shall include a writable compact disk containing all Record documentation in electronic format. Acceptable electronic formats are: Microsoft DOC, Adobe PDF, and AutoCAD DWG. F. Six (6) complete sets will be required. 1.7 SYSTEM SCHEMATICS IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. In some cases, schematics or details have been included in the contract drawings to clarify the intended control function and to explain typical interactions of system components. These schematics provide recommended details for various aspects of the system design. They do not purport to include all of the details and components of the total system design. B. It shall be the responsibility of the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to ensure that the final installation is in compliance with the design and the functions described herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Abbreviations 1. FM or FIT: Flow Meter or Flow Indicating Transmitter 2. Al: Analog Input 3. AO: Analog Output 4. DI: Discrete Input 5. DO: Discrete Output 6. PLC: Programmable Logic Controller 7. HMI: Human-Machine Interface 8. SCADA: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition 9. RTU: Remote Telemetry Unit 10. Rx: Receiver 11. Tx: Transmitter B. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but do not cover details of construction which may vary in accordance with the exact requirements of the equipment offered. Installations shall include WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-4 all necessary parts, equipment, sockets, modules, connectors, and other components, required to form a complete and fully functional system. C. All equipment, cabinets and devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty type, designed for continuous industrial service. Where possible the system shall contain products of a single manufacturer and consist of equipment models which are currently in production. Equipment provided shall be of modular construction. D. Materials used in the system shall be new, unused, and as hereinafter specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds. Samples of materials or manufacturer's specifications shall be submitted for approval as required by the ENGINEER. 2.2 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Refer to other sections of these specifications for detailed equipment descriptions and models. B. All new control panels shall be manufactured according to the standards of Underwriters Laboratory and shall be given the UL 508A Industrial Control Panels label indicating that the complete panel, including all components, is certified for UL compliance as manufactured as a complete control assembly. UL labels shall be certified and installed in panels at the factory. Panels shipped or installed without UL label, shall be returned to the factory by the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for re-certification, at no additional cost to the CITY. C. Exterior Telemetry/PLC cabinets shall be 304 stainless steel, rated NEMA 4X. Enclosure shall have stainless-steel hinges and hardware. Enclosure shall include a lock hasp, suitable for a standard sized pad-lock. Sun-shields shall be installed as shown on the contract drawings. Proposed alternate enclosure sizes shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to fabrication. Enclosure shall be as manufactured by Hoffman, or approved equal. D. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs. Print storage pockets shall be provided on the inside of each panel. Pockets shall be of sufficient size to hold all the prints required to describe the equipment. Complete and accurate schematics shall be provided in every cabinet. Schematics shall be laminated and provided in 11" x 17" format. E. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. F. Construction: All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and shall be securely mounted to the removable back panel through the use of rail mounting systems where applicable, or with screw and lock washers. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-5 Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. 2. Panels shall be provided with circuit breakers to supply individual power feeds to each device. Panels shall include a duplex convenience GFCI receptacle. G. Wiring: 1. All interconnecting wiring shall be stranded cable, sized appropriately for the amp load, 600 volt insulation and rated for not less than 75 degree C. 2. Power distribution wiring on the line side of fuses shall be 14 AWG minimum. Control wiring on the secondary side of fuses shall be 16 AWG minimum. Analog circuits shall utilize 16 AWG, shielded, twisted pair cables, insulated for not less than 300 volts. 3. Power and low voltage do wiring systems shall be routed in separate wireways. Crossing of different system wires shall be at right angles. Different system wires routed parallel to each other shall be separated by at least 2 inches. Different wiring systems shall terminate on separate terminal blocks. Wiring troughs shall not be filled to more than 60 percent visible fill. 4. Terminal blocks shall be barrier type with the appropriate voltage rating (600 volts minimum). They shall be raised channel mounted type. 5. All wiring shall include unique identification. Wire and type markers shall be the sleeve type with heat impressed letters and numbers. 6. Only one side of a field interface terminal block row(s) shall be used for internal wiring. The field wiring side of the terminal shall not be within 6- inches of the side panel or adjacent terminal. 7. All wiring connected to live circuits independent of the panel's normal circuit breaker protection shall be color-coded and clearly identified as such. 8. All wiring shall be clearly tagged and color coded. All tagged numbers and color coding shall correspond to the panel wiring diagrams and loop drawings and the overall tagging system. All power wiring, control wiring, grounding, and do wiring shall utilize different color insulation for each wiring system used. The wiring color code and tagging system shall be submitted, and included as a legend on the schematic diagrams. Provide a terminal block schedule describing all terminal point functions. 9. Each control circuit shall be individually protected by circuit breakers. All protecting devices shall be clearly labeled and located for ease of maintenance. 10. Provide surge protectors on all incoming power supply lines at each panel. Provide surge protection on instrumentation and control circuits as specified herein or as shown on the drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-6 a) General: Equip control panels with surge-arresting devices to protect equipment from damage due to electrical transients induced in interconnecting lines, resulting from lightning discharges and nearby electrical devices. b) Suppressor Locations: 1) At point of connection between each equipment item, including AC powered transmitters and its power supply conductors (direct wired equipment). 2) On analog pairs at each end when the pair travels outside of a building. 3) In other locations where equipment sensitivity to surges and transients requires additional protection beyond that inherent to the design of equipment. 11. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturers recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide single-point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest possible path. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy-chain ground connections. H. Equipment Mounting/Arrangement: All components shall be mounted in a manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving or removing any other component. Components mounted on the inside of panels shall be mounted on removable plates and not directly to the enclosure. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration. Internal components shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved phenolic legend plates, Y4" (minimum) white letters on black background. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. Components: 1. Control / Interposing Relays a) Control Relays shall be plug-in miniature type with DIN rail mounted sockets. Units shall, as a minimum have 10 Amp, 120 VAC, DPDT contacts and 120 VAC, 1.5 W maximum coils. b) Units shall be IDEC RH series, Potter & Brumfield, Allen Bradley or approved equal. 2. Analog Signal Isolators a) The module shall provide complete three-way isolation between input/output, input/power, and output/power. Modules shall be configured for DIN rail mounting, with mounting foot constructed of WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-7 metal. Wires shall be attached to the modules by pluggable terminal blocks that accept wire sizes from 24 to.14 AWG. Input resistance for current inputs shall be 50 ohms or less. Current output shall be capable of driving up to 500 ohm loads. Independent "zero" and "span" adjustments shall be provided. b) Units shall be Phoenix Contact MCR series, or approved equal. 3. Power Supplies a) Power Supplies shall be provided as required to provide equipment power, loop power to field instrumentation, and as otherwise needed. b) Supplies shall convert 120 VAC power to 24 VDC, sufficient to allow connected equipment to operate within their required tolerances. Unit shall be DIN rail mounted and UL listed. C) Units shall be Phoenix Contact QUINT Series or approved equal. 4. Circuit Breakers a) Circuit Breakers shall be provided on the main power feed to the enclosure and as required to provide isolation for all component group power feeds. Units shall be rated as recommended by the equipment manufacturer for maximum equipment protection. b) Component Circuit Breakers shall be rated for 120 VAC, 10,000 ampere interrupting capability and UL approved. Units shall be thermal magnetic type with DIN rail mounting. C) Unit shall be Allen Bradley 1492 Series, General Electric V-Line Series or approved equal. 5. Terminal Blocks a) Terminal blocks shall be used for all external wiring connections and for internal voltage bus connections. Blocks shall be screw connection, clamp type, DIN rail mounted units, sized appropriately for the application and held in place with end stops. Terminals shall be labeled on both sides of the block and the strip shall be labeled on the end stop. Jumpers between blocks shall be pin connector type without loss of space on terminals or rails. b) General purpose units shall be rated for 600 VAC at 30 amps and capable of accepting up to a 10 AWG wire. Ground blocks shall have a green/yellow body and be electrically grounded to the mounting rail. The block shall accept up to a 10 AWG wire. C) Units shall be Phoenix Contact, or approved equal. 6. Uninterruptible Power Supply WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-8 a) Where noted, panel shall include a dedicated uninterruptible power supply (UPS.) UPS shall be mounted at the floor of each panel, on a raised support. The UPS shall serve all powered components in the panel, anticipated future equipment, as well as selected instruments fed from the panel. Analog Loop Supply And Signal Transmission 1. Each analog instrument and system shall be provided with an appropriate modular, regulated power supply with sufficient power to drive all loop components, conductors and accessories. Analog signals shall be communicated using shielded stranded signal cable with braided shield and waterproof jacket, suitable for the service intended. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation of the signal wiring and provide appropriate installation procedures. 2. All signal wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit that is physically separated from power conduits. Shields shall be wired to drain only at one end, and terminated to a proper ground connection. Bare drains shall not contact the metallic conduit at any point. The cable shall be tested after installation for verification of total isolation of the drain to the conduit. Signal loops shall be provided with signal line surge protection at the control panel and at the instrument or device. Signal isolation shall be as described above. K. Nameplates: All external components and the enclosure shall be supplied with permanent engraved legend plates. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick, machine engraved, black background, phenolic plate, which reveals white lettering when engraved. Unless noted otherwise, engraved text shall be 3/16- inch high for component legends, Y.-inch high for the enclosure legend. Legend plates shall be securely fastened in place using stainless steel screws. Legend plate text shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 2.3 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIO TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT A. At each radio location, provide new; antenna, cabling, surge protection, and grounding, as specified. B. Spread Spectrum Radio (Remote and Master Sites) 1. 1 Watt Output Power, 24 VDC input power. 2. Spread Spectrum Transceiver with data and diagnostics ports. 3. Shall be: Microwave Data Systems, Model: MDS 9810. No approved equals. C. Spread Spectrum YAGI Antenna (Remote Sites): 1. 10 dB gain, type N connector. 2. Shall be: Kathrein, Inc., TY-900, or approved equal. WP I & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-9 3. Antenna Mounting Bracket shall be included. D. Antenna Cable: 1. Run lengths of 100 ft and less: a) 1/2", foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors.. b) Attenuation: < 2.17 dB / 100 ft at 900MHz. C) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF4-50A. No approved equals 2. Run lengths longer than 100 feet: a) 7/$°, foam dielectric, 50 ohm, type N connectors. b) Attenuation:, < 1.23 dB / 100 ft at 900MHz. C) Shall be: Andrew, Heliax, LDF5-50A. No approved equals. E. Antenna Cable Surge Protector: 1. Shall be appropriate for application and cable size, per manufacturer. 2. Shall be: Polyphaser, unit similar to IS-50NX-C2, or approved equal. F. Antenna Pigtail Cable (from antenna surge protector to radio) 1. Shall be as specified for antenna cable. 2. N-Male to N-Male connectors. 3. One required for each radio site. G. Radio systems installed under this contract shall be designed, configured, and tuned, to provide a minimum of 20dB fade margin over the manufacturers published minimum requirements. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for implementing necessary measures to insure this capability. 1. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall perform signal strength testing and provide documentation to the ENGINEER confirming the performance of the final installation. 2. If the results of the testing indicate a modification to the tower height, the system integrator shall provide a recommendation and pricing for the required modification. 2.4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) A. The Contractor shall furnish programmable controllers (PLCs) as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. PI-Cs shall be provided complete with rack, power supply, 1/0 cards, special function cards, instructions, memory, input/output capacity, and appurtenances, to provide all features and functions as described WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-10 herein. PLC 1/0 cards may be supplied by third party vendors if approved by the PLC manufacturer and the Engineer. B. All components of the PLC system shall be of the same manufacturer; who shall have fully tested units similar to those being fumished, in an industrial environment with associated electrical noise. The PLC system shall have been tested to meet the requirements of NEMA Standard ICS 2-230 (Arc Test) and IEEE C37.90.1 (SWC). The processing unit shall perform the operations functionally described herein, based on the program stored in memory and the status of the inputs and outputs. C. All PLC systems provided, shall be modular in design, and allow for future expansion. No fixed 1/0 or "brick" type PLC without expansion capabilities, will be accepted. D. 1/0 modules shall be of a dedicated type, i.e. Al, AO, DI, DO. No mixed 1/0 modules shall be acceptable. E. The programmable controller shall be designed to operate in an industrial environment. The PLC shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°-60°C and a relative humidity of 5-95 percent, non-condensing. The PLC shall operate on supply voltages of 90-132 VAC at 47-63 Hz, or 24 VDC if provided with a battery backup system. Over current and under voltage protection shall be provided on the power supply. F. System configuration shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. Only a single type of processor shall be supplied for all PLCs designated. Memory, processor, and PLC type shall be adequate for all control functions specified. Memory backup shall be provided during loss of power, for the configuration, logic program, and current operating parameters/addresses. G. The processor and its associated memory shall be enclosed in a modular enclosure. A multiple-position selector switch or equivalent shall be used to select processor operating mode. LED-type indicating lights shall be provided to indicate processor, memory, and battery status. Errors in memory shall be recognized, and shall activate the memory error indicating lights. The PLC processor shall monitor the internal operation of the PLC for failure, and provide an alarm. Memory shall consist of battery-backed RAM or EEPROM, which shall retain the control program for at least one year, in the -event of power loss. Visual indication shall be provided if battery charge is insufficient to maintain the program in RAM memory for at least two weeks. H. The instruction set for the PLC shall include the following, as a minimum. Additional co-processors or modules may be required to meet the minimum instruction set. 1. Relay type instructions 2. Counter and timer instructions 3. Comparison instructions (equal, greater than, limit tests, etc.) 4. Integer, long integer, and floating point mathematical instructions 5. Advanced math and trigonometric functions 6. Matrix and array instructions 7. Logical instructions (and, not, or, etc.) 8. Bit modification, moving, and shift instructions WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-11 9. Diagnostic instructions 10. Sequencer instructions 11. Program control instructions (jump, goto, subroutine, etc.) 12. PID control loops 13. Block read and write capability 14. Master and slave communications capabilities 15. Immediate 1/0 and communications update instructions 16. Real-time clock and date 1. Unit shall be provided with a minimum of two (2) communications ports; one port shall be dedicated for use with the radio telemetry equipment, one port shall be dedicated for use by a portable programming computer (not supplied as part of this project.) PLC shall be, Allen-Bradley SLC-5/03. 2.5 PLC INPUT/OUTPUTS A. Input/output hardware shall be plug-in modules, in associated 1/0 rack assemblies. Each unit shall handle the required number of process inputs and outputs, plus a minimum of 10 percent spares for each 1/0 type furnished, plus a minimum of 20 percent spare 1/0 rack expansion space for the addition of future circuit cards or modules. B. PLC input/output systems and processing modules shall be of the same model series. C. Discrete inputs shall be 120VAC, developed from dry field contacts. D. Discrete outputs shall be 120 VAC 5A dry contacts. Output contacts shall be powered 120 VAC sourced from PLCs cabinet power system. Outputs shall operate external control relays, which shall be used to interface with valves and motor controls. E. Analog input circuits shall be 12-bit (minimum) resolution type. Analog input hardware shall be provided as required for all types of analog inputs being transmitted to the PLC. In general, analog input modules shall be capable of receiving 4-20 mA signals. F. Analog outputs shall be coordinated with the receivers, but shall generally be isolated 24 VDC 4-20mA outputs, powered from the PLC. Each input/output circuit shall have optical isolation to protect the equipment against high voltage transients. G. Input/output modules shall be configured for ease of wiring and maintenance. The modules shall be connected to wiring arms which can be disconnected, to permit removal of a module without disturbing field wiring. Covers shall be provided to prevent operator personnel from inadvertently touching the terminals. The process interface modules shall be provided with screw-type terminal blocks with barriers between adjacent terminals for connection of field inputs. Terminals shall be suitable for accepting up to and including No. 14 AWG wire. Output failure mode shall be selectable so that upon station or communication system failure, all outputs shall be placed in the non-conducting mode, or remain as they were prior to failure. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-12 Light-emitting diodes shall be provided for status indication for each input and output point. H. Signal and control circuitry to individual input/output boards shall be arranged such that board failure shall not disable more than one half of the control loops within any group of controlled equipment (e.g., one pump out of a group of three pumps, two pumps out of four, etc.). Where possible, individual control loops and equipment shall be assigned to individual boards such that failure of the board will disable only one loop or piece of equipment. External power supplies shall be provided with the PLC as required to meet specified installed 1/0 power requirements, plus spares. Power supplies shall be modular units. Power supplies shall have a line regulation of 0.05% and meet the environmental and power requirements specified herein. 2.6 POWER SUPPLY 1. 120 VAC Input. 2. Regulated 24 VDC Output. 3. Rated at 5 Amps minimum. 4. Power supply shall have discrete output, to alarm on power supply trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. 5. Shall be Phoenix Contact, model: QUINT-PS-100-240AC/24DC/5, or approved equal. 2.7 UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) A. UPS shall be provided as specified herein and elsewhere within the Contract Documents. B. Each UPS shall meet the following requirements: 1. Input voltage shall be 117 VAC, single phase, 60 Hz. 2. Voltage regulation shall be +/-5 percent for line and load changes. 3. The output frequency shall be phase-locked to the input AC line on AC operation and shall be 60 hertz +/-0.5 percent when on battery operation. 4. The batteries shall be of the sealed, lead acid or lead calcium gelled electrolyte type, suitable for high temperatures. 5. EMI/RF noise filtering. C. Each UPS shall be sized to match the maximum power requirements of the connected equipment, control panel power supplies, and accessories. D. UPS batteries shall be sized to provide a minimum of 20 minutes backup time. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section Na City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-13 E. UPS shall be provided with a dry contact output, to alarm on UPS trouble or failure. Output shall be fed to the local PLC. F. UPS systems shall be as manufactured by Powerware, or approved equal. 2.8 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A. Pressure transmitters shall be provided, to allow for accurate analog measurement of line pressure. Typical range shall be 0-100 PSIG. The transmitter shall develop a 4-20 ma output signal in proportion to the measured pressure. Accuracy shall be 0.25% of calibrated span, minimum. B. Transmitter shall be equipped with a local digital display, indicating percent output proportional to pressure. C. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for appropriate installation, mounting, start-up and calibration of all transmitters.. Pilot piping shall be 316 Stainless Steel. Stainless Steel ball valves shall be installed at the transmitter, to provide for isolation, and for process line flushing. Refer to contract drawings for details. D. Mounting brackets shall be provided, and shall utilize 316 SST mounting hardware and bracket material. Construction components such as isolating diaphragms, drain/vent valves, process flanges and adapters shall be 316 SST. All options and components of construction shall be selected for best use in a potable water environment. E. Transmitters shall be Rosemount model 1151GP6S22xxM4L4D1, or approved equal. 2.9 LEVEL TRANSMITTER (SUBMERSIBLE PRESSURE) A. Level transmitter shall be submerged pressure transducer type, with vent tube to reference atmospheric pressure. B. Submersible level transmitters shall meet the following specifications, as a minimum: 1. Welded 316 Stainless Steel Construction (Titanium construction where process compatibility dictates) 2. Integral cable containing electrical wires (min. 22 gauge) and vent tube. Cable shall have Polyurethane jacket (Tefzel jacket where process compatibility dictates), Kevlar support members, and be self-sealing in event of accidental cable cut. 3. Accuracy: :9± 0.25% of full span 4. Output: 4-20mA 5. Temperature Range: 0-50°C 6. Suitable for the following installations: WTP 1 & 3 Wel/f/e/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-14 a) Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C, D b) Class II Div. 1 Groups E, F, G C) Class III Div. 1 C. The transmitter shall be provided with a suitable vent filter or bellows depending on application at the end of the transmitter's integral cable. Coordinate with the electrical contractor to insure the junction box being supplied for connection to integral cable has room for this device. D. Submersible level transmitters shall be sized to measure the level span as shown on the Contract Documents. E. Where the transmitter is suspended by the cable, manufacturer approved cable hangers shall be used. Special consideration shall be given to provide a compression holding cable-lock type attachment which shall provide an installation which is predictable and secure. The transducer shall be fitted with a closed-face nose cap designed to use attach weights to cope with sharp protruding objects. Weights shall be provided. F. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, submersible level transmitters shall be Pressure Systems Inc. (PSI) Series 300 small bore submersible level transducer or approved equal. G. Because of the difficulty of the installation, small transducer diameter and length is critical to the ease of installation and maintenance of these devices. The specified transducer had an outside diameter of .75 inches and a length of 7.19, and shall have a molded cable seal for smooth profile, and shall be equipped with attached weights. Larger transducers will not be considered. 2.10 PROPELLER FLOW METER A. Each well shall be equipped with a new mainline propeller flow meter. Meter size for each well shall match the pipe size as shown in the drawings. Propeller flow meters shall meet C-704 AMA specifications. Propeller meters shall be equipped with full flanged meter tube, equipped with 150 lb flanges and integral straightening vanes. Tube shall be fabricated steel, and shall be coated inside and out with seven mil thick coating of polyamide hi-build epoxy, factory applied and NSF approved. B. Propeller meter shall be equipped with an electronic meter head which is mounted on a flanged connection of the tube and is magnetically coupled to the propeller gearing. The electronic register shall meet the specifications of IP 67, IP 68 and NEMA 6P for outdoor use. The register shall provide digital output of flow rate in gallons per minute and total gallons non-resetting. C. Flow meter shall be as manufactured by Water Specialties, model ML04 for the register and propeller meter, and model TR-15 for the transmitter. 2.11 MOTOR OPERATED VALVE CONTROL A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide interposing relays, wiring and controls in order to monitor and control the motor operated throttling valve using the PLC. The WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-15 SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the details of the wiring and valve motor operator schematic and accessories in order that the required mode of operation is accomplished. B. The intended mode of operation is that the motor operator would be positioned in "inching" service by two discrete outputs of the PLC. One output moves the valve more OPEN and the other moves the valve vmore CLOSED. The duration of the output from the PLC will determine how far the valve moves. Once the output is discontinued, the valve will stop. In this configuration, the wiring of the 'STOP' feature shall not be needed, since the open and close cosmmand relays will not latch. C. The valve shall be provided with a valve position feedback which shall indicate the actual valve position using a 4-20 ma signal. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. shall interface with this signal, using signal isolators and shielded cables, to provide an analog input to the PLC as well as providing a valve position feedback on the digital indicator. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide calibration of this signal to demonstrate that it accurately shows the valve position. D. Provide a selector switch for Valve Control - MANUAVAUTO. SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the design and implementation of manual and automatic controls, so that the valve could be operated either manually or automatically from the control panel. E. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall verify proper operation and adjustment of the actuator open and closed limit switches and torque switches. Limit switches shall stop the actuator motor in the direction of travel, as well as providing open and closed feedback status to the PLC. 2.12 PUMP MOTOR CONTROL AND FEEDBACK A. Provide interface to the motor controls by a discrete output so that the motor can be started and stopped from the PLC. B. Provide interface from the motor controls by a discrete input so that the motor can get input when the pump is running. C. Provide a hand off auto selector switch and integration with the PLC, and motor control panel to provide manual or automatic operation of the motor. 2.13 PANEL COMPONENTS A. Control relays shall be double pole, double throw with octal socket and transparent dust cover. The relay shall be equipped with an indicating light to indicate when the coil is energized. The relays shall have 10 amp, 120 VAC contacts. The mechanical life of the relay shall be 10,000,000 operations minimum. Relays shall be Square-D, Allen Bradley, Omron or Potter Brumfield. B. Push buttons, selector switches, pilot lights, and other front panel mounted components shall be heavy duty, NEMA 4X, oil tight, and corrosion resistant. All panel components shall be provided with suitable permanent nameplates. Nameplates shall be integrated into the component mountings with the appropriate custom engraving included in the plate. Additional engraved WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-16 nameplates shall be provided for clarity of function. These shall be affixed using stainless steel screws. Affixing with adhesive shall not be permitted. Panel components shall be Allen Bradley Bulletin 800H, pilot lights shall be long life, high brightness 120 VAC, LED type. C. Digital Indicators shall be large format, high brightness LED type, easily viewed in bright sunlight. Panel meter shall have 8 digits, at 12 MM. Input of 4-20 ma. Indication shall be fully programmable. Indicators shall be Red Lion CUBS or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and expertise required to cant' out the installation, calibration, testing and start-up of all equipment in a manner in keeping with the best standard practices available and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for each piece of equipment supplied. B. All work shall be scheduled, in advance, with the Engineer and the Owner to minimize down time of any system. Detailed plans and sequencing shall be included in the construction schedule submitted by the CONTRACTOR. C. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations at each location which are both functional and esthetically acceptable. D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct-sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the CONSTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. E. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide the ENGINEER a periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment on which construction/installation has been completed. F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment. G. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the ENGINEER during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of equipment and, in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the ENGINEER and fumish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim 8 Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-17 H. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any modifications made during field installation or start up. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following completion of installation and the operational readiness testing, one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR for incorporation of the markups into the final as-built documentation. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings. Should any work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances, and regulations, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising there from. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, which could cause contaminants to be forced into sensitive electronics. K. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling into enclosures to prevent contamination of electrical equipment. L. Upon completion of construction/installation work, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish and debris that has accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the Owner. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning-induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding, or safety grounds. C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted. D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two-conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall WTP 18 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #: 0992-0190 13100-18 share a common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit. F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. 3.3 EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION A. Every analog instrument, limit switch, control, or related device, shall be properly calibrated, tuned, adjusted and commissioned so that the accuracy and operation of the device equals the highest level of performance which that device can achieve. B. Accurate and appropriate test equipment and industry standard test procedures shall be used to demonstrate that the equipment operates within its expected tolerance of accuracy at various points throughout its operating range. C. Whenever calibration adjustments are being made, the SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR supplied technician(s) shall notify the members of the Owner's electrical/instrumentation staff so that they may witness the procedure as an educational process. The technicians shall assist the operator in any way possible in becoming well versed in the start-up, operation, maintenance, and calibration of the equipment provided. D. The technician(s) shall be fully familiar, trained and qualified to service and support the items that are being serviced. 3.4 CALIBRATION AND SERVICE REPORTS A. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall prepare a written, dated, report for each start-up, calibration, trouble-shooting or maintenance event. This report shall identify the instrument serviced, define the procedures, and provide conclusions. This shall include every instrument or system provided in this project, and shall apply to every visit by equipment suppliers and system subcontractors. The reports shall also document each wiring modification, warranty repair, and problem analysis. B. All reports shall be distributed to the Engineer, the Contractor, and copied to the Owner's staff, and a copy shall be kept in a permanent file for future reference. 3.5 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSDUCERS A. The installation and calibration or the submersible level transducers is expected to be difficult because the annulous space if restrictive, and there is a need for accurate calibration and dependable service. The SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the special requirements of installation of downhole level probes as described herein. B. The SYSTEM INTEGATOR shall provide a suitable transition fitting or junction box, such as a Hubbell LB fitting, to mount directly over the port of entry of the level transducer. The fitting shall have a movable cover, which shall allow straight entry of the probe down the well. C. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the exact elevation, as measured . in feet (to hundredths) above sea level, as measured at the point of comparison WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct #. 0992-0190 13100-19 near the entrance port of the level transducer. The SYSTEM INTEGRATOR shall provide a suitable engraved BRASS MARKER to identify the benchmark for the elevation standard at each well. The instrumentation Control Panel shall contain an engraved placard near the level INDICATOR which shall contain the benchmark data, and shall enumerate the exact length of cable required at the point of entrance, and the calibration parameters of the level transmitter. D. In as much as possible, each level transducer shall be set at 30 feet below sea level. The range of the 4-20 ma signal shall be calibrated to a range of 60 feet. The analog indicator shall be calibrated to a range of -30 to +30, so that the reading is expressed exactly as feet above or below sea level. The engraved placard at the level indicator shall indicate this as well. E. The submersible transducer shall be provided with a long life vent filter for the breather. This filter vent shall be installed in a NEMA 4X enclosure mounted near the transducer port. Provide wording on the placard to indicate that the filter vent should be changed once per year. 3.6 WARRANTY A. The CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall guarantee the material and/or workmanship of all installed equipment and systems for a period of (12) twelve months from the date of final acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. B. During this warranty period, the CONTRACTOR/SYSTEMS INTEGRATOR shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent, field service engineer, who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Engineer or Owner to repair and/or replace any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this contract. All preventive and corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all work performed, and list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Engineer and Owner on or before the next business day. END OF SECTION WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Controls and Instrumentation McKim & Creed Proejct A 0992-0190 13100-20 SECTION 13700 - POTABLE WATER PRODUCTION/TEST WELLS AND MONITORING WELLS -DRILLING, INSTALLATION AND TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Objective The objective of this program is to install fourteen (14) 12 inch diameter, upper Floridan aquifer Test/Production (TIP) wells; up to five (5) 4-inch diameter Surficial aquifer monitoring wells; and three (3) upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. The wells shall be installed in a dispersed manner in association with the City's Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) Water Treatment Facility (Water Treatment Plant No. 1) and Water Plant No. 3 located on State Road 580 in the City of Clearwater. Construction and testing of each upper Floridan aquifer T/P well includes the performance of step-drawdown tests, geophysical surveys, a video camera survey, and an aquifer performance test. Testing of each upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well includes the performance of specific capacity tests, geophysical logs and a video surrey. Should additional wells be necessary for installation, they shall be constructed in accordance with the technical specifications contained within. B. Site Location 1. The drilling sites are located in the western and northeastern parts of the City's service area. All sites are on properties owned by the City of Clearwater. In the western service area, the wells shall be in the vicinity of Water Treatment Plant No. 1. In the northeastern service area, the wells shall be located in the vicinity of Water Plant No. 3, which is located on State Road 580. 1.2 PERMITS A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall immediately apply to the pertinent governmental agency or agencies for the necessary permits to carry out and complete the work. No drilling operations shall be commenced until the permits have been obtained. The Contractor shall submit three copies of all applicable permits to the Owners Representative before drilling commences. 1.3 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL A. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to construct the upper Floridan aquifer wells by mud rotary and reverse-air circulation methods and the Surficial aquifer wells by the hollow-stem auguring method. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Potable Water ProductioNTest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-1 B. The Contractor, in addition to furnishing the services of a skilled, experienced and licensed driller for each drilling rig involved with this project, shall also furnish an adequate number of competent helpers. C. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel, pump, flow measuring and regulating devices, discharge line, a 100-foot electric water-level indicatorwith 0.01- foot increments, and other necessary equipment, controls, fuel, electricity, and supplies to perform pumping flow logs at the T/P wells for up to 2-hours at a rate up to 300 gpm; and pumping tests, including variable rate step drawdown tests, at the T/P wells for up to 24-hours at an estimated rate of 500 gpm; constant rate specific capacity tests at the upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells for up to 8-hours at rates up to 500 gpm; slug tests at the Surficial aquifer monitoring wells; and constant rate Aquifer Performance Tests (APTs) at the T/P wells for up to 10 days at an estimated rate of 500 gpm. Water-level data shall be collected by the Owner's Representative for the APTs. D. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to run a suite of geophysical surveys at the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells from land surface to their completed depths under static conditions and from a reasonable depth below the pump intake to the wells' completed depths under pumping conditions. - E. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment to run and record a color video camera survey of the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells from land surface to their completed depths. F. The Contractor shall furnish all pumps, compressors, plungers, bailers, or other necessary equipment needed to develop a well to remove sand or other materials as may, during the life of the well, be withdrawn when the well is pumped under maximum conditions of drawdown. G. The Contractor's drilling rigs, tools, equipment, and personnel shall be subject to the Owner's Representative's approval. The drilling rig and all equipment shall be in first-class working order. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, drilling fluids, water, materials, cement and additives necessary for the completion of this project. Any spill of fuel, hydraulic fluid, or oil shall be contained. Any contaminated soil shall be removed and disposed of according to all applicable federal, state and local regulations. 1.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Temporary power, construction water, drinking water, field office, telephone, and acceptable sanitary facilities shall be supplied by the Contractor until final acceptance of the work. 1.5 MOBILIZATION, ACCESS, AND CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least five days (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays excepted) prior to mobilization onto the site and prior to commencement of drilling. The Contractor shall mobilize and demobilize all necessary personnel and equipment, set up and remove drilling rigs, equipment, WTP 7 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13700-2 temporary facilities, perform all site clearing and grubbing, trenching, replanting, resodding, restore grade to elevations which existed prior to the commencement of the Work and remove all remaining debris, including used pump,' pipes and appurtenances, unused materials, and other miscellaneous items resulting from or used in the performance of the Work. All drill cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling operations which are not required to complete the Work shall be removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations. Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and at no additional cost to the City, repair any property damage(s) that resulted from the Work. 1.6 DRILLER'S LOGS AND DAILY RECORDS A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate daily record of all drilling activities. These records shall document in detail the daily drilling operation. Included in the daily drilling report shall be such items as: depth and thickness of formations encountered, lithologic descriptions, formation and water samples collected, material used (casing lengths and diameters, sacks of cement, etc.), development and pumping times, tests conducted, and any and all other pertinent information concerning the construction of the well. The daily records shall also document the level to which the water level in the well stabilizes at the beginning and end of each day. A copy of these records shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representative at the end of each week, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. 1.7 STEAM CLEANING A. All equipment, tools, casing, well materials and the drilling rig shall be steam cleaned before commencing with work, as approved by the Owner's Representative, to minimize the potential for contamination of the borehole and well materials. This shall be completed for each piece of equipment before it is used for the first time on this project. The Contractor shall make available the appropriate equipment for this purpose and for the steam cleaning of any additional support equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. 1.8 DRILLING WATER AND ADDITIVES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing clean water for drilling and construction purposes. The source of the water shall be subject to approval by the Owners Representative. The Contractor shall provide acceptable drilling fluids and additives specifically recommended by the manufacturer for use in potable well drilling. The Contractor shall review fluids and additives with the Owner's Representative prior to drilling. The Contractor shall also be responsible for preventing contamination of samples or the aquifer and shall not introduce muds, clays, or other drilling additives into the well without prior approval of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall not use lime, cement, organic matter, or other material to stop circulation losses of the drilling fluid, without written approval by the Owner's Representative. WTP 18 3 Welffifeld Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 93700-3 1.9 ABANDONMENT OF WELL A. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to drill the well or place casings to the depth specified or to such other depth as ordered by the Owner's Representative, or should abandon the well because of loss of tools or for any other cause, shall, if directed by the Owner's Representative, remove salvageable casings and equipment and fill the abandoned hole with cement or cement and clay in accordance with all state and local regulations. The Contractor shall then move over and drill a new hole at a location approved by the Owner's Representative. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense employing the use of salvaged materials, if usable, at the discretion of the Owner's Representative. 1.10 PLUMBNESS AND ALIGNMENT A. The casing shall be installed in the wells as near to plumb and true as possible. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, there is reasonable doubt about the plumbness of the well, the Contractor shall perform a plumbness test at his own expense. If the test results indicate that the well shall not meet normal performance expectations, the Contractor shall be instructed to perform any necessary straightening procedures at his own expense. ?. An alignment test shall be performed by the Contractor on each of the upper Floridan aquifer wells. The alignment test method shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. 1.11 STANDBY TIME A. Payment of standby time shall be granted only for delays caused by the Owner. No standby time shall be paid for time incurred during the cementing procedures, while the cement is curing, delays caused by the Contractor's error, repairs to the drilling equipment, delays caused by any of the Contractor's subcontractors or delays caused by inclement weather. 1.12 SECURITY A. During the drilling, developing and testing of the wells, the Contractor shall protect the wells in a manner which effectively prevents tampering with the wells or the entry of foreign matter. Upon completion of the wells, they shall be capped with a blind flange and cover. The Contractor shall also be responsible for security of the drilling site. Prior to beginning drilling operations for a well or well pair, the Contractor shall construct a temporary fence which encloses the well site. The fence shall be a minimum of 6-feet high. Each temporary fence shall be removed after the well has been completed and capped. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CASING A. The Contractor shall furnish three copies of the mill certificates for approval by the Owner's Representative before delivering steel surface casing or well casing to the site. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section /Va Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-d B. Installation of surface casing is optional in the construction of the upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. However, the Contractor shall ensure there is sufficient strength and stability of the borehole to prevent collapse. If surface casing is used, it shall be grouted and remain in place and must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. C. Diameter and positioning of surface casing shall in no way interfere with the specified construction of the well. D. Steel well casing shall be black steel conforming to ASTM Standard A-252, Grade 2, or equivalent steel material. E. Upper Floridan aquifer T/P well casing shall be SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok well casing as supplied by the CertainTeed Corporation. The PVC well casing utilizes a spline- lock mechanical joining system for connecting casing sections. Pipe and couplings shall be made from unplastisized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454-B as defined in ASTM D1784. The compound shall qualify from a Hydrostatic Design Basis of 4,000 psi for water at 73.4° F in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837. All PVC casing pipe shall meet the stiffness, crush resistance, flattening, impact and puncture test requirements of ASTM F480. Pipe shall be joined using integral PVC bell spline lock joints for 4" to 8" diameter PVC casing and separate PVC couplings with spline lock joints for 10" to 16" PVC casing. High strength flexible thermoplastic splines shall be inserted into mating precision-machined grooves to provide full 360° restraints with evenly distributed loading. The joining system shall incorporate elastomeric sealing gaskets to provide a watertight seal. The PVC casing sections shall be attached using SDR 17 PVC Certa-Lok integral bell spline4ock joints or coupling spline-lock joints. The PVC casing pipe shall be evaluated, tested and certified for conformance with NSF 61. PVC well casing pipe and couplings shall be permanently marked with the following: • Manufacturer • Trade Name • Nominal Size SDR or SCH rating • Manufacturing Date • NSF-61 Centralizers shall be aligned and spaced around the casing at 120° intervals to center it within the borehole. Centralizers shall be placed five feet from the bottom of the casing and thereafter at 50-foot intervals to the top of the casing. F. The upper Floridan aquifer monitoring well casing shall be SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok as specified in Paragraph E above. The casing sections shall be attached using SDR 17 PVC Certa-Lok couplings or integral spline-lock joints. Centralizers shall be aligned and spaced around the casing at 1200 intervals to center it within the borehole. Centralizers shall be placed five feet from the bottom of the casing and thereafter at 50 foot intervals to the top of the casing. WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT McKim S Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section lVa Potable Water Productionfrest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-5 G. The Surficial aquifer monitoring material shall be as specified in attached with threaded couplings. well casing shall be Schedule 40 PVC. PVC Paragraph E above. Casing sections shall be 2.2 WELL SCREEN (Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Wells Only) A. The well screens shall be Schedule 40 PVC pipe as specified in Paragraph 2.1.E except for the spline-lock joining'system, with .010-inch slot sizes. The slots shall be uniformly spaced throughout the entire length of the screen. The screen shall be attached to the casing with a threaded coupling. 2.3 FILTER PACK (Surficial Aquifer Monitoring Wells Only) A. A washed silica 20/30 sand shall be tremied into the annular space from the bottom of the borehole to 2 feet above the top of screen. A 1-foot sand seal consisting of washed silica fine sand shall be tremied into the annular space on top of the 20/30 sand. 2.4 CEMENT A. Cement used for grouting the casings in the wells shall be C150, Type I (ASTM). The cement volumes shall be calculated by multiplying the number of sacks used by the appropriate multiplier indicated in the "Haliburton Cementing Tables." Unless otherwise specified, all neat cement grout mixtures shall be of the following proportions: 1 sack (94 lbs.) of cement and not more than 6.0 gallons of water. Any additives which the Contractor includes in the grout mixture must be pre-approved by the Owner's Representative. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Installation of surface casing is mandatory in the construction of the T/P well. The depth of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. The surface casing shall be grouted and remain in place. 3.2 FORMATION SAMPLES A. The Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock at the site of each limestone well. B. The Contractor shall collect limestone samples of the formation cuttings every five feet or at change of formation, although the Owner's Representative reserves the right to collect samples at any interval. The sampling procedure shall not interfere with the Contractor's operations or cause him any delay. All formation samples shall be collected in such a manner as to ensure that the sample is representative of the interval of interest. The method must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. The collected sample cuttings shall be stored in approved containers and shall be labeled with the date, time, depth and well number or location. If the Owner's Representative determines that the recovered samples WTP 1 & 3 Welifie/d Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 Section lVa Potable Water Production/rest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-6 indicate an unsuitable location for the well, the driller may be directed to move to a new well location at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 GROUT A. All grout shall be pumped into the borehole or annular space from the bottom up by the capped casing pressure tremie method for the initial grouting stage. Additional placement of grout to fill any remaining annulus shall be performed by the annular space tremie method. Three grout samples, each approximately one pint in volume, shall be collected in a container by the Contractor for each batch of grout mixed. Each sample shall be marked with the date, time and well number and immediately immersed in water. The well shall not be disturbed for at least 24 hours after completion of the grouting procedure and the grout has thoroughly hardened. 3.4 DEVELOPMENT A. After an upper Floridan aquifer T/P monitoring well has been completely constructed, the open hole shall be cleaned free of rock cuttings and the depth of the well accurately measured. The Contractor shall then notify the Owner's Representative to that effect and shall make the necessary arrangements to develop the well. The Contractor shall develop the upper Floridan aquifer T/P and monitoring wells for a minimum of 4 hours by airlift pumping and surging until the wells yield clear water free of sand, cuttings, and other materials as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall develop the Surficial aquifer monitoring wells for a minimum of four hours by pumping and surging until the wells yield clear water free of sand, cuttings, and other materials as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall ensure that the flow of water from the well during development is contained and directed in such a way as to meet the requirements of the City and all laws and Regulations. 3.5 TESTING A. During Reverse-air Drilling The static water level shall be measured from a top of casing measuring point each morning before the start of drilling at an upper Floridan aquifer well. Each day, at the start of reverse-air drilling, the Contractor shall perform a specific capacity test of the well. Each day during reverse-air drilling, the Contractor shall collect a water sample at each change of drill rod. Prior to adding another drill rod, the well shall be pumped with the reverse-air system until the water is free of sediment, as determined by the Owner's Representative, at which time the sample shall be collected for field analysis of pH, chloride concentration, conductivity, and temperature. Additional water samples shall be collected every drill rod change for laboratory analysis using the same purging methodology. Sample bottles shall be provided by the Owner's Representative. The Owner or its Representative shall transport the water samples to the laboratory and is responsible for the water analysis. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project t#: 07-0037-UT McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 Section lVa Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing 13700-7 B. Pumping Test The Contractor shall furnish, install, operate, maintain and remove a pumping unit and furnish power for this unit for the duration of a pumping test. This equipment shall be installed so that the Owner's Representative has adequate access to the borehole for water-level measurements. The power supply shall not allow the pump to vary significantly in revolutions per minute during a test. The power supply cannot be interrupted for refueling or checking fluids during the pumping phase of a test. The Contractor shall provide a pump with a bottom-end check valve. A tap (on the upper Floridan wells only) shall be installed on the steel pipe on the discharge line within 50 feet of the well head for sample collection. Upon completion of the test, the pump bowls and column shall remain in place for a minimum of 24 hours in the Floridan monitoring wells to allow accurate water-level recovery measurement by the Owner's Representative. If a considerable amount of fine material is pumped out of the well during the test, as based on the Owner's Representative's judgment, the Contractor shall discontinue the test and develop the well further. The Contractor may be directed to perform additional drilling or other work on the well at Owner's expense if the production capacity of a test/pumping well is less than 100 gallons per minute per foot of drawdown (gpm/ft). 2. The Contractor shall provide a gate valve for regulating the discharge rate during a pumping test. 3. The Contractor shall provide an accurate and reliable method of measuring the rate of flow of water during a pumping test, such as an in-line flow meter with totalizer or orifice plate with manometer for the upper Floridan aquifer wells and a graduated bucket for slug tests in the SurFicial aquifer monitoring wells. The method must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. The flow measuring device for the upper Floridan aquifer wells shall have accuracy within 5 percent of actual. 4. For an 8 or 4 hour pumping test, the Contractor shall furnish adequate discharge pipe (500 feet minimum for the upper Floridan aquifer wells) to prevent flooding of the well site or recharge into the aquifer being tested. For the Aquifer Performance Test for the upper Floridan T/P wells, the Contractor shall furnish adequate discharge pipe to reach the discharge points determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide suitable erosion barriers such as hay bales, settling basins, or other measures at the point of discharge as necessary. 5. If a pumping test is interrupted due to an equipment breakdown or any other occurrence which is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, the test shall be restarted after the problem has been corrected and water levels have recovered to a level deemed satisfactory by the Owner's Representative. All costs incurred by the City resulting from such an interruption shall be reimbursed by the Contractor. WTP 9 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 93700-8 3.6 FAILED CASING A. Casing which fails, collapses, or separates during construction shall be removed from the borehole and repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense by methods approved by the Owner's Representative. 3.7 SAND/PEA GRAVEL CAVITY FILL A. Emplacement of sand or pea gravel in open cavities may be necessary during grouting operations for the T/P wells and upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells. 3.8 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. The 4-inch diameter Surficial aquifer monitoring wells and 6-inch diameter upper Floridan aquifer monitoring wells must be installed before initiation of step-drawdown tests at the upper Floridan aquifer T/P wells. 3.9 UPPER FLORIDAN TEST/PRODUCTION WELL A. Equipment: The Contractor shall use approved hollow-stem auger rigs and approved rotary rigs equipped for mud-rotary and reverse-air drilling. B. Split Spoons: Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock using the approved hollow-stem auger rig. C. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 24-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±50 feet below land surface (bls). D. Surface Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole an estimated X50 feet of 18-inch diameter by 0.250 wall thickness, steel casing such that the casing extends from below the top of competent rock to 0.5 foot above land surface (als). The actual length of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. Fallowing placement of the casing, neat cement shall be emplaced in the annular space between the perimeter of the steel casing and the perimeter of the borehole from the bottom of the borehole to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100 % of theoretical. After the grout has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owners Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. E. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 18-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±65 feet bls. The depth shall actually be determined based on site geology and the actual depth for placement of the surface casing. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700-9 F. Final Well Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole approximately ±68 feet of 12-inch diameter, SDR17 PVC Certa-Lok casing such that the casing extends from ±65 feet bls to 3 feet als. The actual length of the casing shall be based on the depth of the borehole. A 1.5-inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC monitoring tube to monitor water levels inside the well casing shall be mounted to the outside of the casing and extend from the top of the casing to approximately ±65 feet bls. The final length shall be determined by the Owner's Representative in the field. At the point of entry into the casing, the monitor tube shall be flush with the inside of the casing. The entry hole shall be sealed. Following placement of the casing, the annular space between the perimeter of the 12" PVC casing, the perimeter of the 18" steel casing and the perimeter of the 18" borehole shall be grouted from approximately ±65 feet bls to land surface. The volume for the initial emplacement of grout shall not exceed 100% of theoretical. After the grout for each stage has sufficiently hardened (as determined by the condition of the grout samples), the Contractor shall determine the vertical rise of grout within the annular space by obtaining a hard tag with the tremie pipe. The Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative of the results of the hard tag measurement and recommend a quantity of cement for the emplacement of additional grout. The Owner's Representative must agree with this recommendation before the Contractor can continue with the additional grouting. G. Open Borehole (12-inch): After the grout has set for a minimum of 24 hours, a nominal 12-inch diameter borehole shall be drilled from the bottom of the well casing to approximately ±150 feet bls using the reverse-air drilling method. The exact depth of the borehole shall be determined by the Owner's Representative based on results drill-stem tests and water quality. H. Drill Stem Testing: Drill stem tests shall be conducted during drilling at every drill rod change. The amount of time shall be determined for filling a container of known quantity by circulating water through the drill stem. The container size shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. Water samples shall also be collected at the end of every drill stem test and analyzed in the field by the Owner's designated site hydrogeologist. Development: The well shall be pumped at the highest rate obtainable until the discharged water is essentially free of suspended solids. The well shall then be alternately pumped and surged with an approved airlift pumping system of sufficient capacity to effectively agitate and clean the open well bore. The airlift system's educator pipe opening shall be placed at various levels within the borehole to concentrate the development action. Pumping and surging shall continue until all areas of the well yield water free of sand, cuttings and suspended solids as determined by the Owner's Representative. Geophysical Surveys: After the well bore has been completed the Contractor shall have the following geophysical surveys run in the borehole from land surface to the bottom of the borehole: 1) under static conditions - a) temperature b) caliper; c) gamma; d) short and long normal resistivity; e) fluid conductivity; f) fluid velocity; and 2) under pumping conditions - a) temperature; b) fluid conductivity; and c) fluid velocity. The Contractor is responsible for providing and operating pumping and discharge equipment and mechanical and/or electric power while the pumping logs WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Potable Water ProductioNTest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 13700- 10 are being collected. The pumping equipment shall be capable of producing a minimum of 300 gpm from the well for the duration of the pumping logs. Geophysical surveys shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with 1 digital ASCII format copy (on CD) of all geophysical logs no later than two weeks after the well is logged. The Contractor shall also provide 2 in-field paper copies of all geophysical logs and 16 paper copies of all geophysical logs within 30 calendar days of completion of all field logging. K. Video Survey: After the geophysical surveys of the well, The Contractor shall run and record a color video survey in the well from land surface to the bottom of the borehole. The video survey shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with one copy of the video tape on the day of the video survey. L. Step-Drawdown Test: A 3 to 5 step, variable rate step-drawdown test shall be conducted to determine specific capacities and optimal discharge rates for the APT. It is anticipated the step test rates shall be 200 gpm, 300 gpm and 500 gpm, and each shall last about 2 hours per step. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. M. Constant Rate Aquifer Performance Test: Constant rate APT's shall be performed for Well Nos. 1-5 and 3-3. A minimum of five days after recovery of the water table from the step-drawdown test is completed, a constant rate APT shall be conducted to determine the hydraulic properties of the upper Floridan aquifer and potential effects of pumping on the Surficial aquifer. Five days of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. The pumping phase of an APT is expected to last 10 days at a constant pumping rate of 500 gpm. The recovery phase of the ATP shall last until water levels in the pumped well have reached equilibrium or are within 95 percent of the initial static water level. Removal of the pumping equipment shall be performed after completion of the recovery period. Water-level data shall be collected by the Owner's Representative and others. 3.10 FOUR (4)-INCH DIAMETER SURFICIAL AQUIFER MONITORING WELL A. Equipment: Contractor shall use an approved hollow-stem auger drilling rig. B. Borehole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 8-inch diameter borehole to a depth of :20 feet below land surface (bls). C. Casing and Screen: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole t8 feet of 4- inch diameter, Schedule 40 PVC casing and ±15 feet of 4-inch diameter, Schedule 40 PVC, 0.010-inch slotted screen. The casing/screen string shall extend from ±20 feet bls to 3 feet als. Only threaded couplings are acceptable. D. Filter Pack: The annulus between the perimeter of the screen and the perimeter of the borehole shall be filter packed with a washed, well-rounded 20/30 silica sand and WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700- 11 emplaced by the tremie method from the bottom of the borehole to a level approximately 2 feet above the screen top. E. Sand Cap: After the filter pack has settled, a 1-foot fine sand cap shall be tremied in on top of the filter pack in the annulus between the perimeter of the 4-inch PVC casing and the perimeter of the borehole. F. Cementing: ASTM C150 Type II cement grout shall be installed by the tremie method, with bottom deflection baffle from the top of the sand cap to land surface in the annulus between the perimeter of the 4-inch PVC well casing and the perimeter of the open borehole. G. Development: The well shall be alternately pumped using a centrifugal pump to effectively agitate and clean the well screen area. Pumping and surging shall continue until the well yields water free of sand and silt as determined by the Owner's Representative. H. Slug Test: A slug test shall be conducted to determine hydraulic conductivity of the unconsolidated material of the SurFicial aquifer. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. Above-Ground Completion: The 4-inch diameter PVC casing shall extend above land surface approximately 3 feet. A 6-inch diameter protective steel casing shall be installed on the outside of the 4-inch PVC casing and be encased in a 2-foot x 2-foot x 6-inch sloped concrete surface pad. The pad shall be composed of a 1:2 ratio mix of Portland cement and coarse sand with steel reinforcement. The Contractor shall provide a removable and lockable heavy-duty cover plate for the 6-inch diameter flanged casing top. 3.11 SIX (6)-INCH DIAMETER UPPER FLORIDAN MONITORING WELL A. Equipment: The Contractor shall use approved hollow-stem auger rigs and approved rotary rigs equipped for mud-rotary and reverse-air drilling. B. Split Spoons: Contractor shall collect continuous split spoon samples of the upper unconsolidated formations from land surface to the top of competent rock using the approved hollow-stem auger rig. C. Open Hole: Contractor shall drill a nominal 16-inch diameter borehole to a depth of ±5 feet below the top of competent rock. D. Surface Casing and Installation: Contractor shall insert and align into the borehole an estimated ±50 feet of 12-inch diameter by 0.250 wall thickness, steel casing such that the casing extends from below the top of competent rock to 0.5 foot above land surface (als). The actual length of the surface casing shall be dictated by site geology and depth to competent rock. Following placement of the casing, the annular space between the perimeter of the casing and the perimeter of the borehole shall be grouted from the bottom of the borehole to land surface. The volume for the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Potable Water Production/Test Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13700- 12 producing a minimum of 300 gpm from the well for the duration of the pumping logs. Geophysical surveys shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with 1 digital ASCII format copy (on 3Y.-inch micro diskette) of all geophysical logs no later than two weeks after the well is logged. The Contractor shall also provide 2 in-field paper copies of all geophysical logs and 16 paper copies of all geophysical logs within 30 calendar days of completion of all field logging. J. Video Survey: After the geophysical surveys of the well, The Contractor shall run and record a color video survey in the well from land surface to the bottom of the borehole. The video survey shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with one copy of the video tape on the day of the video survey. K. Constant Rate Specific Capacity Test: A constant rate specific capacity test shall be conducted to determine the specific capacity of the upper production zone of the upper Floridan aquifer and effects of pumping upon the Surficial aquifer. The well shall be pumped for a minimum of 8 hours at an estimated rate of 300 gpm. Before beginning the test, the water level in the well shall be allowed to stabilize from any effects of development or pump installation. Two hours of water-level data shall be collected prior to the start of pumping. L. Above-Ground Completion: The 6-inch diameter casing shall extend above land surface approximately 3 feet and be encased in a 4-foot x 4-foot x 6-inch sloped concrete surface pad. The pad shall be composed of a 1:2 ratio mix of Portland cement and coarse sand with steel reinforcement. The Contractor shall provide a removable and lockable heavy duty cover plate for the 6-inch diameter flanged casing top. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Potable Water Productionlrest Wells and Monitoring Wells - Drilling, Installation and Testing McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13700- 14 SECTION 13750 - EXISTING WELL REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 EXISTING WELLS A. Existing Wells to be rehabilitated include Nos. 23, 68 and 69. B. Rehabilitation of each existing well shall consist of removing the existing well pump, water quality sampling, geophysical logging, video surveying, acidizing, back- plugging, developing, water quality sampling, installing a new submersible pump, disinfecting the well, and sampling the well for bacteriological analyses. 1.2 SEQUENCE OF WORK AT A WELL SITE A. The Contractor shall remove the existing vertical turbine pump at Well 23 and transport it to the City's Public Utilities Yard on Arcturas Avenue. B. After removal of the existing pump, water sampling, geophysical logs and a video survey shall be conducted for Wells 68 and 69. C. At the direction of the Owner's Representative and based upon the Owner's Representative's interpretation of the logs for Wells 68 and 69, the Contractor shall acidize and/or backplug the well. D. After the acidizing and/or back-plugging, each existing well shall be developed using air-lift pumping and mechanical surging. E. After developing the well, the Contractor shall collect samples of clean water pumped from the well and deliver them to the Owner's Representative for chemical analysis. F. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with estimated yields of each of the rehabilitated wells. G. The Owner's Representative shall use the Contractor's information to select a submersible vertical turbine well pump for each of the 3 existing wells. The contractor shall provide time in the schedule for pump selection, vendor lead time and time for the City's ODP purchasing process. H. The Contractor shall provide and install a new submersible vertical turbine well pump system for each existing well, including pump, PVC column pipe, stainless steel discharge head, control valve, flowmeter, isolation valve, electrical work revisions, monitoring and control system revisions, and appurtenances. Well No 23 also includes concrete pad, chain link fence, underground raw water piping, sodding, above ground raw water piping, check valve, electrical work, instrumentation and controls similar to a new well installation. 1.3 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL A. The Contractor shall furnish capable personnel and equipment, subject to the Owner's Representative's approval, to rehabilitate each well and install a new submersible vertical turbine well-pumping system, which shall include all City ODP items, including: pump, motor, control valve and actuator; and flow meter and all contractor purchased items. The Contractor, in addition to furnishing the services of a skilled, experienced and licensed driller for each rig involved with this project, shall also furnish an adequate number of competent helpers. rr WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13750-1 B. The rigs for acidification and installing pumping systems and all support equipment shall be in first-class working order. C. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, water, materials, cement and additives necessary for the completion of this project. D. Any spill of fuel, hydraulic fluid, or oil shall be contained. Any contaminated soil shall be removed and disposed of according to all applicable federal, state and local regulations at the expense of the Contractor. 1.4 DAILY RECORDS A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate daily record of all activities. These records shall document in detail the daily operation. Included in the daily report shall be such items as material used (casing lengths and diameters, sacks of cement, etc.), development and pumping times, tests conducted, and any and all other pertinent information concerning the construction of each well. The daily records shall also document the water level in each well at the beginning and end of each day. A copy of these records shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representative at the end of each week, unless otherwise specified by the Owner's Representative. 1.5 STEAM CLEANING A. All equipment, tools, casing, well materials and the rig for installing pumping systems shall be steam cleaned before commencing with work, as approved by the Owner's Representative, to minimize the potential for contamination of the borehole and well materials. Steam cleaning shall be completed for each piece of equipment before it is used for the first time on this project. The Contractor shall make appropriate equipment available for this purpose and for the steam cleaning of any additional support equipment necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. 1.6 DRILLING WATER AND ADDITIVES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing clean water for construction purposes. The source of the water shall be subject to approval by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall also be responsible for preventing contamination of the aquifer and shall not introduce muds, clays, or other drilling materials into the well without prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.7 SUPPORT FACILITIES A. Temporary power, construction water, drinking water, and acceptable sanitary facilities shall be supplied by the Contractor until final acceptance of the work. 1.8 STANDBY TIME A. No payment for standby time shall be provided to the Contractor for any reason. 1.9 SECURITY A. During all rehabilitation activities, the Contractor shall protect the wells in a manner which shall effectively prevent tampering with the wells or the entry of foreign matter. The Contractor shall also be responsible for security of each site, by providing temporary fencing and barricades. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13750-2 1.10 PERMITS A. The Contractor shall obtain Deepen and Repair permits from the Southwest Florida Water Management District to acidize and to backplug selected wells, if required by the Owner's Representative. Also, the Contractor shall obtain Plug and Abandon permits for any existing wells that can no longer produce sufficient potable water. No back-plugging or abandonment operations shall be commenced until the permits have been obtained. The Contractor shall submit three copies of all applicable permits to the Owner's Representative before any work commences. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT A. For Grouting, back-plugging, and plugging wells shall be Class A (API) or C150, Type I (ASTM). The cement volumes shall be calculated by multiplying the number of sacks used by the appropriate multiplier indicated in "Halliburton Cementing Tables." Unless otherwise specified, all neat cement grout mixtures shall be of the following proportions: 1 sack (94 lbs.) of cement and not more than 6.0 gallons of water. Any additives which the Contractor includes in the grout mixture shall be pre- approved by the Owner's Representative. 2.2 ACID FOR WELL TREATMENT A. Hydrochloric Acid, food-grade, 20° Baurnk uninhibited. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION AND CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative at least five days (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays excepted) prior to mobilization onto each well site. B. The Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel and equipment to set up and remove rigs, equipment and temporary facilities, perform all site clearing and grubbing, and remove all remaining debris, unused materials, and other miscellaneous items resulting from or used in the performance of the work. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the relocation of structures, including but not limited to light poles, signs, sign poles, fences, piping, conduits, and drains that interfere with performing rehabilitation activities at City production wells. The cost of all such relocations shall be included in the Mobilization/Demobilization and Cleanup costs. D. Upon completion and acceptance of each well's acidization and new pump installation by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall remove all equipment, materials and supplies from the work site, remove all surplus materials and debris, fill in all holes or excavations with clean fill material and restore grade to elevations which existed prior to the commencement of the work. 3.2 PUMP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP A. The Contractor shall remove the existing pump at each well site and deliver it to the Public Utilities yard on Arcturas Avenue. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13750-3 B. The Contractor shall provide disinfection of the new pump at the time of installation. C. Prior to pump removal, the Contractor shall unbolt discharge piping and disconnect electrical service to each pump and motor. The Contractor may remove each well's chain link fence to provide work access where required, but the Contractor must install temporary security fencing around the work area. D. During pump removal and reinstallation, the Contractor shall retrieve any equipment or materials lost down a well. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, equipment damage is unavoidable during pump and motor removal, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative prior to proceeding,. and continue work only after the Owner's Representative has inspected the pump and motor and reviewed and approved the Contractor's proposed remedy. 3.3 GEOPHYSICAL LOGS AND VIDEO SURVEYS A. The Subcontractor selected by the Contractor to provide geophysical logging and video surveys shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall have the following geophysical logs run on each well proposed for rehabilitation: Under static conditions for all existing wells receiving. geophysical logging and video surveying. a) Temperature b) Caliper C) Gamma d) Short and long normal resistivity e) Fluid conductivity f) Fluid velocity 2. Under pumping conditions for existing Wells 68 and 69 for an operating period of two hours. a) Temperature b) Fluid conductivity c) Fluid velocity 3. At the completion of logging, the Contractor shall have a video survey run at Wells 68 and 69. C. All geophysical logs and video surveys shall be run from land surface to the bottom of the well. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and operating pumping and discharge equipment, and providing electric power while the pumping logs are being collected. The pumping equipment shall be capable of producing a minimum of 300 gpm from the well for the duration of the pumping logs. The Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative paper copies of all geophysical logs and a video tape of the video survey at the time of logging. Also, the Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with 1 digital ASCII format copy (on CD) of all geophysical logs no later than two weeks after each well is logged. The Contractor shall also provide 2 in-field paper copies of all geophysical logs and 16 paper copies of all geophysical logs within 30 calendar days of completion of all field logging. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 13750-4 3.4 CLEAN STEEL CASINGS A. The Contractor shall clean the steel casings of Wells 68 and 69 selected for rehabilitation. A wire brush with a diameter larger than the inside diameter of each casing shall be used to scrub and clean the casing prior to acidification. B. The Contractor shall flush out and pump out each well after wire brushing until the pumped well water is clean and clear. 3.5 BACKPLUG WELLS A. At the direction of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall back-plug selected City production wells with Class A, Type 1 neat cement grout to depths specified by the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall not back-plug any wells unless authorized by the Owner's Representative. 3.6 ACIDIZE WELLS A. At the direction of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall acidize selected production wells. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, materials, and manpower necessary to safely treat selected wells with acid and to dispose of spent acid. The placing of acid into wells, removal of spent acid from wells, and disposal of spent acid shall be in accordance with all applicable Laws and Regulations. The Contractor shall ensure that all permanent equipment at a well site is adequately protected during well acidization. B. The Contractor shall provide an air-tight well seal with appropriate pressure gauges and pressure relief gauges. The well seal shall be fashioned to accept the installation of water and acid conductor pipes. The acid conductor pipe shall be suitable for placing acid at specified depths within the well. Up to four depths may be selected by the Owner's Representative for acid placement. C. The volume of hydrochloric acid required for each well shall be determined by the contractor and approved by the owner's representative. Prior to placing acid into wells, a food-grade corrosion inhibitor shall be mixed with the acid. The type and quantity of the inhibitor shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. D. At the time of a volume of acid placement, the same volume of water shall be injected into the well. Because pressure build up may exceed City water pressure, the Contractor shall provide pumping equipment, flow meters, backflow prevention devices, power plant, and supplies for both the water conductor pipe and the acid conductor pipe. E. After the final batch of acid is pumped into a well, the well shall be left undisturbed for 24 hours. Following this period, the well shall be vented of any gasses and all equipment shall be removed. Spent acid shall be removed from the well. Disposal of spent acid shall be in accordance with all applicable Laws and Regulations. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13750-5 3.7 DEVELOPMENT A. After back-plugging, and/or acidization, the Contractor shall develop each production well for a minimum of four hours until the well yields clear water free of all materials as determined by the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall provide sufficient equipment to supply air for development that results in at least 200 gallons per minute of discharge. The equipment shall have a controllable range from 0 to the upper cubic feet per minute limit of the air compressor. The air compressor selected by the Contractor shall be approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Prior to and during well development, the Contractor shall provide the Owner's Representative with estimated flow yields of each production well in gpm. The Contractor shall proceed only after the Owner's Representative has reviewed and approved the Contractor's air-lift pumping operation. C. As directed by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall pump from four levels with the final level at the bottom of each well. Surging of the well shall be accomplished with a surge block during air-lift pumping. The Contractor shall ensure that the flow of water from the well during development is contained and directed in such a way as to meet the requirements of all Laws and Regulations. 3.8 WELL WATER SAMPLES A. After each well has been developed and the well water is clean and clear, the Contractor shall collect water samples and deliver them to an Owner approved laboratory for analysis. B. Down hole water samples shall be analyzed for chloride, sulfate, total dissolved solids (TDS), iron, arsenic and corrosivity (Langlier Index). Requirements include three down hole samples and one pumping composite sample for each well. 3.9 NEW WELL PUMP INSTALLATION A. The contractor shall install a new submersible vertical turbine well pump at each of the 3 existing wells. The Owner's Representative shall make a final selection of pump model, capacity and head after reviewing well testing and groundwater elevation data from the Contractor. B. Installation of the new submersible vertical turbine well pumps shall include the pump, submersible electric motor, discharge column pipe, discharge head assembly, drop pipe adapter, 316 SS pump check valve, pump safety cable, power cable, level sensor, testing and start-up as specified in Section 11214. C. Other appurtenant items that may be included in the work for each existing well are discharge piping, air release valve, check valves, flowmeters, pressure transmitters, isolation valves, yard piping, control valves, electrical starter cabinet, internal components, PLC, programming, electric meters, disconnects, manual transfer switches, conduit, electric power wiring, instrumentation wiring, yard lights, concrete slab, fencing and appurtenances. D. Well No 23 Rehabilitation WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13750-6 1. Install submersible well pump and appurtenances as described in Paragraph B above and in accordance with the Contract Drawings. The discharge piping size shall be increased from 4" to 6" diameter. Items to be replaced include discharge pipe, air release valve, check valve, flowmeter, concrete pad, chain link fence, sodding, antenna, pressure transmitter, isolation valves, yard piping, control valve, electric starter cabinet internal components, control and instrumentation cabinet internal components, electric meter, disconnects, manual transfer switch, PLC, programming, conduit, power wiring, instrumentation wiring and yard lights. E. Well No. 68 Rehabilitation After acidization and development, install a submersible vertical turbine well pump and appurtenances as described in paragraph B above and in accordance with the Contract Drawings. The discharge piping size shall not be changed from 4" diameter, so the only additions will be a control valve, electric starter cabinet internal components, control and instrumentation cabinet internal components, PLC, and programming. F. Well No. 69 Rehabilitation After acidization and development, install a submersible vertical turbine well pump and appurtenances as described in paragraph B above and in accordance with the Contract Drawings. The discharge piping size shall not be changed from 4" diameter, so the only additions will be a control valve, electric starter cabinet internal components, control and instrumentation cabinet internal components, PLC, and programming. 3.10 PLUG AND ABANDON WELLS A. The Contractor shall not plug and abandon any wells unless authorized by the Owner's Representative. B. The Contractor shall plug wells from top to bottom with Class A, Type 1 neat cement grout in accordance with the Rules of the District, Chapter 4013-3.531 and Chapter 4013-3.517. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Existing Well Rehabilitation Activities McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 13750-7 SECTION 15060 - PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS - GENERAL STATEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. General: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services for all pipe and pipe fittings as indicated in accordance with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure, and complete installation. 4. See Division 1 for General Requirements. B. Related specification sections include but are not limited: 1. 02623 --Plastic Pipe for Pressure Service 2. 15061 - Steel Pipe 3. 15062 - Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 4. 15063 - PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling 5. 15064 - PVC Column Pipe and Well Casing 6. 15065 - Fusible PVC Pipe 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Verify on shop drawings dimensions, schedule of pipe, linings, coatings, fittings, hangers, supports, and miscellaneous appurtenances. When special fittings are necessary, verify locations of items and include complete details. C. Yard piping drawings. Submit scaled drawings showing locations and dimensions to and from fittings, valves, structures, gates, and related appurtenances. Provide scaled drawings to a minimum scale of 1/8-inch equals 1-foot. Provide details to minimum scale of 1/8-inch equals 1-foot. Information shall include but not necessarily be limited to: 1. Dimensions of piping lengths. 2. Invert or centerline elevations of piping crossings. 3. Acknowledgment of bury depth requirements. 4. Details of fittings, tapping locations, thrust blocks, restrained joint segments, hamessed joint segments, hydrants, and related appurtenances. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section IVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-1 5. Line slopes and vents. D. Building piping diagrams. Submit sealed drawings showing locations and dimensions of all piping inside structures. Show all pipeline-mounted devices, connections to equipment, hangers and supports, anchors, and related appurtenances. Information shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Dimensions of piping and end connections. 2. Invert of centerline dimensions. 3. Location and type of pipe supports and anchors. 4. Locations of valves and valve operator type. 5. Details of fittings, tapping locations, equipment connections, flexible expansion joints, connections to equipment, and related appurtenances. 6. Acknowledge valve and equipment tag numbers and instrument tag numbers. 7. Show provisions for expansion and contraction. 8. Show line slopes and air release vents. E. Include on fabrication drawings location of jointed sections to permit maintenance of connected equipment and to permit removal of connected equipment without disturbance of main piping system. F. Copies of any manufacturer's written directions regarding material handling, delivery, storage and installation. G. As work progresses and again when work is complete, submit "As-Recorded" drawings of piping systems in project including project items and pre-existing items. Identify complete location, elevations, description of piping systems. Relate piping systems to identified structures and appurtenances. Submit four (4) copies. H. Submit written verification of required pressure testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEMS A. Unless otherwise shown on drawings or drawing schedule, piping system materials, fittings, and appurtenances are subject to requirements of specific technical specifications and shall be as shown on the following piping schedule. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section IVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-2 GENERAL PIPING SCHEDULE Service Category Size Range Above or Piping System Inches Below round Raw Water Main 4 to 12 Above Class 53, ductile iron, cement lined, flanged Pressure Class 350 ductile iron, Raw Water Main 4 to 12 Below cement lined, mechanical or push- on joint AWWA C900 PVC Pipe, DR 18, Raw Water Main 4 to 12 Below push-on joint, D.I. Fittings, Fusible PVC, or grooved restrained couplings with splines. Pump Discharge Column 3 to 8 Below Schedule 80 PVC with grooved Pipe restrained joint couplings Pump Discharge Column 3 to 8 Above and Sch. 40-316 SS threaded, flanged Pipe Below or welded Well Casing Surficial 6 to 18 Below Schedule 10 black carbon steel, , threaded or welded. Well Casing 4 Below Sch. 40 PVC with integral bell spline lock joint Well Casing 6 to 8 Below SDR 17 PVC with integral bell spline lock joint Well Casing 10 to 12 Below SDR 17 PVC with coupling type lock joint PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND STORAGE A. Inspect materials thoroughly upon arrival. Remove damaged or rejected materials from site. B. Observe manufacturer's directions for delivery and storage of materials and accessories. C. Store materials on-site in enclosures or under protective coverings above ground to keep clean and dry. WTP 1 S 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section lVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-3 3.2 HANDLING OF PIPE A. Protect pipe coating during handling using methods recommended by manufacturer. Use of bare cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids in contact with coated pipe is not permitted. B. Prevent damage to pipe during transit. Repair abrasions, scars, and blemishes. If repair of satisfactory quality cannot be achieved, replace damaged material immediately. C. Erect piping to accurate lines and grades and support as required on drawings or described in specifications. When temporary supports are used, ensure that sufficient rigidity is provided to prevent shifting or distortion of pipe. Install expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion and contraction movements. 3.3 PIPING - GENERAL A. Minimum bury. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, provide a minimum of three (3) feet earth cover over exterior buried piping systems and appurtenances conveying water, fluids, or solutions subject to freezing. 3.4 PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND UNITS A. Install piping in vertical and horizontal alignment as shown on drawings. Alignment of piping smaller than 4-inches may not be shown. However, install according to drawing intent and with ample clearance and allowance for: Expansion and contraction. 2. Operation and access to equipment, doors, windows, hoists, moving equipment. 3. Headroom and walking space for working areas and aisles. 4. Install vertical piping plumb and horizontal piping runs parallel with structure walls. B. Use methods of piping support as shown on the drawings and as required in Section 15141. Where pipes run parallel and as same elevation or grade, they may be grouped and supported from common trapeze-type hanger, provided hanger rods are increased in size as specified for total supported weight. The pipe in the group requiring the least maximum distance between supports shall set the distance between trapeze hangers. C. Locate and size sleeves required for piping system. Arrange for chases, recesses, inserts, or anchors at proper elevation and location. D. Install service piping to provide every plumbing fixture and equipment requiring potable water with suitable supply and soil or waste and vent connection as required by code. Consult manufacturer's data and large scale details of rooms containing plumbing fixtures before roughing in piping. Plug or cap piping immediately after installation. WTP 1 8 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 00992-0190 15060-4 E. Use reducing fittings throughout piping systems. Bushings will not be allowed unless specifically approved. F. Provide drain pans and piping from items of equipment where condensation may occur. Run drain piping to nearest floor drain or rainwater downspout. Condensate drain piping shall generally be 1-inch except where otherwise indicated. G. Soil, waste, vent and rainwater piping installation: Install horizontal soil or waste lines with fall to produce flow rate of 2 ft./sec or 1/8-inch/foot. Hold as close to construction as possible to maintain maximum headroom. Make changes of direction with 1/8 bends and junctions with wye fittings. Use short wye fittings in vertical pipe only. Install handhold test tee at base of each stack. Install cleanouts at deadends, at changes of direction, and at 50-foot intervals on horizontal runs. Where cleanouts occur in concealed spaces, provide with extensions to floors above or to wall as required. 2. Run vent stack parallel to each soil or waste stack to receive branch vents from fixtures. Each vent stack shall originate from soil or waste pipe at its base. Where possible, combine soil, waste, or vent stacks before passing through roof so as to minimize roof openings. Offset pipes running close to exterior walls away from such walls before passing through roof to permit proper flashing. Provide pipes passing through roofs with cast iron increases minimum of 12-inches below roof one size larger than pipe but in no case less than 4-inches. Terminate each vent with approved frostproof jacket. 3. Provide each vent pipe passing through roof with 4-lb sheet lead flashing consisting of 18 x 18-inch base with tubular vertical sleeve surrounding pipe with 1-inch minimum spacing and turning in 2-inches at top. Provide gasket seal between top and lead sleeve. 4. Carry vent stacks 4-inches and larger full size through roof. Extend vent stacks at least 12-inches above roofing. 5. Provide each roof drain with 4-lb sheet lead flashing 36 x 36-inch square clamped under flashing ring of drain. H. Potable or service water piping installation: Install drain tees with capped nipples of PIS brass 3-inches long at low points. If low points occur in concealed piping, provide approved flush access panel. These drains are not shown on drawings. 2. Slope water lines down to drain points not less than 1-inch in 60-feet. 3. Wherever threaded piping is installed, provide clean-cut tapered threads with ends thoroughly reamed after cutting to remove burrs. Pipe joint cement permitted only on external threads. For screwed nipples for WTP 1 8 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVA Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 00992-0190 15060-5 connections to flush valves, lavatory supplies, and other equipment with threaded connections use iron, copper, or brass pipe. 4. Install ball, butterfly, gate, check, and plug valves where indicated or required to adequately service all parts of system and equipment. Unless otherwise indicated, install valves on each branch serving restroom. Install valve on inlet and outlet connections of heat exchangers and on other equipment connected to water lines. 5. Install union between valves and connections to each piece of equipment and install sufficient number of unions throughout piping system to facilitate installation and servicing. On copper pipe line, install wrought copper solder-joint copper to copper unions for lines 2-inches and smaller; for lines 2-1/2-inches and over, install brass flange unions. 6. Construct and equip plumbing fixtures and equipment with anti-siphon devices as to entirely eliminate any danger of siphoning waste material into potable water supply system. 7. Where exposed pipes 6-inches in size and smaller pass through floors, finished walls, or finished ceilings, fit with nickel or chrome-plated plates large enough to close hole completely around pipes. Secure plates to pipe by set screw in approved manner. 8. Size supply branches to individual fixtures as scheduled or indicated on drawings. 9. Install piping so as to be free to expand with proper loops, anchors, and joints with injury to system or structure. 10. Provide branches to wall hydrants or hose bibbs in exterior location with interior shutoff and drain valves. 11. Provide approved type vacuum breaker installations indicated or as required by Code. 3.5 PIPING OUTSIDE BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES A. Install piping as shown on drawings with ample clearance and allowance for expansion or contraction. B. Install flexible joint within two (2) feet of point where pipe enters or leaves structure. Provide balance of piping with standard laying lengths and in accordance with drawings. 3.6 PIPE INTERSECTIONS WITH STRUCTURES AND UNITS A. Enter and exit through structure walls by using wall seals specified or as shown on drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 00992-0190 15060-6 3.7 EQUIPMENT PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Exercise care in bolting flanged joints so that there is no restraint on the opposite end of pipe or fitting which would prevent uniform gasket pressure at connection or would cause unnecessary stresses to be transmitted to equipment flanges. Where push-on joints are used in conjunction with flanged joints, final positioning of push-on joints shall not be made until flange joints have been tightened without strain. B. Tighten flange bolts at uniform rate which will result in uniform gasket compression over entire area of joint. Provide tightening torque in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Support and match flange face to uniform contact over their entire face area prior to installation of any bolt between the piping flange and equipment connecting flange. D. Permit piping connecting to equipment to move freely in directions parallel to longitudinal centerline when and while bolts in connection flange are tightened. Align, level, and wedge equipment into place during fitting and alignment of connecting piping. Grout equipment into place prior to final bolting of piping but not before initial fitting and alignment. To provide maximum flexibility and ease of alignment, assemble connecting piping with gaskets in place and minimum of four (4) bolts per joint installed and tightened. Test alignment by loosening flange bolts to see if there is any change in relationship of piping flange with equipment connecting flange. Realign as necessary, install flange bolts, and make equipment connection. E. Provide utility connections to equipment shown on drawings, scheduled or specified. F. Obtain rough-in data from approved shop drawings on equipment. Obtain rough- in data for relocating existing equipment and coordinate with Owner. G. Unless otherwise specified, make piping connections to equipment, including but not limited to installation of brass and fittings, strainers, pressure-reducing valves, flow control valves, and relief valves provided with or as an integral part of equipment. H. Furnish and install sinks, brass, fittings, strainers, pressure-reducing valves, flow control valves, pressure relief valves, and shock absorbers which are not specified to be provided with or an integral part of equipment. For each potable or service water supply piping connection to equipment, furnish and install union and gate or angle valve. Minimum size to be 1/2-inch. J. Furnish and install "P" trap for each waste piping connection to equipment if waste is connected directly to building sewer system. Size trap as required by Plumbing Code. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section IVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-7 K. Stub piping for equipment, sinks, lavatories, supply and drain fittings, key stops, "P" traps, miscellaneous traps, and miscellaneous brass through wall or floor and cap and protect until such time when later installation is performed. Run piping mains and branches in laboratory benches, built-in counters, and cabinet work if acceptable to Construction Manager. 3.8 ANCHORAGE AND BLOCKING A. Block, anchor, or harness exposed piping subjected to internal pressure, in which mechanical, push-on, flexible, or similar joints are installed to prevent separation of joints. B. Provide reaction blocking, anchors, joint harnesses, or other acceptable means for preventing movement of piping caused by internal pressure in buried piping tees, wye branches, plugs, or bends. C. Place concrete blocking so that it extends from fitting into solid undisturbed earth wall. Concrete blocks shall not cover pipe joints. Provide bearing area of concrete in accordance with drawing detail. In event that adequate support cannot be achieved against undisturbed soil, install restrained piping joints. D. Provide reaction blocking, anchorages, or other supports for fittings as shown on drawings for piping installed in fills, unstable ground, above grade, or exposed within structures. 3.9 CLEANING A. General: Clean interior of piping systems thoroughly before installing. Maintain pipe in clean condition during installation, 2. Before jointing pipe, thoroughly clean and wipe joint contact surfaces and then properly dress and make joint. 3. Immediately prior to pressure testing, clean and remove grease, metal cuttings, dirt, or other foreign materials which may have entered the system. 4. At completion of work and prior to final acceptance, thoroughly clean work installed under these specifications. Clean equipment, fixtures, pipe, valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of system, from testing or from other causes. Repair any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of building, its finish, or furnishings, due to failure to properly clean piping system, without cost to Owner. 3.10 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. General: WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section lVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-8 Upon completion of piping, but prior to application of insulation on exposed piping, test all piping systems. Utilize pressures, media and pressure test duration at specified on piping specification sheets. Isolate equipment which may be damaged by the specified pressure test conditions. Perform pressure test using calibrated pressure gages and calibrated volumetric measuring equipment to determine leakage rates. Select each gage so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the gage's range. Notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to each test. 2. Unless otherwise specified, completely assemble and test new piping systems prior to connection to existing pipe systems. 3. Acknowledge satisfactory performance of tests and inspections in writing to Engineer prior to final acceptance. 4. Provide all necessary equipment and perform all work required in connection with the tests and inspections. 5. Bear the cost of all testing and inspecting, locating and remedying of leaks and any necessary retesting and re-examination. 3.11 LOCATION OF BURIED OBSTACLES A. Furnish exact location of buried utilities encountered and any below grade structures. Reference items to definitive reference point locations such as found property corners, entrances to buildings, existing structure lines, fire hydrants, and related fixed structures. Include such information as location, elevation, coverage, supports, and additional pertinent information which will be required by future contractors for replacement servicing, or adjacent construction around any buried facility. B. Incorporate information to "As-Recorded" drawings. 3.12 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Insulating joints. Provide insulating joints where dissimilar metals are joined together and where specifically indicated on drawings. Type of joint shall be as detailed and in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Insulating flanges. Provide each unit to consist of flat-faced rubber gaskets. 2. Insulating unions. Provide "dielectric" union by Epco or equal. 3. Insulating couplings. When joining larger diameter dissimilar metal pipe, use insulating coupling equal to Rockwell No. 416, Dresser Style 39, or equal. When pipes have different outside diameters, use insulating reducing couplings equal to Rockwell No. 417, Dresser Style 39-62, or equal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section IVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-9 B. Dirt strainers: 1. Provide Y-type strainers to locations shown on drawings and/or scheduled. 2. Furnish composition bronze strainers rated for 150 psi working pressure at 4501F. Provide a 20-mesh monel screen. Install a threaded bronze plug in the blowoff outlet. Furnish threaded NPT end connections. 3. Subject to compliance with these specifications, furnish Mueller No. 351 strainers or equal. _ C. Welding: 1. Have each welding operator affix an assigned symbol to all his welds. Mark each longitudinal joint at the extent of each operator's welding. Mark each circumferential joint, nozzle, or other weld in two places 180°F apart. 2. Use only certified welders meeting procedures and performance outlined in Section 9 of the ASME other codes and requirements per local building and utility requirements. 3. Have all welds conform to highest industrial practice in accordance with ANSI B31.3 and ANSI B31.1 or other codes and requirements per local building and utility requirements. D. Protective coatings and linings: 1. Where coatings, linings, paint, tests and other items qualified in applications of service are stated, pipe and fittings shall be included in referenced conditions. 2. Where specified, galvanize surface in accordance with hot-dip method using any grade of zinc acceptable to ASTM B6. 3. Where specified, field paint pipe in accordance with Section 09900. E. Underground alarming tape. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3- inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6-inch wide tape as follows: Film Legend Film Color Raw water line below Olive Green 1. Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 24-inches below final grade. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 00992-0190 Section IVa Pipe and Pipe Fittings - General Statement 15060-10 SECTION 15061 - STEEL PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing stainless, galvanized, and black carbon steel pipe, fittings and appurtenances for interior and exterior use above and belowground as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer shall design and fabricate the pipe and fittings to conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C200 for combination internal design pressure and surge allowance of 200 psig. Design stress in the pipe wall under these conditions shall not exceed fifty percent of the minimum yield point of the steel. Minimum wall thickness shall not be less than that shown in AWWA M11, Steel Pipe, A Guide for Design and Installation; for the sizes and spans shown for steel pipe on concrete supports. B. Fittings for steel pipe shall be fabricated to the dimensions shown in ANSI/AWWA C208. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Certificates of Compliance with specified requirements. Obtain shop drawings for fabrication and installation. After verifying details and dimensions provide three sets of final drawings and installation instructions to Owner's Representative for use in observing installation and for record purposes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE FOR MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Pipe 3-inches and smaller shall conform to ASTM A-312, Grade TP 304L. Pipe sizes and wall thickness shall conform to ANSI B36.19 as follows: 1. 1-inch and smaller Schedule 80S 2. 1-1/4-inches through 3-inches Schedule 40S B. Fittings 3-inches and smaller shall be threaded conforming to ASTM A 403, Class WP. 2.2 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE A. Galvanized steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Al 20 or ASTM A53 for Schedule 40 pipe. B. Fittings for use with galvanized steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Al 81. They shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al 23. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Steel Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15061-1 C. Galvanized steel pipe nipples shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A733. 2.3 BLACK CARBON STEEL (BCS) PIPE FOR MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Black Carbon Steel Pipe, Schedule 40, %" thru 4", with welded connections. B. Materials: 1. Pipe, W through 4", Schedule 40, carbon steel, electric-welded seam or seamless, butt-weld ends. 2. Fittings, Y2" through 4", 150 lb, malleable iron, banded, butt weld ends. 3. Branches, %" through 3", standard weight, forged steel, welding outlet fittings/butt weld ends. 4. Flanges, %" through 4", Class 150, forged steel, raised face (or faced to match equipment), butt weld ends. 5. Gaskets, 1/16" thick, compressed asbestos. 6. Bolts and Nuts, Carbon steel, hex-head bolts, heavy, semi-finished, cold- punched hex nuts. C. Specifications: Material Dimensional Specifications ASTM ANSI (MSS) Pipe A53, Tp E or S B36.10 Fittings A197 B16.3 Branches Al 05 -------- Flanges Al 05 B16.5 Gaskets -------- B16.21 Bolts and Nuts A307, Gr B B18.2.1, B18.2.2 Bolt Length -------- 816.5 Bolt Threads -------- B1.1 D. Black Carbon Steel Pipe for Surface Casing - Schedule 10. 2.4 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE FOR DROP PIPE AND DISCHARGE HEAD ASSEMBLY A. Pipe 3 inches to 5 inches in diameter shall conform to ASTM A-312, Grade TP 316 L. B. Pipe thickness shall conform to ANSI B 36.19 and shall be Schedule 40S. C. Fittings 3 inches to 5 inches shall be 2,000 Ibs, wrought stainless steel, butt- weld, flanged or threaded (NPT). WTP 1 & 3 Welifie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-U7' Steel Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15061-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect for defects, damage, dirt and debris in pipe. Clean if necessary. Discard and remove defective materials. Reject pipe found unsatisfactory. 3.2 WELDING A. Certified welders providing proof of certification will be required. Welding technique shall be heliarc with an argon purge with no x-ray testing of the welds. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install pipes in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Provide supports to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. B. Threaded joints shall have American National Standard Taper Threads conforming to the requirements of ANSI B2.1. Pipe ends shall be reamed out to full size of bore. All burrs and chips shall be removed. Pipe joint cement or paint shall be applied only to the male ends of pipe and joints securely tightened. C. Welded joints shall be made in conformance with the requirements of AWWA C206, Standard for Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe. D. Flanged joints shall be installed so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket and then are made up with relatively uniform bolt stress. E. Coupling Joints. Pipe ends shall be sufficiently smooth to allow making a water tight joint with the mechanical type couplings specified. The couplings shall be installed, assembled and tightened in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 TESTING A. Testing of completed pipelines shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01660 of this Specification. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Steel Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15061-3 SECTION 15062 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL. 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged joint, mechanical joint, push-on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe and/or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings for raw water mains, complete, as shown on the project drawings. B. The Contractor shall coordinate all deliveries with the related Vendor(s) in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the Engineer, within ten days after receipt of individual Notice to Proceed, a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings. B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor. C. Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall include dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Engineer, the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of the Specifications. E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a manner not to impede construction on individual projects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe shall be supplied in lengths not in excess of 21-feet. Buried pipe 4 to 12 inches in diameter shall have mechanical joint fittings. Pipe 14-inches and greater in diameter shall be mechanical joint or rubber-ring type push-on joint as manufactured by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15062-1 Company, Clow-McWane-Tyton, Griffin or approved equal. Push-on and mechanical joints shall be restrained to the lengths of straight pipe as shown in the piping details on the drawings for all bends, tees, and dead ends. Restraints shall be Megalug by EBAA Iron, Romac, American Ductile Iron Pipe's Fast Grip Gasket, U.S. Pipe's Field Lok Gasket, or equal B. Fittings shall have a pressure rating of 250 psi, shall be ductile iron, and shall meet the requirements of AWWA C110. Gaskets shall be EPDM (Ethylene- Propylene Dine Monomer) such as the "Fastite Gasket" of American Ductile Iron Pipe Co., conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11., or approved equal. C. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for raw water shall be lined with cement lining and a 1 mil thick bituminous seal coat. D. Flanged ductile-iron pipe for above ground piping shall conform to current ANSI A21.15/AWWA C115 with factory applied screwed long hub flanges except as otherwise specified hereinafter. Flanges shall be faced and drilled after being screwed on the pipe with flanges true to 90 degrees with the pipe axis and shall be flush with end of pipe conforming to ANSI B16.1, 125 pounds standard. E. Mechanical joint fittings may be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. The working pressure rating for the fittings shall be 350 PSI. The fittings shall be lined on the inside and coated on the outside with a fusion bonded epoxy in accordance with ANSI/NSF Standard 61. F. Flanged fittings shall be ductile as specified herein. Flanges and flanged fittings shall be flat face and shall conform to ANSI A21.10 for 250 psi pressure rating. Full face type 1/16-inch thick rubber ring gaskets shall conform to AWWA C111. G. Buried pipe shall be Pressure Class 350 for 4 to 12 inches diameter, Pressure Class 250 for 14 to 20 inches diameter, Pressure Class 200 for 24 inches diameter and Pressure Class 150 for 30 to 64 inches diameter. Flanged or other unburied pipe shall be minimum thickness Class 53. H. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either push-on, mechanical, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 1. Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust inhibitive Primer or approved equal. All other pipe and fittings shall be shop coated on the outside with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces shall be sealed with a non-bleeding sealer coat such as Inertol Tar Strop, or Mobil Anti-Bleeding Aluminum Sealer. Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section. J. Bolts and nuts on flanged fittings shall be Grade B, ASTM A-307, cadmium plated and conform to ANSI B16.1 for Class 125. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 15062-2 K. All buried ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a 4-mil thick cross laminated high density polyethylene encasement or an 8-mil thick polyethylene encasement per ANSI A21.5/AWWA C105. Color of encasement shall be in accordance with requirements based on the service type of the pipe as listed in Section 09900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer test just prior to being installed. C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Valve-operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either structure. C. Trench Construction: 1. Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for only as far as necessary to allow proper pipe installation. The width of the trench at the top of the pipe shall be ample to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and allow the backfill to be placed as specified. 2. Bedding shall be provided and compacted in accordance with the Trench Details on the Drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfreld Expansion Phase 9 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim 8 Creed Project #. 0992-0190 95062-3 3. Holes for the bells shall be provided at each joint but shall not be larger than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the pipe barrel will lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted previously, the trench bottom shall be true and even in order to provide support for the full length of the pipe barrel, except that slight depression may be provided to allow withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting-tackle. 4. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed to provide a clearance of at least 6-inches below and on each side of all pipe, valves, and fittings for pipe sizes 24-inches or smaller, and 9-inches for pipe 30- inches and larger. When excavation is completed, a bed of sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from stones, large clods, or frozen earth shall be placed on the bottom of the trench to the previously mentioned depths, leveled, and tamped. These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris or subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or foundations that may be encountered during excavation. 5. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations containing loose boulders greater than 8 inches in, diameter are encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be maintained between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and any part, projection, or point of rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient size and placement which, in the opinion of the Engineer could cause fulcrum point. 6. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation, the trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support equal to that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory requirements in a manner that will prevent damage to the existing installation. 7. When the subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, organic material, or other unsuitable material, such material shall be removed, to a minimum of at least 3-inches, or to the depth ordered by the Engineer and replaced under the directions of the Engineer with clean, stable backfill material. The bedding shall be consolidated and leveled in order that the pipe may be installed as specified. 8. When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist of material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of the Engineer it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and/or appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or other materials at the direction of the Engineer. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the pipe. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15062-4 B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the engineer who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials. C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand, grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid. D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. F. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Owner's Representative. When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the trench fill with water. G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be exceeded. H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the Manufacturers instructions and the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in ANSI/AWWA C600. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground smooth and for push-on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled. K. Thrust Restraint: 1. All pipe joints, plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by attaching metal tie rods or providing restrained joints as specified. 2. Thrust-restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure of the line. 3. Restrained mechanical joints utilizing gaskets with stainless steel restraining elements, welded-on retainer rings, split retainer rings, setscrew retainer glands, or metal harness and tie rods shall be used in place of concrete. Tie rods or other components of dissimilar metal shall WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15062-5 be protected against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous coating or by encasement of the entire assembly with 8-mil thick, loose polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105. 3.4 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with relatively uniform stress. 3.5 TESTING A. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage test shall conform with Section 4 of AWWA C600 Specification with the exception that the Contractor shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to test the line. B. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure test shall be 150 psi. The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure of 150 psi. Corporation cocks at least 3/4- inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle'globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead-end in order to bleed air from the line. Duration of pressure test shall be at least one hour. The cost of. these items shall be included as a part of testing. C. The leakage test may be conducted at the same time as the pressure test, and shall be of not less than one hour duration. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, valves and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe lines shall be tested in such sections as may be required. The line shall be filled with water and all air removed and the test pressure shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a booster pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall be provided for measuring the water required to maintain this pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. D. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA C600 Standards for all pressure tests. No pipe installation shall be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the following formula: L = SD(P)1/2 133,200- L = Leakage in gallons per hour S = Length of pipe in feet D = Nominal diameter in inches P = Pressure in psi * Note: If 20-foot pipe lengths are used, factor to be 148,000 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 177 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15062-6 3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be painted with a prime coat as specified in Paragraph 2.1.1. Surface preparation and shop priming is a part of the work of this Section. It shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the Engineer in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Welifleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15062-7 SECTION 15063 - PVC PIPE WITH COUPLINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL DRILLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This specification covers Poly-Vinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe, in nominal sizes 4" - 12", installed by directional drilling. Pipe is intended for use as a pressure-rated potable-water delivery system. 1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D1784: Standard Specification for Rigid PVC Compounds and Chlorinated PVC Compounds. 2. ASTM D2837: Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials 3. ASTM D3139: Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals 4. ASTM F477: Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe 5. ASTM F1417: Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air B. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 1. AWWA C605: Standard for Underground Installation of PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water 2. AWWA C900: Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12" for Water Distribution 3: AWWA C905: Standard for PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, Greater than 12", for Water Distribution C. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 1. NSF14: Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials 2. NSF61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects W7P 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15063-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Products delivered under this specification shall be manufactured only from water distribution pipe and couplings conforming to AWWA C900. Restrained joint pipe shall meet all performance requirements of AWWA C900. B. The joints for PVC pipe shall be rubber ring type consisting of integral, thickened, solid wall bells which maintain the same standard dimension ratio as the pipe barrel. Joint lubrication shall be as furnished by the manufacturer of the pipe and joints made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2.2 APPROVALS A. Restrained joint PVC pipe products used in directional drilling applications shall have been tested and approved by an independent third-party laboratory for continuous use at rated pressures. Copies of Agency approvals or product listings shall be provided to the Engineer. Products intended for contact with potable water shall be evaluated, tested, and certified for conformance with NSF Standard 61, or the health effects portion of NSF Standard 14, by an acceptable certifying organization, when required by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction. 2.3 RESTRAINED JOINT PVC PIPE AND COUPLINGS (DIRECTIONAL DRILLING) A. PVC Pipe and Couplings shall be made from unplasticized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454-B, as defined in ASTM D1784. All compounds shall qualify for a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4F, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837. Blue pipe shall be supplied for the potable water system, purple pipe shall be supplied for the reclaimed water system and white pipe shall be supplied for the raw water system. B. Nominal outside diameters and wall thickness of PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900. PVC pipe shall be furnished in sizes 4" (Class 200, DR-14) and 6", 8", 10" and 12" (Class 150, DR-18). Pipe shall be furnished in standard laying lengths of 20 ft. + 1 in. C. PVC pipe used in directional drilling shall be joined using non-metallic restrained- joint Couplings. Pipe and Couplings shall be designed as an integral system and shall be provided by a single manufacturer for maximum reliability and interchangeability. Pipe and Couplings shall be joined using high-strength flexible plastic splines inserted into mating precision-machined grooves, which align when the pipe is fully inserted, providing a full 3600 restraint with evenly distributed loading. No external pipe-to-pipe restraining devices which clamp onto or otherwise damage the pipe surface as a result of point-loading shall be permitted. D. Couplings shall be designed for use at the rated pressures of the pipe with which they are utilized, and shall incorporate twin elastomeric sealing gaskets meeting WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 15063-2 the requirements of ASTM F477. Assembled joints shall meet the leakage test requirements of ASTM D3139. E. Allowable axial jacking load information shall be supplied by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall utilize appropriate instrumentation to insure that these loads are never exceeded. Only experienced personnel shall be used to install pipe. Coupling edges shall be beveled to reduce drag force when pipe is installed by directional drilling. Assembly of joints shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. F. Manufacturer: Certainteed Certa-Lok C-900/RJ PVC Pipe, or approved equal. 2.4 RESTRAINED JOINTS A. Thrust restraint for buried piping shall be provided by restrained joints at valves, tees, bends, and other fittings for Certa-Lok C-900/RJ pipe. B. Restrained Joints. Restrained joints for use with PVC pipe shall consist of retainer glands fabricated of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The gland shall be such that it can replace the standard mechanical joint gland and can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111 and ANSI/AWWA A21-53/C153. The retainer glands shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the PVC pipe on which it is used. C. PVC push-on joints adjacent to restrained fittings shall be restrained using harness restraint devices. This harness restraint shall be split to enable installation of the restraint after the spigot has been installed into the bell. The restraint shall consist of a split ring that fits behind the bell, a split restraint ring that installs on the spigot and a number of tie bars to connect the other two parts. Restraint components shall be of ductile-iron conforming to ASTM A536. The restraint ring shall consist of a plurality of individually activated gripping surfaces to hold the spigot and maximize restraint capability. D. Twist off nuts, sized same as the tee-head bolts shall be used to insure proper actuating of restraining devices. E. Equivalent Restrained Joints may be used at valves, tees, bends, and other fittings in lieu of the restrained joint mechanical gland adaptors for Certa-Lok C- 900/RJ pipe or Push-on Joint PVC pipe. Manufacturers and Models 1. Megalug by EBAA Iron 2. Romac 3. Or approved Equal 2.5 COMPACT DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS A. Fittings for bends, tees, etc., shall be compact ductile iron fittings as specified in Section 15062 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2.6 WORKMANSHIP: A. Workmanship shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C-900. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15063-3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS A. The installation of PVC pipe shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. Install all PVC pipe, excluding service mains, with solid or stranded tracer wire of the type specified. Provide polyethylene encasement for fittings in accordance with ANSIJAWWA C105. B. The annular space between the pipe and bore hole shall be filled with an appropriate material to support and stabilize the pipe. If pressure grouting is used, caution should be exercised to insure that excess grout pressure does not distort or collapse the pipe. C. Pipe shall be installed in a manner that will insure that external loads will not subsequently cause a decrease of more than five percent in the vertical cross- section dimension. When changes in direction are necessary, these shall be accomplished gradually such that the ratio of bend radius to nominal pipe size is not less than 300. D.- The Contractor shall supply one (1) new power routing tool for grooving the 4", 6", and 8" PVC pipe to the City of Clearwater after construction is completed. E. All PVC pipe shall be installed with solid or stranded tracer wire and underground alarming tape of the type specified. 3.2 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING A. All mains and distribution lines shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water used for pigging and flushing without causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Flushing water used by the Contractor shall be taken from an approved metered source. The water utility will provide the meter and designate the source. Flushing water shall be at the Contractor's expense. C. The cleaning of the new piping system shall be accomplished by the controlled and pressurized passage of a series, of hydraulic or pneumatic polyurethane plugs of varying dimensions coatings, and densities; which shall be selected by the pipe cleaning Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a means to enter the pig into the system, control and regulate flow, monitor flows and pressures, and to remove the pig from the system. The Contractor shall maintain a constant surveillance of the system and immediately report to the proper authority any in- line problems encountered or any malfunctions discovered in the piping system. A record of pig models, sizes, styles, and other pertinent information shall be kept by the Contractor and turned over to the Owner. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proeect #: 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 95063-4 3.3 TESTING AND LEAKAGE A. Hydrostatic Tests - General The piping shall be tested between valved sections to a maximum length of 2,000 feet immediately after installation has been completed. 2. In testing, the part of the system under test shall be filled with water and subjected to a sustained pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The piping shall be tested in sections, thereby, testing each valve for secure closure. While the system is being tilled with water, air shall be carefully and completely exhausted. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the Contractor shall install corporation stops or fittings and valves at such points so the air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water. 3. Test pressure shall be maintained at 150 psi by pumping for a minimum of two (2) hours and until all sections under test have been checked for evidence of leakage. The test pressure shall not vary by more than +5 psi for the duration of the test. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance with AWWA C605 Standards for all pressure pipe. No pipe installation shall be accepted if the leakage is grater than that determined by the following formula. L = ND(P) 7,400 L = Leakage in gallons per hour N= Number of joints in pipeline tested D = Nominal diameter in inches P = Average Test Pressure in psi 4. Visible leaks shall be corrected regardless of total leakage shown by test. Testing shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard C605 Section 7. NOTE: TEST DURATION SHALL BE AT LEAST TWO HOURS. 5. All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed and operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and leakage testing shall be done in the presence of a representative of the Engineer and City. 6. Water for testing and flushing shall be provided by the Contractor as described in Section 02071, Paragraph 3.5.A. 7. If the contractor elects to perform hydrostatic testing against valves in an existing distribution system, he does so at his own risk and will bear the cost of any damages to the existing valve, piping system, private or public property, or the new pipeline under test. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15063-5 8. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater 48 hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 3.4 DISINFECTION A. See Section 15120 - Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination. END OF SECTION WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT PVC Pipe with Couplings for Directional Drilling McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15063-6 SECTION 15064 - PVC COLUMN PIPE AND WELL CASING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing plastic PVC pipe and fittings for use as well casing and column pipe (i.e. drop pipe) within the groundwater wells, as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing fabrication of piping to fit equipment, valves and fittings to be used. Indicate gasket and joint allowances, working clearance necessary and supports required. B. Submit certificate from manufacturer showing compliance with specified standards. Inspect for defects and damage at delivery. 1.3 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) A. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specifications for Rigid PVC Compounds and Chlorinated PVC Compounds. B. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. C. ASTM D2837 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials. D. ASTM F480 - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Well Casing Pipe and Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Ratios (SDR) and Schedules 40 and 80. 1.4 NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION (NSF) A. NSF14 - Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials B. NSF61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe and couplings shall be made from unplasticized PVC compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454, as defined in ASTM D1784. The compound shall qualify for a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) of 4000 psi for water at 73.4 Deg. F, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837. White pipe shall be supplied, unless otherwise agreed upon at time of purchase. B. Pipe shall be Certa-Lok PVC Drop Pipe for column pipe and standard well drilling and construction. WT P 1 & 3 Wellfreld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT PVC Column Pipe and Well Casing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 150641 C. Certa-Lok PVC Drop Pipe shall have PVC couplings with precision-machined, self-aligning grooves, flexible splines, flexible elastomeric gaskets, and stainless steel torque control screws. D. Certa-Lok PVC Well Casing Pipe, 4 to 8-inches in diameter shall have an integral bell joint with precision-machined, self-aligning grooves, flexible splines, and flexible elastomeric gaskets. Certa-Lok PVC Well casing Pipe, 10 to 16-inches in diameter shall have PVC couplings with precision-machined, self-aligning grooves, flexible spines, and flexible elastomeric gasksets. E. All PVC Drop Pipe shall meet the performance requirements of ASTM D 1785 for Schedule 80 PVC pipe. F. PVC Well Casing Pipe, 4-inches in diameter, shall be Schedule 40. PVC Well Casing Pipe, 6 to 16-inches in diameter shall have a standard dimension ratio of SDR 17. G. The PVC well screen shall be Schedule 40 PVC Well Casing Pipe with slots having a 0.010-inch slot width. 2.2 APPROVALS A. Products intended for contact with potable water shall be evaluated, tested, and certified for conformance with NSF61, or the health effects portion of NSF14, by an acceptable certifying organization, when required by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction. 2.3 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standard pipe laying length is 20 ft, although 10 ft long joints may also be supplied, if available. Nominal drop pipe diameter shall be selected based on required flow rate, total dynamic head, pump weight, and setting depth/pumping level, utilizing manufacturer-supplied guidelines on allowable tensile loading, pressure, and torque limitations. 2.4 JOINTS A. Pipe shall be joined using a spline lock joint. High-strength, acid-resistant, flexible thermoplastic splines shall be inserted into matching precision-machined grooves to provide full 360 deg. restraint with evenly distributed loading. No external pipe-to-pipe restraining devices which clamp onto or otherwise damage the pipe surface as a result of point-loading shall be permitted. The joining system shall incorporate electrometric sealing gaskets which are designed to provide a watertight seal. Note that this specification does not cover pipe with threaded joints. 2.5 ADAPTERS A. Drop pipe shall be joined to pumps, check valves, pit-less adapters, or other components using a Stainless Steel Drop Pipe Adapter provided by the same WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT PVC Column Pipe and Well Casing McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15064-2 manufacturer as provides the drop pipe, and which utilizes the same spline lock joint as used on the drop pipe. 2.6 MARKING A. PVC Drop pipe and well casing pipe shall be legibly and permanently marked in ink with the following information: Manufacturer and Trade Name • Nominal Size and SCH or SDR Rating • Manufacturing Date Code (NSF-61) 2.7 WORKMANSHIP A. Pipe and couplings shall be homogeneous throughout and free from visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, blisters and dents, interior roughness, and other injurious defects that may affect wall integrity. The pipe and couplings shall be as uniform as commercially practicable in color, opacity, density, and other physical characteristics. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation of PVC drop pipe and well casing pipe shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's procedures and recommendations. Prior to installation, drop pipe shall be visually inspected to ensure there is no dirt or foreign matter in the pipe, and any such material which is found shall be removed before installation. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT PVC Column Pipe and Well Casing McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 150643 SECTION 15065 - FUSIBLE PVC PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Scope: 1. This section specifies fusible polyvinylchloride pipe, including standards for dimensionality, testing, quality, acceptable fusion practice, safe handling and storage. B. Pipe Description Pipe Supplier shall furnish fusible polyvinylchloride pipe conforming to all applicable standards and procedures, and meeting all applicable testing and material properties as described by those standards or within this specification. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail 2. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of construction. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued 3. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron ANSI/AWWA Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch, for Water and Other Liquids C110/A21.10 ANSI/AWWA American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile- C111/A21.11 Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C605 Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains WTP 1 & 3 We/lfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project #. 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15065-1 Reference Title AWWA C900 Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 in. through 12 in. (100mm through 300mm), for Water Distribution AWWA C905 Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 in. through 48 in. (350mm-1200mm), for Water Distribution AWWA M23 AWWA Manual of Supply Practices PVC Pipe-Design and Installation, Second Edition ASTM C923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals ASTM D1784 Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Test Method for Degree of Fusion of Extruded ASTM D2152 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Molded Fittings by Acetone Immersion ASTM D2241 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) ASTM D2665 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F1057 Standard Practice for Estimating the Quality of Extruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe by the Heat Reversion Technique ASTM F1417 Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air UNI-PUB-6 Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe UNI-PUB-8 Recommended Practice for the Direct Tapping of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Water Pipe (Nominal Diameters 6-12 Inch) NSF-14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials NSF-61 Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects PPI TR-2 PVC Range Composition Listing of Qualified Ingredients WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Cleawater Project M 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15065-2 B. Manufacturer Requirements Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be tested at the extrusion facility for properties required to meet all applicable parameters as outlined in either AWWA C900, AWWA C905, applicable sections of ASTM D2241, ASTM D3034, or ASTM F679 . Testing priority shall be in conformance with AWWA C900 and AWWA C905, except for pipe made to the ASTM D3034 or ASTM F679 standards, which shall be tested to those standards. All piping shall be made from a PVC compound conforming to cell classification 12454 per ASTM D178. C. Fusion Technician Requirements Fusion Technician shall be fully qualified by the pipe supplier to install fusible polyvinylchloride pipe of the type(s) and size(s) being used. Qualification shall be current as of the actual date of fusion performance on the project. D. Specified Pipe Suppliers Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be used as manufactured under the trade names Fusible C-9000, Fusible C-9050, and FPVCTM, for Underground Solutions, Inc., Poway, CA, (858) 679-9551. Fusion process shall be as patented by Underground Solutions, Inc., Poway, CA, Patent No. 6,982,051 or approved equal. E. Pre-construction Submittals The following product data is required from the pipe supplier and/or fusion provider: a) Name of the pipe manufacturer and a list of the materials to be provided by manufacturer. This will include: 1) Pipe Size 2) Dimensionality 3) Pressure Class per applicable standard 4) Color . 5) Recommended Minimum Bending Radius 6) Recommended Maximum Safe Pull Force b) Pipe and fusion joint warranty information. C) Written procedural documentation for piping products including proper handling and storage, installation, tapping, and testing. d) Fusion technician qualification indicating conformance with this specification. F. Post-construction Submittals The following AS-RECORDED DATA is required from the contractor and/or fusion provider upon request: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of C/eawater Project #: 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15065-3 a) Fusion report for each fusion joint performed on the project, including joints that were rejected. Specific requirements of the Fusion Technician's joint report shall include: 1) Pipe Size and Thickness 2) Machine Size 3) Fusion Technician Identification 4) Job Identification 5) Fusion Number 6) Fusion, Heating, and Drag Pressure Settings 7) Heat Plate Temperature 8) Time Stamp 9) Heating and Cool Down Time of Fusion 10) Ambient Temperature PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE POLYVINYLC H LORI DE PRESSURE PIPE FOR RAW WATER A. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall conform to AWWA C900 or AWWA C905, and/or ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785 for IPS standard dimensions if applicable. Testing shall be in accordance with AWWA standards for all pipe types. B. Rework material shall be allowed per AWWA C900 and AWWA C905 standards. C. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be extruded with plain ends. The ends shall be square to the pipe and free of any bevel or chamfer. There shall be no bell or gasket of any kind incorporated into the pipe. D. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be manufactured in a standard 20', 30' or 40' nominal length. E. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall be blue in color for potable water use. F. Pipe generally shall be marked per AWWA C900 or AWWA C905, and shall include as a minimum: 1. Nominal pipe size 2. PVC 3. Dimension Ratio, Standard Dimension Ratio or Schedule 4. AWWA pressure class or standard pressure rating for non-AWWA pipe 5. AWWA Standard designation number or pipe type for non-AWWA pipe 6. NSF-61 mark verifying suitability for potable water service 7. Inscribed "Raw Water Main" in olive green stenciling 8. Extrusion production-record code 9. Trademark or trade name 10. Cell Classification 12454 and/or PVC material code 1120 may also be included G. Pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Cleawater Project #: 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15065-4 2.2 FUSION JOINTS A. Unless otherwise specified, fusible polyvinylchloride pipe lengths shall be assembled in the field with butt-fused joints. The Contractor shall follow the pipe supplier's written instructions for this procedure. All fusion joints shall be completed as described in this specification. 2.3 CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS FOR PRESSURE APPLICATIONS A. Connections shall be defined in conjunction with the coupling of project piping, as well as the tie-ins to other piping systems. B. Ductile Iron Mechanical and Flanged Fittings Acceptable fittings for use with fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall include standard ductile iron fittings conforming to AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 and AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 1. Connections to fusible polyvinylchloride pipe may be made using a restrained or non-restrained retainer gland product for PVC pipe, as well as for MJ or flanged fittings. 2. Bends, tees and other ductile iron fittings shall be restrained with the use of thrust blocking or other means as indicated in the construction documents. 3. Ductile iron fittings and glands must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. PVC Gasketed, Push-on Fittings Acceptable fittings for use with fusible polyvinylchloride pipe shall include standard PVC pressure fittings conforming to AWWA C900 or AWWA C905. 1. Acceptable fittings for use joining fusible polyvinylchloride pipe other sections of fusible polyvinylchloride pipe or other sections of PVC pipe shall include gasketed PVC, push-on type couplings and fittings, including bends, tees, and couplings as shown in the drawings. 2. Bends, tees and other PVC fittings shall be restrained with the use of thrust blocking or other restraint products as indicated in the construction documents. 3. PVC gasketed, push-on fittings and mechanical restraints, if used, must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Sleeve-type Couplings Sleeve-type mechanical couplings shall be manufactured for use with PVC pressure pipe, and may be restrained or unrestrained as indicated in the construction documents. 2. Sleeve-type couplings shall be rated at the same or greater pressure carrying capacity as the pipe itself. WTP 1 B 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project #: 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15065-5 E. Expansion and Flexible Couplings Expansion-type mechanical couplings shall be manufactured for use with PVC pipe, and may be restrained or unrestrained as indicated in the construction documents. 2. Expansion-type mechanical couplings shall be rated at the same or greater pressure carrying capacity as the pipe itself. F. Connection Hardware Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of non-corrosive, high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, regardless of any other protective coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERY AND OFF-LOADING A. All pipe shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate protection of the ends during transportation to the site. Any pipe damaged in shipment shall be replaced as directed by the Owner or Engineer. B. Each pipe shipment should be inspected prior to unloading to see if the load has shifted or otherwise been damaged. Notify Owner or Engineer immediately if more than immaterial damage is found. Each pipe shipment should be checked for quantity and proper pipe size, color and type. C. Pipe should be loaded, off-loaded, and otherwise handled in accordance with AWWA M23, and all pipe supplier's instructions and recommendations shall be followed. D. Off-loading devices such as chains, wire rope, chokers, or other pipe handling implements that may scratch, nick, cut, or gouge the pipe are strictly prohibited. E. During removal and handling, be sure that the pipe does not strike anything. Significant impact could cause damage, particularly during cold weather. F. If appropriate unloading equipment is not available, pipe may be unloaded by removing individual pieces. Care should be taken to insure that pipe is not dropped or damaged. Pipe should be carefully lowered, not dropped, from trucks. 3.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Any length of pipe showing a crack or which has received a blow that may have caused an incident fracture, even though no such fracture can be seen, shall be marked as rejected and removed at once from the work. Damaged areas, or possible areas of damage may be removed by cutting out and removing the suspected incident fracture area. Limits of the acceptable length of pipe shall be determined by the Owner or Engineer. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project #. 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 15065-6 B. Any scratch or gouge greater than 10% of the wall thickness will be considered significant and can be rejected unless determined acceptable by the Owner or Engineer. C. Pipe lengths should be stored and placed on level ground. Pipe should be stored at the job site in the unit packaging provided by the manufacturer. Caution should be exercised to avoid compression, damage, or deformation to the ends of the pipe. The interior of the pipe, as well as all end surfaces, should be kept free from dirt and foreign matter. D. Pipe shall be handled and supported with the use of woven fiber pipe slings or approved equal. Care shall be exercised when handling the pipe to not cut, gouge, scratch or otherwise abrade the piping in any way. E. If pipe is to be stored for periods of 1 year or longer, the pipe should be shaded or otherwise shielded from direct sunlight. Covering of the pipe which allows for temperature build-up is strictly prohibited. Pipe should be covered with an opaque material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as required to prevent excess heat accumulation. F. Pipe shall be stored and stacked per the pipe supplier's instructions and recommendations. 3.3 FUSION PROCESS A. GENERAL 1. Fusible polyvinylchlodde pipe will be handled in a safe and non- destructive manner before, during, and after the fusion process and in accordance with this specification and pipe supplier's recommendations. 2. Fusible polyvinylchloride pipe will be fused by qualified fusion technicians, as documented by the pipe supplier. 3. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) affixed to the fusion machine. 4. Only appropriately sized and outfitted fusion machines that have been approved by the pipe supplier shall be used for the fusion process. Fusion machines must incorporate the following properties, including the following elements: a) HEAT PLATE - Heat plates shall be in good condition with no deep gouges or scratches. Plates shall be clean and free of any debris or contamination. Heater controls shall function properly; cord and plug shall be in good condition. The appropriately sized heat plate shall be capable of maintaining a uniform and consistent heat profile and temperature for the size of pipe being fused, per the pipe supplier's recommendations. b) CARRIAGE -- Carriage shall travel smoothly with no binding at less than 50 psi. Jaws shall be in good condition with proper WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project M 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15065-7 inserts for the pipe size being fused. Insert pins shall be installed with no interference to carriage travel. C) GENERAL MACHINE - Overview of machine body shall yield no obvious defects, missing parts, or potential safety issues during fusion. d) DATA LOGGING DEVICE - The current version of 'the pipe supplier's recommended and compatible software shall be used. Protective case shall be utilized for the hand held wireless portion of the unit. Datalogger operations and maintenance manual shall be with the unit at all times. If fusing for extended periods of time, an independent 110V power source shall be available to extend. battery life. 5. Other equipment specifically required for the fusion process shall include the following: a) Pipe rollers shall be used for support of pipe to either side of the machine. b) A weather protection canopy that allows full machine motion of the heat plate, fusion assembly and carriage shall be provided for fusion in inclement and /or windy weather. C) Fusion machine operations and maintenance manual shall be kept with the fusion machine at all times. d) Facing blades specifically designed for cutting fusible polyvinylchloride pipe. B. JOINT RECORDING 1. Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) connected to the fusion machine. The fusion data logging and joint report shall be generated by software developed specifically for the butt-fusion of thermoplastic pipe. The software shall register and/or record the parameters required by the pipe supplier and these specifications. Data not logged by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the Fusion Technician's joint report. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Installation instructions from the pipe supplier shall be followed for all installations. B. The fusible polyvinylchloride pipe will be installed in a manner so as not to exceed the recommended bending radius. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project #: 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15065-8 C. Where fusible polyvinylchloride pipe is installed by pulling in tension, the recommended Safe Pulling Force, according to the pipe supplier, will not be exceeded. 3.5 PREPARATION PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS INTO EXISTING PIPING SYSTEMS A. Approximate locations for existing piping systems are shown in the construction documents. Prior to making connections into existing piping systems, the Contractor shall: 1. Field verify location, size, piping material and piping system of the existing pipe. 2. Obtain all required fittings, which may include saddles, sleeve type couplings, flanges, tees, or others as shown in the construction documents. 3. Have installed all temporary pumps and/or pipes in accordance with established connection plans. 4. Have on hand necessary pipe stoppers, pancake flanges or other items which may be necessary, should an existing valve or appurtenance fail to seal properly. B. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, new piping systems shall be completely assembled and successfully tested prior to making connections into existing pipe systems. 3.6 PIPE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS A. Pipe connections shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated in the construction documents. Pipe connections to structures shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's recommendations. 3.7 TAPPING FOR POTABLE AND NON-POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS A. Tapping shall be performed using standard tapping saddles designed for use on PVC piping in accordance with AWWA C605. Tapping shall be performed only with use of tap saddles or sleeves. NO DIRECT . TAPPING WILL BE PERMITTED. Tapping shall be performed in accordance with the applicable sections for Saddle Tapping per Uni-Pub-8. B. All other connections requiring a larger diameter shall be made with a pipe connection as specified and indicated on the drawings. C. Equipment used for tapping shall be made specifically for tapping PVC pipe: WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Cleawater Project #. 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 15065-9 1. Tapping bits shall be slotted "shell" style cutters, specifically made for PVC pipe. 'Hole saws' made for cutting wood, steel, ductile iron, or other materials are strictly prohibited. 2. Manually operated or power operated drilling machines may be used. D. Taps may be performed while the pipeline is filled with water and under pressure ('wet' tap), or when the pipeline is not filled with water and not under pressure ('dry' tap). 3.8 TESTING A. Testing shall comply with all local building codes, statutes, standards, local jurisdiction, and laws. B. HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND LEAKAGE TESTING FOR PRESSURE PIPING Hydrostatic and leakage testing shall comply with AWWA C605. 2. For a simultaneous hydrostatic and leakage test, following installation, a pressure equal to 150% of working pressure at point of test, but not less than 125% of normal working pressure at highest elevation is applied. The duration of the pressure test is for two (2) hours. 3. If hydrostatic testing and leakage testing are performed at separate times, follow procedures as outlined in AWWA C605. 4. In preparation for pressure testing the following parameters must be followed: a) All air must be vented from the pipeline prior to pressurization. This may be accomplished with the use of the air relief valves or corporation stop valves, vent piping in the testing hardware or end caps, or any other method which adequately allows air to escape the pipeline at all high points. Venting may also be accomplished by 'flushing' the pipeline in accordance with the parameters and procedures as described in AWWA C605. b) The pipeline must be fully restrained prior to pressurization. This includes complete installation of all mechanical restraints per the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, whether permanent or temporary to the final installation. This also includes the installation and curing of any and all required thrust blocking. All appurtenances included in the pressure test, including valves, blow-offs, and air-relief valves shall be checked for proper installation and restraint prior to the beginning of the test. C) Temporary pipeline alignments that are being tested, such as those that are partially installed in their permanent location shall be configured to minimize the amount of potentially trapped air in the pipeline. WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Cleawater Project #: 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 15065-10 C. LEAKAGE TESTING FOR NON-PRESSURE PIPING Gravity sanitary sewers shall be tested for excessive leakage. This may include appropriate water or low pressure air testing. The leakage outward or inward (exfiltration or infiltration) shall not exceed 25 gallons per inch of pipe diameter per mile per day for any section of the system. An exfiltration or infiltration test shall be performed with a minimum positive head of two feet. The air test, if used, shall be conducted in accordance with one of the following Standards: a) ASTM F1417 b) UNI-B-6 2. The testing method selected shall properly consider the existing groundwater elevations during the test. If the test section fails the test for excessive leakage, the Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship. D. DEFLECTION TESTING FOR NON-PRESSURE PIPING After completion of the backfill, the Engineer or Owner may require that a deflection test be performed. If the test section fails the test for excessive deflection, the Contractor shall repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Deflection tests should be conducted using a go/no-go mandrel. The mandrel's outside dimension shall be sized to permit no more than 7.5 percent deflection. The percent deflection shall be established from the base inside diameter of the pipe. If the internal beading of the joints for the pipe are not required to be removed, the mandrel shall account for this clearance as well. The mandrel shall be approved by the Owner or Engineer prior to use. Lines that permit safe entry may allow other deflection test options, such as direct measurements with extension rulers. E. DISINFECTION OF THE PIPELINE FOR POTABLE WATER PIPING 1. After installation, the pipeline, having passed all required testing, shall be disinfected prior to being put into service. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner or Engineer, the pipeline will be disinfected per AWWA C651. F. PARTIAL TESTING Segments of the pipe may be tested separately in accordance with standard testing procedure, as approved by the Owner and Engineer. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Cleawater Project #. 07-0037-UT Fusible PVC Pipe McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15065-11 SECTION 15066 - TRACER WIRE AND ALARMING TAPE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 TRACER WIRE A. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) 4-inches and greater installed by open cut shall have one (1) 12-gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe or every 20-ft, whichever is less. B. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) installed by directional bore shall have (2) 10-gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wires wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe or every 20-ft, whichever is less. C. The locator wires shall have colored insulation matching the type of service provided in the main and be acceptable for direct burial. D. The wire is to be tied to all valves, tees and elbows. E. The locator wires shall be brought up into all valve boxes or valve pads with enough slack provided to extend 10 to 12-inches out of each box. F. The wires shall each be continuous throughout the project, with splices made only by methods approved by the Owner's Project Representative. G. All splices of the wires shall be made with watertight connections, utilizing Direct Bury Splice Kits as manufactured by 3M or approved equal. Bury Splice Kits shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. H. Contractor shall perform a 12 volt DC electrical continuity test on the wires. No more than one volt of loss per 1000 feet of mainline pipe will be acceptable. At least one wire of the locator wire system shall pass the 12 volt DC electrical continuity test prior to final acceptance of the pipeline. Any cuts or breaks in the wire shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. I. The locator wire shall be tested by the Owner at the time of pressure testing. If this test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire and the pressure test will be reschedule when the wire will pass. J. Contractor shall install tracer wire on all services to be installed from a main under the roadway within a cul-de-sac. The tracer wire should be tied into the wire on the main as per the specs and looped into the RCW meter box. 1.2 ALARMING TAPE A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004-inch polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3-inch and smaller irrigation pipe. Provide 6-inch wide tape as follows: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15066-1 Film Legend Electric line below Telephone line below Water line below Sewer line below Nonpotable water below Reclaimed water below Raw water below Film Color Red Orange Blue Green Brown Purple (Pantone 522C) Dark Green Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 18-inches below final grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Tracer Wire and Alarming Tape McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15066-2 SECTION 15100 - VALVES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer. C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate part of the body. D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Resilient Seated Gate Valves 2. Check Valves 3. Ball Valves 4. Combination Valves (Air/Vacuum Release) 5. Flow Control Valves 6. Flow Meter 7. Service Saddle and Corporation Stop 8. Valve Actuators 9. Valve Boxes 10. Flanged Adapter Couplings 11. Solid Sleeve Couplings 12. Restraining Clamps 13. Mechanical Sleeve Seals 14. Tapping Sleeves and Valves 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use in controlling the flow of raw water. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications as applicable. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVA City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 and the General Conditions. 1.5 TOOLS A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with the equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES A. See Section IV Article 41.2.3. 2.2 SMALL GATE VALVES A. Gate valves 2-1/2-in in diameter and smaller in size, shall have flanged or threaded ends as required; and shall be brass conforming to Federal Specification WW-V-54, Type I or II, solid wedge, rising-stem-type gate valves as manufactured by Jenkins Bros. or equal products as manufactured by Crane, Fairbanks, or Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co. or equal. 2.3 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Swing check valves shall conform to the requirements specified in AWWA standard for swing check valves, Type 1 BBM, 2-inch through 24 inch N.P.S. (AWWA C508), except as modified or supplemented herein. B. Valves shall be of the size shown with cast iron bodies and stainless steel hinge pins with non-lubricated packing glands. Valves shall be non-slam design with outside lever and weight. Disks shall be cast iron, bronzed faced. Rubber faced disks shall not be acceptable. C. Valves shown for interior service or exposed above grade outside shall have flanged ends suitable for use with equipment and piping system in which they are to be installed. D. Approved manufacturers: American, Mueller, Waterous, Kennedy, M&H and Clow. E. Check valves located above grade shall receive a primer coat compatible with the finish paint to be applied. Check valves buried below grade shall receive an epoxy coating conforming to ANSI/AWWA C550. The interior ferrous surfaces of all check valves, except stainless steel parts, shall receive an epoxy coating conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-550. WTP 1 8 3 We/lfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-2 2.4 PVC BALL VALVES A. PVC ball valves shall be of PVC Type 1 with union, socket, threaded or flanged ends as required. Ball valves shall be full port, full flow, all plastic construction, 150 psi rated with teflon seat seals and T-handles. PVC ball valves shall be as manufactured by Celanese Piping Systems, Inc., Wallace and Tiernan, Inc., Plastiline, Inc., or equal. 2.5 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Provide and install air release valves as shown on the drawings. General locations of air release valves are as follows: "Well Service Air Valve" on each new well pump discharge pipe. 2. Combination Valves (Air/Vacuum Release) for Above and Below Ground Piping. B. "Well Service" Air Valves The air valves shall be designed to exhaust air which is present in the pump column on pump start-up and allow air to re-enter the column on pump shut-down. Valves shall have the same size inlets and outlets. All valves will be constructed of cast iron body and cover with stainless steel trim and float. The stainless float shall seat against a Buna-N seat to insure positive closure. 2. Sizes 1" to 3" will be equipped with a stainless steel diffuser screen to break up the solid water column before coming in contact with the float. 3. Sizes 4" and larger will be equipped with an anti-slam device which will throttle the flow of water into the air valve. The anti-slam device shall be so designed to permit full unrestricted flow of air both in and out of the air valve, but reduce the flow area for water to approximately 10%. 4. Valves shall be as manufactured by Val-Matic Valve & Mfg. Corp., or approved equal. 5. Valve Schedule Val-Matic Model No. 101 WS 102WS Pump Capacity-GPM 100 to 500 501 to 1,200 Valve Size-Inches 1 2 Inlet Size-Inches 1 2 Outlet Size-Inches 1 2 Max. Water Pressure-psi 150 150 C. Combination Valves (AirNacuum Release) for Above and Below Ground Piping. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 15900-3 The combination air valve shall be of the simple lever type or float operated, compound lever type, capable of automatically releasing accumulated air from a fluid system while that system is in operation and under pressure. 2. To assure drop tight shut off, a Buna-N orifice button having an adjustable feature shall be used to seal the valve discharge orifice. The orifice diameter must be sized for use within a given operating pressure range to insure maximum discharge capacity. 3. The float shall be of all stainless steel construction and capable of withstanding a pressure of 700 P.S.I. 4. The body and cover shall be of cast iron construction with all internal trim to be of stainless steel or Buna-N, consistent with the following specifications: a) Body & Cover Cast Iron ASTM Al 26 Class B b) Float Stainless Steel ASTM A240 C) Orifice Button Buna-N d) Leverage Mechanism Stainless Steel ASTM A240 & ASTM A276 5. The air release valves shall be manufactured by Val-Matic Corp., Elmhurst, Illinois or approved equal. 6. Valve Schedule a) Air Release Valves for Above and Below Ground Raw Water Piping Max, Pressure, PSI 300 psi Max. Flow, GPM 1800 GPM Inlet Size, Inch 1 Outlet Size, Inch 1 Orifice Size, Inch 5/64" Val-Matic Model No. I"-201C.2 2.6 V-PORT BALL VALVES A. The contractor shall provide one modulating V-Port Ball Valve for each well pump installation. Each V-Port ball valve shall be installed to provide more precise control of flow rates from each well. Each V-Port ball valve shall have an electric motor-operated actuator designed for positioning/modulating of its V-Port Ball. The raw water outlet pipe for each well shall have one V-Port ball valve with electric motor actuator installed. B. V-Part Ball Valves, shall be DeZurik Type VPB V-Port Ball Valves, or equal. C. The valve shall be designed such that a stream lined straight through flow passage provides maximum efficiency of flow and minimal erosion. The valve shall be drop tight at the test pressure of 150 psi. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-4 D. The ball shall be designed with a V-orifice in order to provide the high range and precision throttling required. The ball and seat shall be self-aligning, with a spring loaded metal seat design. The ball and seat shall self-compensate for wear on either surface. The V-Port ball shall have an accuracy of 0.5%, E. The valve body shall be constructed of 317 stainless steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M, and shall be pickled and passivated. The pressure class shall be 150, flanged. F. The V-Port Ball shall be constructed of 317 stainless steel with a heat treated nickel overlay, A351, Grade CG8M. The splined shaft and ball shall provide a high strength positive connection that effectively eliminates mechanical backlash and hysteresis and ensures accurate and precise positioning of the ball. G. The one-piece PTFE-lined bearing shall provide a large area of radial support to the shaft, greatly reducing shaft fatigue and breakage. The upper and lower shafts shall be 2205 Duplex stainless steel, ASTM A276. Bearings shall be reinforced PTFE fabric. H. The seat for the V-Port Ball Valve shall be fabricated from reinforced PTFE. End connections for the V-Port Ball Valves shall be as follows: Flanged, class 150, ISA75.04, IEC 534-3-2 F-F, 4 and 6-inch. Flanges shall be cast solid and faced accurately at right angles to the axis of the casting. Flanges shall be faced and drilled and shop coated with rust- preventative compound before shipment. The manufacturer shall provide integrally-flanged one-piece ANSI bodies for each flanged valve. J. The manufacturer shall certify that required tests on the various materials and on the completed valves have been satisfactory. All valves shall be subject to hydrostatic and leakage tests at the manufacturer's factory. There shall be no leakage through the shaft seals, the body, end joints, and seats. K. See section 09900 for painting requirements. Stainless steel and factory finish painted surfaces shall not be painted. L. Material Specifications Descri tion 317 Stall Bod 317 stain Ball Retainer 317 stain CG8M 317 stain Retainer Screw 18-8 stair Retainer Gasket Gra hite U er Shaft 2205 Du Packing Stud/Nut 18-8 stai Packin Gland 317 stair Parkin PTFE Hess Steel Bad less steel ASTM A351, Grade CG8M less steel with heat treated nickel overlay, A351, Grade less steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M nless steel lex stainless steel, ASTM A276 Mess steel iless steel, ASTM A351, Grade CG8M Section IVa WTP 18 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Valves and Appurtenances City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-U7 15100-5 McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 M, 2.7 FLOW METER A. Provide and install propeller flowmeters for the measurement of potable water flows from wells. The flowmeters shall be Model MF04 as manufactured by Water Specialties/McCrometer for 2 to 12 inch-diameters. B. The flowmeter tube shall be flanged on each end and shall have a pressure rating of 150 psi. Each flowmeter shall have the same diameter as its discharge piping at each respective well. The meter tube shall be fabricated steel, coated inside and out with 12-15 mils of NSF approved fusion bonded epoxy. C. Each impeller shall be manufactured of high-impact plastic which retains its shape and accuracy over the life of the meter. The impeller shaft shall be 316 stainless steel and the ball bearings shall be a ceramic sleeve and stainless steel spindle bearing system. Magnets shall be fabricated from a permanent ceramic magnet type. D. The meter shall have a mechanical head unit to measure propeller rotation, along with internal gearing to derive the flow measurement. The head unit shall also include an integral 6-digit mechanical totalizer. The instantaneous flow rate indicator shall indicate flow in gallons per minute. The totalizer shall indicate total flow in gallons. E. The register unit shall be provided with a current output module type transmitter, Water Specialties/McCrometer Model TR-15. The current output module shall provide a 4-20ma output signal proportional to the instantaneous flow. This flow signal shall be tied into the local PLC/Telemetry cabinet. 2.8 SERVICE SADDLE A. See Section IV Article 41.2.6 and City standard detail. WT'P 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #; 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-6 See Section 15102 for the electric motor operated valve actuator specifications. 2.9 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS A. General 1. All valve actuators that are manual shall conform to Section 3.8 of the AWWA Standard Specification. 2. Actuators shall be capable of seating and unseating the disc against the full design pressure and velocity, as specified for each class, into a dry system downstream, and shall transmit a minimum torque to the valve. Actuators shall be rigidly attached to the valve body. B. Manual actuators shall have permanently lubricated, totally enclosed gearing with handwheel and gear ratio sized on the basis of actual line pressure and velocities. Actuators shall be equipped with handwheel, position indicator, and mechanical stop-limiting locking devices to prevent over travel of the disc in the open and closed positions. They shall turn counter-clockwise to open valves. Manual actuators shall be of the traveling nut, self-locking type and shall be designed to hold the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. Actuators shall be fully enclosed and designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the handwheel or chainwheel. Actuator components shall withstand an input of 450 foot pounds for 30" and smaller and 300 foot pounds for larger than 30" size valves at extreme actuator positions without damage. Valves located above grade shall have handwheel and position indicator. Valves located below grade shall be equipped with a two inch (2") square AWWA operating nut located at ground level and cast iron extension type valve box. 2.10 VALVE BOXES A. All buried valves shall have cast-iron three piece valve boxes. Valve boxes shall be provided with suitable heavy bonnets and to extend to such elevation at or slightly above the finished grade surface as directed by the Engineer. The barrel shall be two-piece, sliding type, having 5 1/4-inch shaft. The upper section shall have a flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling and shall be complete with cast iron covers. Covers shall have "WATER", "SEWER", or 'RECLAIM', as applicable, cast into the top. All valves shall have actuating nuts extended to top of valve boxes. Valve boxes shall be provided with concrete base. 2.11 FLANGE ADAPTER COUPLINGS A. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128. All couplings shall have a sufficient number of factory installed anchor studs to meet or exceed the test pressure rating for this project, 150 psi minimum. 2.12 SOLID SLEEVES A. Solid sleeve couplings shall be used in locations as shown on the Drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Welmeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15100-7 Solid sleeve type couplings shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall be of ductile iron meeting the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, American Cast Iron Pipe, McWane, or Equal. Solid sleeves shall be furnished with mechanical joint fittings. The solid sleeve coupling shall be provided with 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts unless indicated otherwise. 2. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the liquid within the pipe. 2.13 RESTRAINING CLAMPS A. Restraining clamp assemblies as detailed in the drawings for use at hydrant connections to water mains, or at fittings where shown on the drawings, shall be as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc., Eastland, TX, or Equal. 2.14 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Sleeve seals shall be the modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing and elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. Bolts shall be stainless steel. Sleeve seals shall be Link-Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation, or approved equal. 2.15 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES A. Tapping Sleeves: See Section IV Article 41.2.9. B. Tapping Valves Resilient.wedge gate valves 2 to 12 inches, same as in Paragraph 2.1 of this section, except for the following: a) The gate valves for tapping shall have one mechanical joint end connection on one side and one flanged end connection with a raised face per MSS SP-60 on the other side. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner before they are installed. B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-8 C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures. D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections in Division 15. E. Flanged joints shall be made with high strength, low alloy Corten bolts, nuts and washers. Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy. F. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Owner. G. Valve boxes with concrete bases shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner. Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade. Boxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment during backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or undesirable fill from valve box. 3.2 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES A. Excavate around the existing pipe and remove as much soil from the pipe as possible. Excavate a trench with dimensions suitable for the installation of the tapping sleeve, flanged outlet, tapping valve and tapping machine. B. Thoroughly clean the existing pipe surface and the new tapping sleeve. Check the actual outside diameter of the existing pipe and the inside diameter of the tapping sleeve to verify that the sleeve will fit. C. Check the existing pipe surface to make certain that the pipe is free of flaws, gouges and extreme irregularities where the gasket will seat. D. Lubricate the pipe and face of the gasket with soap and water or gasket lubricating solution. Pipe lubricant and/or grease shall not be used. E. Position the outlet portion of the sleeve and gasket on the body of the pipe, making sure, that the outlet is aligned with the branch line to be connected. The sleeve shall not be located in a position that requires its rotation to align the outlet. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15100-9 F. The back half of the sleeve shall be installed and the bolts installed. The bolts shall be tightened evenly, working towards the center, and alternating. from one side of the sleeve to the other. The bolts shall be tightened to the following torque levels. 1. Existing pipe sizes 6 to 12 inches 100 Ft-Lbs of torque 2. Existing pipe sizes 14 inches and larger 125 Ft-Lbs of torque G. Check inside of the sleeve to make sure that the gasket is properly seated and cannot be damaged by the tapping cutter. H. Install the tapping valve using procedures recommended in the AWWA M-44 manual for installation, support and trenching. 1. Test the sleeve and valve seals with water in accordance with AWWA C223 using the test plug on the sleeve or the test connection.on the tapping machine to a maximum test pressure of 150 psi. If the test is successful, the Contractor shall wait for 15 minutes, and then re- check the torques of all of the bolts. If there are no problems, the Contractor may then proceed with the tapping operation, following the procedures recommended by the tapping machine manufacturers. 3.3 RESTRAINING CLAMPS AND TIE RODS ON PIPE RUN A. Restraining clamps and tie rods shall be used on all pipe runs, as directed by the Owner and/or shown on the Drawings. Restraining devices shall be JCM Industries, Inc. - Sur-Grip, Ebaa Iron, Inc. - Megalug, Romac, or approved equal. Other types shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 3.4 SHOP PAINTING A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust-inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation. 3.5 FIELD PAINTING A. All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view will be painted a color appropriate to its usage in accordance with the color code. 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Completed pipe shall be subjected to hydrostatic pressure test for two hours at full working pressure. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the gravity pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 7 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Valves and Appurtenances McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15100-10 SECTION 15102 - POWER-ACTUATING DEVICES FOR VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing power-actuating devices that are externally mounted on valves as shown on the Drawings and as specified. Actuator types included are electric-motor type producing a multiturn rotary motion. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Coordinate with Instrumentation and Valve suppliers. Check installation arrangements to prevent conflicts with piping and other equipment. Provide three sets of final Shop Drawings to Engineer for use in observing installation and for record purposes. B. Submit certificates from manufacturer showing compliance with specified requirements and standards. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Power-actuating devices shall conform to the requirements of ANSIiAWWA C540 except as modified in this Section. B. Actuators shall be assembled to new valves at the valve manufacturer's factory, bench tested for alignment, and shipped to the job site as a complete assembly. 1.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to complying with . specified requirements, manufacturers offering actuators which are acceptable for use on this project are limited to the following: 1. EIM 2. AUMA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTUATOR SIZING A. Actuators shall be sized for the required operational characteristics of the valves as listed in the Valve Actuator Data Sheet and for the required torque or thrust, shaft diameter, thread characteristics and keyway dimensions of the valve actually furnished. 2.2 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Electdc.motors shall have Class F insulation. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Power Actuating Devices for Valves McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15102-1 B. Electric motors shall be for three phase power unless otherwise shown. C. Motor enclosures shall be as listed in the Valve Actuator Data Sheet. D. Motors in modulating service shall be capable of a minimum of 1200 starts per hour and 0.5% repeatability. E. Actuators for modulating service shall be built for rugged service. Worm gears, motor sizing and other components shall be oversized mechanically rugged, suitable for frequent corrections. 2.3 2.4 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS A. Electric control enclosures shall be as listed on the Valve Actuator Data Sheet. B. Components of the electrical controls shall be coordinated with the requirements of instrumentation Sections of the Specification. C. Provide control options and accessories required by the particular application as shown or specified in Instrumentation and Control schematics and Specifications. Equipment required may include but is not limited to reversing contactors mounted inside the motor operator, control transformers, additional limit switches and feed-back potentiometer. D. Controls in the actuator shall be electrically simple, and rugged. The positioning method shall utilize discrete outputs of an external PLC to inch the valve to the desired position. Positioning by 4-20 ma analog signals shall not be permitted. E. Analog feedback shall be provided as a 4-20 ma signal proportional to valve position. F. Components required to perform the specified control functions shall be provided. All interposing wiring shall be brought to heavy duty terminal strips within the actuator. G. Limit switches shall not be subject to breakage from over travel. H. Switch design shall permit visible disassembly. Position limit switches NEMA 1 CS-2-125, rated for 500 volts. verification of switch position without and torque switches shall be heavy duty, MOTOR OPERATED VALVE CONTROLS A. The design of the Wiring Interface for motor operated valves shall be to locally provide both manual control and remote control. The PLC programming and OIT interface shall be designed to provide both manual and automatic remote control. B. Each motorized valve actuator shall operate on 480 VAC: The motor operator shall be equipped with internal control transformers, limit switches, torque WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Power Actuating Devices for Valves McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 15102-2 switches, reversing contactors and other accessories required to provide a complete and working system. C. Each motorized valve shall be equipped with local pilot controls, integral to the motor operator, as follows: "Local-Remote" selector, Open, Close, Stop push buttons, OPEN and CLOSED pilot lights. D. Each motor operator shall respond to OPEN and CLOSE relay command outputs from the PLC. The operator shall be configured to STOP when the relay opens (momentary inching control), or when the limit or torque condition occurs. E. Each motor operator shall provide "open" and "closed" feedback from limit switches to the PLC. Gearing shall be designed to stroke the valve slowly, so that the minimum travel time would be more than 60 seconds, but less than 120 seconds as shown in the table. F. Valves shall be AWWA rated and appropriate for the application. Throttling valves shall be designed to provide continuous throttling at the anticipated operating flow and differential pressure without excessive wear or cavitation. 2.5 POSITION INDICATION A. Provide a dial to indicate valve position at all times during power or manual operation. In addition, indicator lights shall be furnished to show valve open-close position. 2.6 PAINTING AND COATINGS A. Actuators shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of the specified Standard with finish coats and colors conforming to the requirements of Sections 09900 of these Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Assembled actuators and valves shall be -packaged, shipped and stored in accordance with the requirements of the specified Standard. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install new actuators and valves as specified ' for valve installations. Make necessary piping, electrical and instrumentation connections. 3.3 TESTING A. After installation, test valves and actuators in accordance with the requirements of Section 01660, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Power Actuating Devices for Valves McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15102-3 VALVE ACTUATOR DATA SHEET DATA SHEET NOTES 1. Number assigned to valve on "C" and "P" Plans. 2. Provide and install new valve with new actuator. 3. Nominal diameter of valve. 4. Type of valve: Gate, Ball, Plug, Butterfly. 5. Maximum differential pressure across closed valve at time of actuation. 6. Stroking time: Time for full travel operation of valve. 7. Maximum flow rate through the fully open valve at time of actuation. 8. Type of valve operation required: Open-Close; Thrott le; Modulate. 9. Electric enclosure required: NEMA 4 (Water-tight); NEMA 6 (Submersible); NEMA 7 (Hazardous). - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 $ 9 10 Valve No Valve Valve Max. Stroking Status Diff. Max. Voltage Flow T e of Electrical Yp Diameter Type Time Pres. Rate Operation Enclosure BV4 New 4" V-Port 150 psi 60 to 120 B ll 480 volt 350 Modulate NEMA 4 a sec 3 Phase GPM BV6 New V-Port 150 psi 60 to 120 Ball 480 volt 800 Modulate NEMA 4 sec 3 Phase GPM BV8 New 81 V-Part 150 psi 60 to 120 Ball 480 volt 1500 Modulate NEMA 4 sec 3 Phase GPM END OF SECTION WTP 1& 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1 a City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Power Actuating Devices for Valves McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15102-4 SECTION 15120 - FLUSHING, PRESSURE TESTING & CHLORINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section covers materials and methods of cleaning, disinfecting, sampling and obtaining approval for placing the different components of potable water systems in operation. Included is work necessary in order to obtain bacteriological clearances as required by law for potable water systems. B. The purpose of the pressure test is to insure that the system being tested is free from leaks and will not be a liability to Clearwater Public Utilities through water loss. The purpose of chlorination and bacteriological testing is to assure that the potable water well and appurtenances have been properly disinfected before being placed into operation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit planned procedures to Engineer for review prior to beginning work. Submit certificates of compliance with specified standard for all materials to be used. The Contractor shall obtain sterile sample containers, collect samples and submit to approved laboratory. Provide six copies of laboratory test reports to Engineer. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. Laboratories used for bacteriological testing of samples shall be certified by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) as acceptable to that agency. B. Methods shall conform to the requirements of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FOR DISINFECTION A. The disinfecting agent shall be liquid chlorine or sodium hypochlorite conforming to the requirements of AWWA C651 and AWWA C654. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISINFECTION OF WATER MAINS A. Flushing. Flush mains prior to application of disinfecting agent. Flushing shall continue until clear water flows from the nearest available point closest to the end of the line. B. All pressure testing and chlorination will be completed by the Contractor under the supervision of the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. The Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and materials to perform the chlorination. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15120-1 C. No water will be used for filling pipe, flushing or chlorinating without notifying the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector prior to starting. All pipe will be subject to open end flush at the discretion of the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. Flushing of mains must achieve a minimum velocity of 2.0 ft/sec for duration equal to equation below after pipe is filled. D= L +10% or D=.55L 2FPS D = Duration of flush in sec L = Length of pipe being flushed in feet D. All pressure tests shall be scheduled with the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector with 24 hours minimum notice and ONLY AFTER THE CONTRACTOR ACHIEVES A SUCCESSFUL SYSTEM LEAK CHECK. E. The corporation stop to be used for pressure testing and chlorination will be installed at the tap valve by the Contractor. F. The Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector shall be present for all pressure tests. All pipe and valves shall be pressure tested for at least one hour at a minimum of 150 psi. G. The contractor shall contact the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector to schedule chlorination. H. Chlorination shall not be done immediately following the pressure test or on the same day. Before chlorination of the above ground discharge pipe and valves at each well, the piping system shall be thoroughly flushed using the well water and raw water system as the source of water and the existing bypass valve and outlet as the discharge point. The raw water system piping shall be backflushed from at least the first valve outside of the well site. The valves and piping upstream of the existing bypass valve shall be flushed by using the pumped well water. J. Chlorine shall be applied to the piping system using one of the methods described in ANSI/AWWA C651, "Disinfecting Water Mains". The chlorine concentration in the piping shall have a residual of at least 50 mg/I. K. Sampling and Testing: Samples of water from raw water mains shall be collected from the mains by the CONTRACTOR in sterile containers and delivered to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. No sample over 6 hours old will be accepted. Samples shall be taken to an independent laboratory approved by Clearwater Public Utilities. No samples shall be taken through a fire hydrant. L. There shall be a chlorine residual of 50 ppm at the outlet after 24 hours or samples shall not be taken. M. After the procedure outlined above has been completed, the piping system shall be flushed until residual chlorine is less than 0.5 mg/L. Chlorine residual WTP 1 & 3 We/lfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15120-2 determination shall be made in accordance with Standard Methods using the DPD Colormetric Method. N. The water testing laboratory will notify the inspector when samples have passed. Clearwater Public Utilities shall fill out the appropriate DEP application to obtain operation approval from the FDEP. O. All outlets and injection points shall be removed upon satisfactory completion of sampling and testing. Corporation stop shall remain in line. P. Teflon tape shall be required on all threaded joints to avoid contamination. (No pipe dope allowed.) Q. The interior of pipe, fittings, valves, tapping sleeves and appurtenances used for cutting into or repairing existing mains shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent hypochlorite solution in accordance with Section 10 of AWWA C651 before being installed. R. All temporary blow-off standpipes and chlorine injection points will be removed upon satisfactory completion of sampling and testing. Corporation stops will be plugged and remain in line. S. Tapping sleeves shall be cleaned and disinfected in accordance with Section 10 of AWWA C651. T. The Contractor shall obtain potable water for flushing and chlorination from the City's Water Department by using a temporary hydrant meter connection. The Contractor shall pay all fees for the meter and water usage. U. It is the Contractor's sole responsibility to place sample points where designated by Clearwater Public Utilities. 3.2 DISINFECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All permanent pumps and appurtenances installed in this project shall be flushed and chlorinated just prior to installation. Flushing shall continue until the used flushing water is visibly clear and free of debris. B. Chlorination shall consist of spraying or swabbing the interior surfaces of the pump and appurtenances with a chlorine solution having a chlorine residual of not less than 200 mg/1 per AWWA C654. The pumps shall also be flushed and chlorinated during disinfection of the water mains and valves. 3.3 CHLORINATION OF WELL AFTER PERMANENT EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED A. Chlorinate the well with a chlorine dose of 50 mg/I residual, surge the well 3 times, and allow to stand in the well for 12 to 24 hours per AWWA C654, "Disinfection of Wells°. B. Recirculate the chlorinated water as described in AWWA 654. Remove the chlorinated water from the well as described in AWWA C654 until the chlorine residual is zero. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa city of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15120-3 C. Sampling and Testing: The well water shall not be tested until it has zero chlorine residual. Samples of water from the, wells shall be collected by the CONTRACTOR in sterile containers and delivered to an approved laboratory for bacteriological testing. Sampling and testing shall be continued until satisfactory results are obtained on two consecutive days. No sample over 6 hours old will be accepted. Samples shall be taken to an independent laboratory approved by Clearwater Public Utilities. No samples shall be taken through a fire hydrant. Note: The FDEP will not approve operations of the well until the well water has passed bacteriological testing for 20 consecutive days. The Contractor shall collect one 1 bacteriological sample each day for twenty 20 consecutive days, D. If bacteriological samples indicate the presence of bacteria in more than 10% of the samples during the 20 consecutive days, the sampling and testing shall be stopped. The Contractor shall re-chlorinate the well per AWWA 654. After flushing the well out until the chlorine residual is zero, the Contractor shall begin the twenty (20) consecutive days of sampling and testing over again. E. This protocol shall be followed until the Contractor achieves twenty (20) consecutive days of sampling and testing with no more than 10% samples indicating bacteria present. F. The water testing laboratory will notify the inspector when samples have passed. Clearwater Public Utilities shall fill out the appropriate DEP application to obtain operation approval from the FDEP. Also, the last two (2) samples taken must have no bacteria present. G. The Contractor shall coordinate all chlorination, sampling and testing of well water with Clearwater Public Utilities. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Neutralize the highly chlorinated water per AWWA C654 before disposal in accordance with Clearwater Public Utilities and FDEP requirements. B. One of the chemicals listed in AWWA C651 Appendix B, or C652 Appendix A, shall be used for neutralization. C. Chlorinated water shall be disposed of in a manner that will not harm the environment. Approval by the Owner must be obtained before heavily chlorinated water is discharged to the sanitary sewer at a specified allowable discharge rate. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 7 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Flushing, Pressure Testing & Chlorination McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 15120-4 SECTION 15131 - PRESSURE GAGES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes furnishing and installing pressure gages of the type indicated and in the locations shown on the Drawings. B. Gages shall be the following type: 1. Pressure Gages 2. Accessory Items 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers catalog data and descriptive literature. Call out materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GAGE DESIGN A. Gages 2-1/2-inches and larger shall comply with ANSI 840.1, Grade 2A. Gages shall incorporate the following features: 1. Solid or open front with side or rear blowout relief 2. Pressure tight. 3. 270-degree arc with adjustable pointer. 4. Stem mounted. 5. Hermetically sealed unless specified to be liquid filled. B. Size of gage shall be 2-1/2-inches, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Stem or connection size shall be 1/2-inch, except that gages connected to gage protector spools or rings shall have 1/4-inch connections. Pressure range shall be 0 to 150 psi. The gage shall be filled with glycerin or silicone. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Materials of construction shall be as shown in the following table. Item Material S ecification 1 Case Stainless steel AISI 316 . 2. Bourdon Tu be Stainless steel AISI 316 3 Windows Acrylic plastic ---- ---- . 4. Ring Stainless steel AISI 316 5 Stem Stainless steel AISI 316 . 6 Dial face Aluminum with clear 6061-T6, . baked on acrylic coating ASTM B209 WTP 1& 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1 a City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Pressure Gages McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15131-1 2.3 GAGE PROTECTORS A. Gage protectors shall consist of three parts: a flexible, impermeable, elastomer cylinder; a captive sensing liquid; and a steel housing. The process liquid pressure shall be transmitted through the elastomer-lined cylinder wall and the sensing liquid to the pressure gage. An attached 4-1/2-inch pressure gage shall indicate the pressure. Gage outlet in the spool or ring shall be threaded, 1/4-inch, per ANSI B2.1. Spools of sizes 1-inch through 4-inches shall be of the isolation-spool type with flanged ends. Spools of sizes 6-inches through 24-inches shall be of the isolation-ring type, fitting between two adjacent flanges. Determine the flange rating based on the test pressure shown in the piping schedule on the drawings. For test pressures 200 psi and less, use Class 150 flanges, ANSI 816.5. For test pressures greater than 200 psi, use Class 300 flanges, ANSI B16.5. Materials of construction shall be as follows: Item Material Specification 1. Housing flanges Carbon steel ASTM A 36, A 53 (Type E or S) A 135, A 283, 2. Flexible cylinder Buna N or neoprene A 285, or A 570 3. Sensing liquid Silicone oil 2.4 PIPE NIPPLES AND FITTINGS A. Nipples for connecting gages to piping shall be Schedule 80S, Grade TP 304 seamless stainless steel, conforming to ASTM A 312. Fittings shall conform to ASTM A 403, Class WP (304). Threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1. Size of pipe nipple shall match the gage connection size. 2.5 GAGE COCKS A. Gage cocks shall be three way. Gage cocks shall be brass or bronze, ASTM B 16 or B 62. End connections shall be NPT, female. Cocks shall be Crane 306, Lunkenheimer 573, or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install gages before conducting pressure tests. Do not disassemble gages from the factory-assembled diaphragm seals or isolation sleeves or rings. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Pressure Gages McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15131-2 SECTION 15141 - PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. General Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for all pipe support and anchor systems, in accord with provisions of Contract Documents. 2. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. 3. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. 4. The layout of pipe supports is the responsibility of the Contractor, and must take into consideration pipe material, joint type, location, and other requirements of these specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. ASTM A575 Merchant Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars. 5. American Welding Society (AWS). 6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS). 7. MSS SP-58-67 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials and Design. 8. MSS SP-69-66 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application. 9. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) 10. NBS Handbook H-28. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300. B. Submit itemized list of wall sleeves, anchors, support devices and all other items .related to pipe support system. C. Submit scale drawings showing guides, hangers, supports, anchors, structural members and appurtenances to describe the pipe support system. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Pipe Support Systems McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15141-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanize all structural steel angles, rods, channels, special devices integral to pipe support systems. Locate supports and accessories to support pipe system at concentrated loads and in accordance with minimum suggested by MSS SP- 69-66. 2.2 PIPE SADDLES A. Provide pipe support saddles for pipe supported from the floor, placing support saddles on 1" thick grout pads, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Pipe saddles equal to B-Line Figure 133092, or approved equal. B. Use Schedule 40 galvanized steel support pipe risers and floor plate recommended by saddle manufacturer. C. Install 1/8" thick minimum neoprene pad attached to pipe support with adhesive to isolate pipe from support. 2.3 WALL BRACKETS A. Provide wall bracket supports for pipe located near walls and 8-feet or more above floor elevation or as indicated on the drawings. Provide wall brackets as shown on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install supports capable of supporting the pipe for all service and testing .conditions. Allow free expansion and contraction -of the piping to prevent excessive stress resulting from service and testing conditions or from weight transferred from the piping or attached equipment. B. Install pipe support system in accordance with highest industry practices, and in full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Adjust supports and hangers to allow for proper pitch of pipes. C. Ensure design, materials of construction, and installation of pipe hangers, supports, guides, restraints, and anchors for chemical and waste piping are in accordance with ANSI 1331.3, and MSS Standard SP-58 and SP-69, except where modified by this specification. D. Check all physical clearances between piping, support system, and structure. Provide for vertical adjustment after erection. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfie/d Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Pipe Support systems McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 15141-2 E. Provide piping system exhibiting pulsation, vibration, swaying, or impact with suitable constraints to correct the condition. Movements from trap discharge, water hammer, and similar internal forces are included in this requirement. No system will be accepted until the adequacy and safety of the system is assured under all anticipated conditions of operation. F. Weld supports in accordance with the requirements of AWS Code D1.1 Structural Welding. G. Locate piping and pipe supports as to not interfere with open accesses, walkways, platforms, and with maintenance or disassembly of equipment. H. After erection of piping systems, and prior to pipe testing and flushing, inspect for adequacy of clearance for piping and supports. 1. Support pipes for lateral movement with clamps or brackets. J. Provide 20-gauge galvanized steel pipe saddle for fiberglass and plastic support points to insure minimum contact width of 4 In. 3.2 SUPPORT SPACING A. General: Locate pipe supports at maximum spacing scheduled unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Provide at least one support for each length of pipe, at each change of direction and at each valve. B. Steel, stainless steel, cast-iron, and ductile iron support schedule: Pipe Sizes - In. Maximum Span - Ft.* 1 % and less 5 2 thru 4 10 5 thru 8 15 10 and greater 20 3.3 WELDING A. Identify welding rods clearly identified meeting the requirements of ASTM and American Welding Society Standards. B. Integral attachments include welded-on ears, shoes, plates, and angle clips. Ensure material for integral attachments is of good weldable quality. Have preheating, welding, and post heat treating in accordance with Chapter V of ANSI B31.3. 3.4 PAINTING A. Comply with Section 09900. END OF SECTION WrP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Pipe Support Systems McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15141-3 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Pipe Support Systems McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 15141-4 SECTION 16050 -- ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete electrical system upgrade at designated wells for the City of Clearwater, Florida, as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings. B. The work, apparatus and materials which shall be furnished under these Specifications and accompanying Drawings shall include all items listed hereinafter and/or shown on the Drawings. Certain equipment which will require wiring thereto and/or complete installation is indicated. All materials necessary for the complete installation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to provide complete power, lighting, instrumentation, wiring and control systems as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified herein. C. The Contractor shall furnish and install all instruments, control panels, necessary cables, protective devices, conductors, supports, raceways, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve lighting loads and miscellaneous electrical loads as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. The Contractor shall install any control panel provided under this or any other sections on the specifications. D. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of the work and making any minor connection changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality; sub-standard work will be rejected. E. For process instrumentation, furnish and install all conduit, wire and interconnections between primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and receivers. F. Each bidder or his authorized representatives shall, before preparing his proposal, visit all areas in which work under this Section is to be performed and inspect carefully the present installation. The submission of the proposal by this bidder shall be considered evidence that he or his representative has visited the buildings and noted the locations and conditions under which the work will be performed and that he takes full responsibility for a complete knowledge of all factors governing his work. G. All power interruptions to existing equipment shall be at the Owner's convenience. Each interruption shall have prior approval. H. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material and all work which may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this Section shall be furnished at no extra cost. Furnish and install a complete underground system of ducts, manholes and handholes as herein specified and shown on the drawings. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater ProeJct #. 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16050-1 1.2 SERVICE AND METERING A. The Contractor shall use existing electrical services at wells with 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire services. The existing electrical services rated at 240 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire shall be upgraded by the Contractor to 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire. All new well sites shall be provided with 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire service by the Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate with Progress Energy to upgrade the existing service to 480 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire. B. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with upgrading the Progress Energy of Florida services outlined in A above. C. The Progress Energy contact is Mr. Jerry Conrad @ (727) 562-5660. 1.3 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. All material and installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and all applicable national, local and state codes, laws and ordinances. B. Pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.4 TESTS A. Test all systems and repair or replace all defective work. Make all necessary adjustments to the systems and instruct Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. B. The following minimum tests and checks shall be made prior to the energizing of electrical equipment. Test shall be by the Contractor and a certified test report shall be submitted providing all test results and stating that the equipment meets and operates in accordance with the Manufacturer's and job specifications, and that equipment and installation conforms to all applicable Standards and Specifications: Testing of protective relays for calibration and proper operation. 2. Test all 600 volt wire insulation with a megohm meter after installation. Make tests at not less than 1000 volts. Submit a written test report of the results to the engineer. 3. Mechanical inspection of all circuit breakers to assure proper operation. C. The Engineer shall be notified forty-eight (48) hours before tests are made to enable the Owner to have designated personnel present. 1.5 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating slabs, floors, walls, partitions, etc. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. Include all conduits shown as future. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16050-2 1.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. 1.7 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs. B. All three-phase circuits shall be run in separate conduits unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. D. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs," all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. E. The Contractor shall harmonize the work of the different trades so that interferences between conduits, piping, equipment, architectural and structural work will be avoided. All necessary offsets shall be furnished so as to take up a minimum space and all such offsets, fittings, etc., required to accomplish this shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. In case interference develops, the Owner's authorized representative is to decide which equipment, piping, etc., must be relocated, regardless of which was installed first. F. Verify with the Engineer the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles prior to installation. G. The locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets, and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. H. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc., shall be supported by spacers to provide a clearance between wall and equipment. Circuit layouts shown are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting, and other electrical systems shown. Additional circuits shall be installed wherever needed to conform to the specific requirements of the equipment. J. The ratings of motors and other electrically operated devices together with the size shown for their branch circuit conductors and conduits are approximate only and are indicative of the probable power requirements insofar as they can be determined in advance of the purchase of equipment. K. All connections to equipment shall be made as shown, specified and directed and in accordance with the approved shop drawings, regardless of the number of conductors shown on the Electrical Drawings. WTP 7 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-U7* Electrical McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16050-3 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of project Contract Drawings. When the project is complete, furnish a complete set of reproducible "As- built" drawings for the Project Record Documents. 1.9 COMPONENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Component equipment furnished under this Specification will not be furnished as integrated systems. B. Analyze all systems components and their shop drawings; identify all terminals and prepare drawings or wiring tables necessary for component interconnection. 1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS A. As specified under other Sections, shop drawings shall be submitted for approval for all materials, equipment, apparatus, and other items as required by the Engineer. B, Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1. Utility Disconnect Switch 2. Main Breakers 3. Motor Circuit Protectors 4. Motor Starters and Overloads 5. Wire & cable 6. Conduit C. The Manufacturer's name and product designation and catalog cutsheets shall be submitted for the following material: 1. Conduit 2. Receptacles 3. Boxes and fittings 4. Switches 5. Lamps 6. Control relays D. Prior to submittal by the Contractor, all shop drawings shall be checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a statement that the shop drawings have been examined for conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall also list all discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned. E. The Engineer's check shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the Specifications and Drawings. The responsibility of, or the necessity of, furnishing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings which may not be indicated on the shop drawings is included under the work of this Section. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16050-4 F. The responsibility for all dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site and for coordination of this work with the work of all other trades is also included under the work of this Section. G. No material shall be ordered or shop work started until the Engineer's approval of shop drawings has been given. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty for all the electrical equipment in accordance with the requirements of other Sections. Under no circumstances shall the warranty be for less than one year starting from substantial completion. 1.12 DISPOSITION OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. In general, it-is intended that all materials and equipment indicated to be removed and disposed of by the Contractor shall, upon removal, become the Contractor's property and shall be disposed of off the site by the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. B. Reuse of wire will not be permitted. An exception is the reuse or relocation when wire is part of an existing lighting branch circuit and reuse or relocation is specifically designated and can be accomplished without removing and re-pulling the wire. C. All reusable and salvageable disconnect switches, starters, control devices, control panels and instruments, receptacles, light fixtures, etc. shall be sorted and returned to the Owner. D. All electrical equipment to be salvaged shall be removed and shall be moved by the Contractor to a location on the site for storage as directed by the Owner. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The materials used in all systems shall be new, unused and as hereinafter specified. All materials where not specified shall be of the very best of their respective kinds. Samples of materials or Manufacture's specifications shall be submitted for approval as required by the Engineer. B. Materials and equipment used shall be Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed and shall conform with applicable standards of NEMA and ANSI. C. Electrical equipment shall, at all times during construction, be adequately protected against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored out-of-doors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. If any apparatus has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and put through such special tests as directed by the Engineer, at the cost and expense of the Contractor, or shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16050-5 2.2 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. All conduit shall be Aluminum, zinc coated threaded type, of Appleton, Crouse- Hinds, Pyle National, Thomas & Betts, or approved equal manufacturer unless otherwise noted on the drawings. All conduits shall be made up tight and no running threads will be permitted, "Erickson" couplings being used wherever necessary. Where conduit is cut, the inside edge shall be reamed smooth to prevent damage to conductors. 2.3 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors shall be copper. Power circuits shall have 600 volt PVC. insulation (Underwriters' approved Type THWN). Conductors shall be color' coded in accordance with the NEC. B. All motor controls, remote indicating lights, alarm circuits and metering loops shall be wired with #14 stranded copper conductors, unless otherwise noted. Insulation shall be polyethylene with an overall PVC jacket for multi-conductor cables. 2.4 JUNCTION BOXES AND TERMINAL CABINETS A. Provide termination cabinets as shown on the drawings. B. All additional pull boxes and miscellaneous hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Disconnect Switches: Non-Fusible disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, NEMA type H., quick- make, visible blades, 600 volt, 3-pole with full cover interlock. All current carrying parts shall be copper. 2. Switches shall be horsepower rated as manufactured by General Electric, or approved equal. B. Boxes and Fittings: Boxes shall be stainless steel and have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than #14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than #12 gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or approved equal. NEMA 4 boxes shall be used outdoors or in "wet" locations. Construction shall be 316 stainless steel. 2. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Meyers Electric Products, Inc., Raco Div., Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal. 3. Conduit sealing bushings shall be Q.Z./Gedney Type CSB or approved equal. WTP 1 & 3 We/lfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #. 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16050-6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Where conduits enter or leave all outlet boxes, cabinets safety switches, tap boxes, motor controllers, etc., other than those having threaded hubs, a standard lock nut shall be used on the outside of the box. Busings 1-inch and larger shall be of an approved insulated type. Unless otherwise indicated, conduit 2-inches and larger shall be supported at intervals not exceeding twelve (12) feet and for smaller sizes at intervals not exceeding eight (8) feet. B. During construction, all installed raceways shall be temporarily plugged or otherwise protected from the entrance of moisture, dirt, trash, plaster, moisture, etc., through neglect of the Contractor to so protect them, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. No kinked, clogged or deformed raceways will be permitted on the job. Raceways shall be cut to proper length so that ends will fit accurately in the outlets. C. Size of raceway shall not be less than NEC requirements, but in no case shall be less than indicated on the Drawings. Combining of circuits, other than detailed, will not be permitted. The Contractor shall install larger size raceways than detailed where there is excessive length of unbroken run or excessive number of bends. D. Bends in metallic raceways shall be made while "cold" and in no case shall the raceways be heated. Raceways shall not be bent through more than 90 degrees. The radius of bends shall not be less than six (6) times the internal diameter of the raceway. Not more than four (4) (equivalent 90 degree) bends will be permitted between outlets, the bends at the outlets being counted. E. Raceways shall be properly aligned, grouped and supported. Exposed raceways shall be installed at the right angles to or parallel to the principal structural members. Concealed raceways, unless otherwise indicated, may take the most direct route between outlets. Raceways shall be firmly held in place. Raceways shall run to avoid trapping wherever possible. Where areas are indicated for future openings, foundations, etc., all raceways shall be run around such areas. The Contractor shall provide necessary inserts in poured concrete areas and shall furnish and install all necessary sleeves through walls, floors and roofs for passage of raceways. Sleeves through roofs and/or exterior walls shall be properly sealed by the Contractor against entrance of moisture, etc., into the building. Where repairs are necessary, make all repairs to the building structure using material in no way inferior to that originally installed and using labor skilled in the trades involved. 3.2 BOXES A. Install all outlet boxes, tap, junction or pull boxes, device boxes, etc., necessary for the complete installation as indicated on the Drawing and/or specified herein. All boxes shall be rigidly mounted and shall be equipped with suitable screw fastened covers. Where necessary for boxes to be supported away from the ceiling, structural steel members shall be provided for supports. All raceways entering boxes shall be mechanically and electrically secure. Open knockouts or holes in boxes shall be plugged with suitable blanking devices. Boxes shall be cleared of all plaster, dirt, trash, etc., before the installation of any wiring devices and/or before the installation of cover plates. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16050-7 3.3 CONDUCTORS A. Splices, taps and attachments of fittings and lugs shall be electrically and mechanically secure. Approved solderless lugs and connectors shall be used for all conductors with 2-bolt type being used for sized No. 4/0 and larger. There shall be plenty of slack cable in boxes, outlets and cabinets to insure that there is no binding at the bushings. All lugs shall be of the correct sizes for the conductor in order to fit the conductor into a lug. B. Splices shall be waterproof compression type with heat shrink covering, 3.4 GROUNDING A. The entire electrical system shall be completely and effectively grounded as required by the NEC and as specified hereinafter. B. All metallic raceways shall be mechanically and electrically secure at all joints and at all boxes, cabinets, fittings and equipment. Metallic raceways entering the motor control center control panels or other electrical boxes shall be grounded to the appropriate ground bus. All metallic raceways shall be electrically continuous throughout the entire conduit system. Bond wires shall be used in exterior concrete pull boxes. C. The ground plane shall consist of a minimum of 2-5/8" x 20' copper ground rods spaced at least six (6) feet apart. Rods and system ground shall be connected with a #1/0 copper ground to the service entrance ground. The ground resistance shall be tested and additional rods or plates added to achieve a dry season resistance not exceeding 5 ohms. 3.5 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. All conductors shall be color coded as specified hereinafter. Color coding shall be by means of colored insulation material, colored braid or jacket over the insulation, or by means of suitable colored permanent, non-aging insulation tape equal to Scotch #471 or "Texcel 98" applied to conductors at each outlet, cabinet or junction point. B. The following system of color coding shall be strictly adhered to: Ground leads, green. 2. Grounded neutral leads, white. 3. All control leads, other than line connected "hot" leads, shall be yellow, orange and brown and/or I.P.C.E.A. standard control cable coding provided method of identification is different from method used on power conductors. C. The color coding assigned to each phase wire shall be consistently followed throughout the Work. WTP 1 S 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Proejct A 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16050-8 3.6 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary supports for properly mounting all electrical equipment and raceways. Such supports shall be fabricated and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, and care shall be taken that at no time shall any portion of the building structure be overloaded. Should the building structure sustain damage through carelessness or through failure of the Contractor to properly support and install the electrical equipment, the Contractor shall bear all costs involved in repairing or replacing such installation. All supports shall be stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. B. All steel shapes exposed to the weather shall be stainless steel. All shop connections shall be welded or riveted and all field connections shall be bolted on all outdoor structures. Where the field cutting or drilling of galvanized steel is necessary, the Contractor shall apply one (1) coat of priming paint and one (1) finish coat of aluminum and oil paint. 3.7 TESTS AND CHECKS A. The following minimum tests and checks shall be made after the assembly of the motor control centers, but prior to the termination of any field wiring. 1. Megger terminals and buses after disconnecting devices sensitive to megger voltage. 2. A 1,000V DC megger shall be used for these tests. 3. The first test shall be made with main circuit breaker closed and all remaining breakers open. A second test shall be made with all circuit breakers closed. 4. The test results shall be recorded and forwarded to the Engineer for his review. Minimum megger readings shall be 100 megohms in both tests. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Proejct #: 07-0037-UT Electrical McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16050-9 SECTION 16150 - 480 VOLT MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install the motors as hereinafter specified and as called for in other sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. Motor shall be sufficient size for the duty to be performed and shall not exceed their full-rated load when the driven equipment is operating at specified capacity. Unless otherwise noted, motors driving pumps shall not be overloaded at any head or discharge condition of the pump. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. The motor manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer certified dimension prints showing nameplate data and outline dimensions within three weeks of the date they receive the order. B. Guarantee: All equipment furnished and installed under this Section shall be guaranteed against defects of workmanship, materials and improper installation for a period of one year from date of acceptance. All such equipment or parts proven defective, due to the above noted causes shall be replaced in the machines by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. C. Provide equipment warranty in accordance with other sections PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 RATING A. Unless otherwise noted, all motors shall be low voltage type. All motors Y2 through 100 horsepower shall be rated 230/460. volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz A.C.; motors 125 horsepower through 200 horsepower shall be rated 460 volt, 3- phase, 60 Hertz, and motors below % horsepower shall be rated 115/230 volt, 1- phase, 60 Hertz A.C. 2.2 THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS A. Motors 25 horsepower and larger shall have a 120-volt space heater for moisture control. B. Unless specifically noted in other sections of these Specifications, all motors shall be listed and labeled as premium efficiency with minimum efficiencies as indicated in Table 1. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/fleld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16150-1 TABLE 1 Motor Min. Max. Motor Min, Max. HP Eff. dba HP Eff. dba 1-2 84.0% 74 25-30 92.0% 92 3-5 86.5% 79 40-50 93.0% 97 7.5-10 90.2% 84 60-75 94.0% 100 15-20 91.0% 89 100 94.1% 102 C. Motors operating with variable frequency drives shall be "inverter duty motors" with manufacturer's catalog data submitted to indicate their suitability for use with variable frequency drives (VFD's) 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. General: All drip proof and weather protected Type I motors shall have epoxy encapsulated windings. Totally enclosed motors shall not be encapsulated. Motors not readily available with encapsulated windings may be standard type. Motors exposed to the outside atmosphere shall be totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) unless otherwise specified in Division 11. Indoor motors shall be ODP unless otherwise specified in Division 11. 2. Squirrel cage rotors shall be made from high-grade steel laminations adequately fastened together and to the shaft, or shall be case aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. B. Low Voltage, Three Phase Motors: Motors shall be of the squirrel cage or wound rotor induction type as noted. Horizontal, vertical solid shaft, vertical hollow shaft, normal thrust and high thrust types shall be furnished as called for in Division 11 or specified herein. All motors shall be built in accordance with current NEMA, IEEE, ANSI and AFBMA standards where applicable. Motors shall be of the type and quality described by these Specifications, fully capable of performing in accordance with manufacturer's nameplate rating, and free from defective material and workmanship. 2. Motors shall have normal or high starting torque (as required), low starting current (not to exceed 600 percent full load current), and low slip. 3. Each motor shall have a 1.15 service factor. The motor shall be non- overloading, without the use of the service factor, at any point on the driven equipment performance curve. 4. Motors shall be suitable for operation in moist air with hydrogen sulphide gas present. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 18150-2 SECTION 16108 - MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1. SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install all miscellaneous equipment as hereinafter specified and as shown on the Drawings. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Disconnect Switches: Fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, NEMA type H, quick-make, quick-break, visible blades, 600 volt, 3-pole with full cover interlock. All current carrying parts shall be copper. 2. Enclosure type shall be NEMA 4X, 304 stainless steel with copper lugs. 3. Switches shall be horsepower rated as manufactured by the Square D Co., Class 3110. 4. Control wiring shall not pass through any disconnect enclosure. A junction box shall be provided, constructed of the same material as the disconnect, and utilized to separate power and control wiring prior to the disconnect enclosure. 5. Each disconnect shall be provided with a plastic nameplate, affixed to the enclosure without screws, identifying the equipment served. 6. A form C contact shall be provided with all 60 amp disconnects and larger to allow disconnection of the motor space heater when the disconnect is open. B. Full Voltage Motor Starters: Full Voltage motor starters shall be furnished and installed for single-phase motors. Starters shall be non-reversing. 2. Enclosure type shall be NEMA 1 except as shown on the Drawings. 3. Full voltage motor starters shall be as manufactured by the Square D Co. Class 8536. C. Unless otherwise noted, all NEMA 4 enclosures shall be stainless steel. NEMA 4X push buttons and pilot lights shall be provided in all weatherproof control panels. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Miscellaneous Equipment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16108-1 D. Wireway: Wireway shall be steel, "Square-Duct." as manufactured by the Square D Company, or approved equal. E. Control Relays: Control relays shall be heavy duty machine tool type, with 10 ampere, 600 volt, convertible contacts. Square D, Class 8501, Type R with pilot light. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Miscellaneous Equipment McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 96108-2 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.2 APPLICATIONS A. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, or hereinafter specified, all exposed raceways shall be in aluminum conduit. B. PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall be used at all underground locations as raceways for shielded process instrumentation wiring and shielded control wiring except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Schedule 80 PVC conduit shall be used underground for power circuits. Where PVC is used, all elbows and risers to above grade shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. All elbows shall be suitably grounded. D. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. E. Unless otherwise hereinafter specified or shown on the Drawings, all boxes shall be metal. F. Concealed switch, outlet and control station boxes shall be pressed steel. G. Terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., installed outdoors in NEMA 4 areas or in corrosive areas shall be 304 NEMA 4X stainless steel. All boxes installed in NEMA 1 areas shall be galvanized steel. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Metal Conduit 1. Rigid metal conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 346. 2. Rigid steel conduit interior and exterior shall be hot-dipped galvanized after threading and be as manufactured by the Allied Tube and Conduit Corp., Wheatland Tube Co., Triangle PWC Inc., or approved equal. 3. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be 6063 alloy and shall be as manufactured by New Jersey Aluminum Corp., AFC Co., VAW of America, Inc., or approved equal. 4. PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall have a 1/50-in thick, polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to hot-dipped galvanized steel WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Raceways and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16110-1 conduit and an internal phenolic coating, and shall be plasti-bond 2" as manufactured by Robroy Industries, Triangle PWC Inc., Perma-Cote Industries, or approved equal. B. Intermediate Metal Conduit Intermediate metal conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 345. 2. Intermediate metal conduit shall be hot-dipped or electro-gaIvan ized steel as manufactured by Allied Tube and Conduit Corp., Triangle PWC Inc., Wheatland Tube Co., or approved equal. C. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1. Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 347. 2. PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 40 as manufactured by Carlon, An Indian Head Co., Kraloy Products Co., Inc., Highland Plastics Inc., or approved equal. D. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit, Couplings and Fittings Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be for use under the provisions of NEC Article 351A. 2. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be Sealtite, Type UA, manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div., Anaconda American Brass Co., American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc., Universal Metal Hose Co., or approved equal. 3. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be of the screw-in type as manufactured by the Thomas and Betts Co., Crouse-Hinds Co., or approved equal. E. Flexible Couplings 1. Flexible couplings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co., Appleton Electric Co., Killark Electric Manufacturing co., or approved equal. F. Boxes and Fittings: Pressed steel switch and outlet boxes shall be hot-dipped galvanized as manufactured by the Raco Manufacturing Co., Adalet Co., O.Z. Manufacturing Co., or approved equal. 2. NEMA 1 terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes etc., shall be galvanized steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Galvanized boxes shall be galvanized and have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth and galvanized. Box bodies shall be flanged and WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Raceways and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16110-2 shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co. or approved equal. NEMA 4 boxes located outdoors shall be 304 stainless steel. 3. Cast iron boxes and fittings shall be galvanized with cast galvanized covers and corrosion-proof screws as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co., Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal. 4. Cast aluminum boxes and fittings shall be copper-free aluminum with cast aluminum covers and corrosion-proof screws as manufactured by the Killark Electric Co., Crouse-Hinds Co., Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal. 5. All boxes and fittings used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the metal, the same thickness as used on the coated steel conduit. 6. Steel elbows and couplings shall be hot-dipped galvanized. An extra 40 mil PVC protective coating shall be provided when used with PVC coated steel conduit. 7. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be of the raintight, concrete-tight, steel compression type as manufactured by the Appleton Electric Co., Crouse-Hinds Co., or approved equal. 8. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Meyers Electric Products, Inc., Raco Div., Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal. Conduit hubs shall be provided for all outdoor conduit terminations. G. Conduit Mounting Equipment: In dry indoor areas (NEMA 1), hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps, channel, etc. shall be galvanized rigid steel. 2. In outdoor, NEMA 4 or corrosive areas all conduit mounting equipment shall be 316 stainless steel. H. Lighting Channel Support System: Lighting channel support systems shall be installed complete with all hanger fittings, threaded rod hangers, beam clamps, fixture hangers and appurtenances. 2. Channels and appurtenances installed in NEMA 1 areas shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. 3. Channels and appurtenances installed outdoors, in NEMA 4 areas or in corrosive areas shall be 316 stainless steel. 3. Channel support system shall be as manufactured by Unistrut Corp. or approved equal. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Raceways and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16110-3 Terminal Cabinets (TC-1, TC-2 and TC-3): 1. Interiors shall be so designed that control relays and terminal blocks can be replaced or added without disturbing adjacent units. Each cabinet shall be furnished with a minimum of 50 spare terminals. 2. All interiors shall be completely factory assembled with control relays, terminal blocks, insulating barriers, etc. All 120 volt ac and do terminal blocks shall be isolated from each other by insulating barriers or separate enclosures. 3. All wiring within the cabinets shall be grouped together in harnesses and secured to the structure. 4. All shielded cables shall terminate in a separated area from digital cables. A third terminal shall be provided for each twisted shielded pair and the shield for each connected thereto, unless otherwise noted on manufacturer's shop drawings. 5. Terminal blocks shall be tubular screw type with pressure plates and shall be rated 600 volts. Terminal blocks shall be Allen Bradley Catalog Number 1492-CAI or approved equal. 6. Boxes shall be made from 14 gauge stainless steel and shall be of sufficient size to provide a minimum of 4 inches of wiring space on all sides and between adjacent terminal blocks. A minimum 2 inch spare shall be provided between control relays. A minimum of four mounting studs shall be provided on each cabinet. Cabinets shall be furnished without knockouts. Holes for raceways shall be drilled on the job. Latches shall be quick operating type. 7. A single hinged door shall cover the front of each terminal cabinet. Doors shall have a neoprene gasket, vault type handle, three point catch and lock. Two keys shall be supplied for each lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. A terminal block schedule shall be provided with each terminal point numbered and identified (typewritten) as to function. 8. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the cabinets shall be properly cleaned and finished with gray over a rust-inhibiting phosphatized coating conforming to ANSI A55.1. The finish paint shall be of a type to which field applied paint will adhere. 9. Cabinets shall be Hoffman Engineering Company with latch kit hardware or be an equal product. 10. A laminated chart showing control and instrumentation identification pertaining to location and function shall be provided for each terminal cabinet. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for obtaining all control diagrams and coordinating the wiring of all equipment. The chart inside each terminal box shall depict each endpoint designations of all control cable. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Raceways and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16110-4 11. Instrumentation cables shall be looped in terminal cabinets. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. No conduit smaller than 3/4-inch electrical trade size shall be used, nor shall any have more than four 90 degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as required or directed. Minimum size in floor slabs shall be 3/4-inch. B. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work, until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed; in the case of exposed work, until the conduit system has been completed in every detail. C. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust and moisture while the buildings are under construction. D. Conduit supports shall be spaced at intervals as required to obtain rigid construction, but in no case more than as required by the NEC. E. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-inch diameter. Material type shall be as specified in Part 2. F. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Where attached to concrete surfaces, concrete inserts of the spot type shall be provided. G. All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding walls and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. All conduits shall be run perfectly straight and true. Conduits not installed in this fashion shall be replaced. H. No unbroken run shall exceed 300 feet in length. This length shall be reduced by 75 feet for each 90 degree elbow. Conduit terminating in pressed steel boxes shall have double locknuts and insulated bushings. J. Conduit terminating in gasketed enclosures shall be terminated with conduit hubs. K. Conduit wall seals shall be used for all conduits penetrating walls below grade or other locations shown on the Drawings. L. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for all motor terminations and other equipment. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-Ur Raceways and Fittings McKim 8 Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16110-5 M. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other equipment. N. Conduit stub outs for future construction shall be provided with threaded PVC end caps at each end. 0. Galvanized steel conduit entering manholes and below grade pull boxes shall be terminated with grounding type bushings and connected to a 5/8" x 10" rod with #6 bare copper wire. P. Underground 120 volt circuits (GRS or Schedule 80 PVC) shall be installed directly to the respective panels. Stainless steel pull boxes shall be wall mounted on structures to eliminate excessive bends. With prior approval, below grade pull boxes, equal to Brooks #2424 (minimum), with hot dip galvanized covers and frames, may be used. Splices shall not be made in above or below grade pull boxes without prior approval. Q. All field cut threads on galvanized steel conduit shall be cleaned and painted with zinc-rich paint before installing. R. A 2-inch concrete conduit housekeeping pad shall be required for all exposed conduit stub-ups. This applies to ALL exposed conduits installed indoors or outdoors. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Raceways and Fittings McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16110-6 SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable, and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of proposed wire and cable shall be submitted for approval. Each sample shall have the size, type of insulation and voltage stenciled on the jacket. B. Approved samples will be sent to the project location for comparison by the Resident Engineer with the wire actually installed. C. Installed, unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.3 APPLICATIONS A. Wire for lighting and receptacle circuits above grade shall be type THWN. B. Wire for all power motor circuits and below grade lighting and receptacle circuits shall be type RHW or XHHW, stranded. C. Single conductor wire for control, indication and metering shall be type MTW No. 14 AWG, 19 strand or type XHHH No. 14 AWG stranded. D. Multi-conductor control cable shall be No. 14 AWG, 19 strand. E. Wire for process instrumentation or shielded control cable shall be No. 16 AWG, shielded and stranded. 1.4 MINIMUM SIZES A. Except for control and signal leads, no conductor smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn stranded copper conductors. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Wires and Cables McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16120-1 2.2 600 VOLT WIRE AND CABLE A. Type RHW and XHHW shall be cross-linked polyethylene (XLP); as manufactured by the Southwire Co., Collyer Insulated Wire Co., Rome Cable or approved equal. B. Type THWN shall be as manufactured by the Southwire Co., Collyer Insulated Wire Co., Rome Cable or approved equal. 2.3 5000 VOLT WIRE & CABLE A. All primary cables shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest revision of ICEA Pub. No. S066-524 and AEIC No. 5. B. 5,OOOV cable shall be single conductor, XLPE insulated, PVC jacketed, shielded, 5KV undergrounded neutral, 133 percent insulation level, as manufactured by Hi- Tech Cable Corp., or equal. 2.4 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL CABLE A. Process instrumentation wire shall be twisted pair, 60OV, cross-linked polyethylene insulated, aluminum tape shielded, polyvinyl chloride jacketed, type "XLP" as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Co., Eaton Corp. "Polyset," or approved equal. Multi-conductor cables shall be supplied with individually shielded twisted pairs. B. Multi-conductor control cable shall be stranded, 60OV, cross-linked polyethylene insulated with PVC jacket, type "XLP" as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Co., Eaton Corp. "Polyset," or approved equal. 2.5 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Power Conductors: Terminations shall be die type or set screw type pressure connectors as specified. Splices (where allowed) shall be die type compression connector and waterproof with heat shrink boot or epoxy filling. B. Control Conductors: Termination on saddle-type terminals shall be wired directly with a maximum of two conductors per termination. Termination on screw type terminals shall be made with a maximum of two spade connectors. Splices (where allowed) shall be made with insulated compression type connectors. Heat shrink boots shall be utilized for all outdoor splices. C. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): Terminations permitted shall be typical of control conductors. Splices are allowed at instrumentation terminal boxes only. D. Except where otherwise approved by the Engineer no splices will be allowed in manholes, handholes or other below grade located boxes. E. Splices shall not be made in push button control stations, control devices (i.e., pressure switches, flow switches, etc.), conduit bodies, etc. WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Wires and Cables McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16120-2 F. Preformed stress cones shall be used for terminating 5KV and 15KV cable. Cable terminations shall be General Electric Termi-matic, or Elastimold Division, or equal, and shall be approved by the cable manufacturer for his cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All conductors shall be carefully handled to avoid kinks or damage to insulation. B. Lubrications shall be used to facilitate wire pulling. Lubricants shall be U.L. listed for use with the insulation specified. C. Shielded instrumentation wire shall be installed from terminal to terminal with no splicing at any intermediate point. D. Shielded instrumentation wire shall be installed in rigid steel conduit and pull boxes that contain only shielded instrumentation wire. Instrumentation cables shall be separated from control cables in manholes. E. Shielding on instrumentation wire shall be grounded at one end only, as directed by supplier of the instrumentation equipment. F. Wire and cable connections to terminals and taps shall be made with compression connectors. Connections of insulated conductors shall be insulated and covered. All connections shall be made using materials and installation methods in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the particular item of wire and cable. The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. G. All wire and cable shall be continuous and without splices between points of connection to equipment terminals, except a splice will be permitted by the Engineer if the length required between the points of connection exceeds the greatest standard shipping length available from the manufacturer specified or approved by the Engineer as the manufacturer of the particular item of wire and cable. H. Steel fish tapes and/or steel pulling cables shall not be used in PVC conduit runs. 1. All control and instrumentation circuits and wiring shall be clearly and permanently numbered and labeled at each end so as to identify the location of the opposite end and the function of the circuit. Individual wires in a multi-wire circuit shall be identified with wire numbers. Labeling shall be in place prior to turnover of any equipment, system or sub-system to Owner. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Wires and Cables McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 18120-3 3.2 TESTS A. All 600-volt wire insulation shall be tested with a meg-ohmmeter after installation. Tests shall be made at not less than 1,000 VDC. See 16050 for additional testing requirements. B. All service conductors shall be tested as in paragraph A above. These tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. A written report shall be submitted to the engineer for review. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Wires and Cables McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16120-4 5. The output shaft shall be suitable for direct connection or belt drive as required. 6. Motors shall have a Class B non-hygroscopic insulation system. Class F insulation may be used but shall be limited to Class B temperature rise. 7. All motors shall have a final coating of chemical resistant corrosion and fungus protective epoxy fortified enamel finish sprayed over red primer over all interior and exterior surfaces. Stator bore and rotor of all motors shall be epoxy coated. 8. All fittings, bolts, nuts, and screws shall be plated to resist corrosion. Bolts and nuts shall have hex heads. 9. All machine surfaces shall be coated with rust ,inhibitor for easy disassembly. 10. Conduit boxes shall be gasketed. Lead wires between motor frame and conduit box shall be gasketed. 11. Totally enclosed motors shall be provided with brass or stainless steel breather drains at both ends to allow proper drainage of condensation. 12. Nameplates shall be stainless steel. Lifting lugs or "O" type bolts shall be supplied on all frames 254T and larger. Enclosures will have stainless steel screen and motors shall be protected for corrosion, fungus and insects. 13. Low voltage, three phase motors shall be manufactured by General Electric, U.S. Motors, or Baldor. Note: No aluminum magnet coil wire will be accepted for the motor windings; copper only. 14. Fractional Horsepower: a) Fractional horsepower motors shall be rigid, welded steel, .designed to maintain accurate alignment of motor components and provide adequate protection. End shields shall be reinforced, lightweight die-cast aluminum. Windings shall be of varnish- insulated wire with slot insulation of polyester film, baked-on bonding treatment to make the stator winding strongly resistant to heat, aging, moisture, electrical stresses and other hazards. Insulation shall be Class H minimum. b) Motor shaft shall be made from high-grade cold-rolled shaft steel with driveshaft extensions carefully machined to standard NEMA dimensions for the particular drive connection. c) For light to moderate loading, bearings shall be quiet all angle sleeve type with large oil reservoir that prevents leakage and permits motor operation in any position. WTP 1 & 3 WellEeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16150-3 d) For heavy loading, ball bearings with reservoir providing lubrication. 15. Integral Horsepower bearings shall be carefully selected precision extra quality, long-life grease, and large 10 years' normal operation without re- a) Motor frames, end shields, conduit box and fan shroud shall be cast iron. Motors shall be of such design and proportions as to hold all motor components rigidly in proper position and provide adequate protection for the type of enclosure employed. b) Motor windings for stator and rotor leads shall be manufactured using copper wire. Windings shall be adequately insulated and securely braced to resist failure due to electrical stresses, vibrations and contaminants. C) The shaft shall be made of high grade machine steel or steel forging of size and design adequate to withstand the load stresses normally encountered in motors of the particular rating. Bearing journals shall be ground and polished. d) Rotors shall be made from high grade steel laminations adequately fastened together, and to the shaft. Rotor squirrel cage windings may be cast aluminum or bar-type construction with brazed end rings. e) Motors shall be equipped with vacuum-degassed antifriction bearings made to AFBMA Standards, and be of ample capacity for the motor rating. The bearing housing shall be large enough to hold sufficient lubricant to minimize the need for frequent lubrication, but facilities shall be provided for adding new lubricant and draining out old lubricant without motor disassembly. The bearing housing shall have long, tight, running fits or rotating seals to protect against the entrance of foreign matter into the bearings, or leakage of lubricant out of the bearing cavity. f) Bearings of high thrust motors will be locked for momentary up thrust of 30% down thrust. All bearings shall have a minimum B10 life rating of 100,000 hours in accordance with AFBMA life and thrust valves. g) Vertical hollow shaft motors shall have non-reverse ratchets to prevent backspin. h) Neoprene shaft slinger shall be provided and lead wires shall be non-braided and non-wicking to prevent entrance of moisture. C. Low Voltage, Single Phase Motors Single phase motors shall be split-phase and capacitor-start induction types rated for continuous horsepower at the rpm called for on the WTP 1 & 3 Wellfleld Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project M 0992-0190 16150-4 Drawings. Motors shall be rated 115/230 volts, 60 Hertz, single phase, open drip proof, or totally enclosed fan cooled as called for on the Drawings, with temperature rise in accordance with NEMA Standards for Class B insulation. 2. Totally enclosed fan cooled motors shall be designed for severe duty. 3. Motors shall have corrosion and fungus protective finish on internal and external surfaces. All fittings shall have corrosion protective plating. 4. Mechanical characteristics shall be the same as specified for polyphase fractional horsepower motors. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Motor Connections: All motors shall be connected to the conduit system by means of a short section of 18-inch minimum flexible conduit unless otherwise indicated. For all motor connections, the Contractor shall install a grounding conductor in the conduit and terminate at the motor control center with an approved grounding clamp. 3.2 TESTS AND CHECKS A. The following tests shall be performed on all motors after installation but before putting motors into service. 1. The Contractor shall megger each motor winding before energizing the motor and, if insulation resistance is found to be low, shall notify the Engineer and shall not energize the motor. The following table gives minimum acceptable insulation resistance in megohms at various temperatures and for various voltages with readings being taken after one minute of megger test run. TABLE 2 Degree Winding Tem erature Voltage F C 115V 230V 460V 4,160V 37 3.9 60 108 210 1700 50 10 32 60 120 1000 68 20 13 26 50 460 86 30 5.6 11 21 195 104 45 2.4 4.5 8.8 84 122 50 1 2 3.7 35 140 60 0.5 0.85 1.6 15 2. The Contractor shall check all motors for correct clearances and alignment and for correct lubrication, and shall lubricate if required in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16150-5 3. The Contractor shall confirm that motors are free of objectionable noise and vibration. Units shall operate with a maximum sound level not to exceed 85 dBA measured five feet from the motor. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 480 Volt Motors McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16150-6 SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete grounding system in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code and as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Conduit shall be as specified under Section 16110 - Raceways and Fittings. B. Wire shall be as specified under Section 16120 -- Wires and Cables PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Ground rods: Ground rods shall be copper clad steel 5/8-inch x 20-foot. Ground rods shall be Copperweld or be an approved equal product. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The service entrance equipment ground bus shall be grounded to a %-inch cold water pipe, to the ground grid as indicated on the Drawings and to the building steel. The protecting conduits shall be bonded to the grounding conductor at both ends. The Contractor shall not allow the water pipe connections to be painted. If the connections are painted, they shall be disassembled and remade with new fittings. B. All steel building columns shall be bonded together and connected to the building ground grid and to the service entrance ground with a No. 1/0 copper conductor. The bond wire for all well pumps shall be connected to the well pump casing via Cadweld. C. Motors shall be grounded as specified in Section 16150 - Motors. D. Lighting transformer neutrals shall be grounded to a grounding electrode and the service entrance ground. E. Grounding electrodes shall be driven as required. Where rock is encountered, grounding plates may be used in lieu of grounding rods. F. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, conduit systems, cable armor, exposed structural steel and similar items shall be grounded. G. Exposed connections shall be made by means of approved grounding clamps. Exposed connections between different metals shall be sealed with No-Oxide Paint WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 Section IVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Grounding System McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0990 . 16450-1 Grade A or approved equal. All buried connections shall be made by welding process equal to Cadweld. H. For reasons of mechanical strength, grounding conductors extending from the plant grounding grid to the ground buses of control centers and unit substations shall be No. 1/0 AWG. All underground conductors shall be laid slack and where exposed to mechanical injury shall be protected by pipes or other substantial guards. If guards are iron pipe or other magnetic material, conductors shall be electrically connected to both ends of the guard. J. The Contractor shall exercise care to insure good ground continuity, in particular between the conduit system and equipment frames and enclosures. Where necessary, jumper wires shall be installed. 3.2 TESTS A. The Contractor shall test the ground resistance of the system. All test equipment shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Dry season resistance of the system shall not exceed 5 ohms. If such resistance cannot be obtained with the system as shown, the Contractor shall provide additional grounding as directed by the Engineer, without additional payment. The Contractor shall submit all grounding system test results to the Engineer for review. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Grounding System McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 16450-2 SECTION 16671 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish and install transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) also referred to as Surge Protection Devices (SPD), integrated into electrical distribution and control panel equipment as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. European Standard (EN): EN 61643-11: Surge Protective Devices Connected to Low-Voltage Power Distribution systems -- Part 11: Performance Requirements and Testing Methods B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.41.1: Guide on the Surge Environment in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 2. IEEE C62.41.2: Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 3. IEEE C62.45: Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low Voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. IEEE Standard 1100 (Emerald Book): Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. C. International Electrotechincal Commission (IEC): IEC 61024: Protection of Structures against Lightning. 2. IEC 61643: Low-Voltage Surge Protective Devices. 3. IEC 62305: Protection against Lightning. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 285. 2. NFPA 780: Standard for the installation of Lightning Protection Systems. E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): 1. UL 1449: Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors Safety and Performance Test Procedures. WTP 1 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section IVA City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-1 2. UL 1283: Standard for Safety for Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include dimensional drawing, internal circuit diagram, wiring details, rated capacities, operating characteristics, installation instructions and furnished accessories. Include the following: 1. EN 61643-11:2002, Lightning Impulse Current (I;mp) 10x350ps for devices rated for IEEE C62.41 Category C and/or IEC Typel/Class 1 devices. 2. IEC 62305-4, Protection against lightning - Part 4: Electrical and electronic systems within structures: proof of coordination of products C.5. 3. UL1449 Second Edition Suppressed Voltage Ratings (SVR). 4. Provide independent third-party testing lab report. B. Statement of Warranty: The manufacturer shall guarantee all TVSS/SPD devices to be free from defects in materials and workmanship. All TVSS/SPD devices shall be warranted against failure due to lightning or switching transients for a period of five (5) years from date of installation. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall store, protect, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Contractor shall inspect and report concealed damage to carrier within 48 hours. C. Contractor shall store in a clean, dry space. Cover with heavy canvas or plastic to keep out dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic, and shall heat enclosures to prevent condensation. D. Contractor shall handle in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to avoid damaging equipment, installed devices, and finish. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following manufacturers: Dehn & Sohne, GmbH * Co. KG, Hans-Dehn-Str. 1, Postfach 1640, 92306 Neumarkt, Germany; www.dehn.de a) Supplied by: Dehn, Inc. 106 SW Peacock Blvd.; Suite 207, Port St. Lucie, FL 34986; tel: 877-927-6510; www.dehn-usa.com WTP 1 & 3 Wel/fle/d Expansion Phase 1 Section iVa City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-2 2.2 AC CIRCUIT TVSS/SPD COMPONENTS A. Electrical Requirements: The IEC Type 1/Class 1 and IEEE Category C lightning impulse current rating shall be based on testing of a per-mode TVSS/SPD lightning current arrester, using the more severe 10/350us test wave-shape. Devices that derive a maximum surge current rating by adding test results or ratings of individual components are not acceptable or those using ratings based only on the less severe 8x20us test wave-shape. 2. The Suppression Voltage Rating (SVR) shall be tested in accordance with UL-1449, Second Edition. Where an integral disconnect is provided, the TVSS SVR shall be determined with the integral disconnect. B. Protection and Filtering Elements: The TVSS shall be UL rated to a fault current (short circuit withstand capability) rating equal to or greater than the fault current rating of the distribution equipment. 2. IEC Typel /Class 1 and Category C rated devices shall incorporate the use of radial/axial flow, self-extinguishing spark gap technology that limits the AC follow current without tripping any upstream fuse or breaker as low as 30A RMS. These devices must be coordinated with Type2/Class 2 and Type 3/Class 3 devices installed downstream. 3. TVSS/SPD systems shall include integral fusing for all voltage limiting suppression components. 4. TVSS/SPD assemblies shall use per mode lightning current and surge suppression arresters ganged together with the use of copper bus bar material designed by the manufacturer. These arresters may use plug-in modules, if so, these modules must be a snap-fit insuring uninterrupted operation in environments that include temperature/humidity extremes and continuous or periodic vibration (for example; thunder). 5. TVSS/SPD installed in switchgear, switchboards, and power panels shall be installed using a parallel connection means for systems with main breakers above 90A RMS. For AC power control panel breakers at or below 90A RMS, the TVSS/SPD assembly shall be installed using a Kelvin connection using the manufacture provided terminals integral to the TVSS/SPD arrester. C. Standard Monitoring Features: One operational status indicating window per each protected phase, no AC or DC current from the existing electrical system shall be used to power operational status or any ancillary monitoring features of any AC or DC power system. 2. The TVSS/SPD assembly shall have dry contacts for remote monitoring purposes, 1, N/O & 1, N/C contact. Change in state on arrester failure. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DENN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-3 Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 250VAC/0.5A and 250VDC/0.1A, 125VDC/0.2A, 75VDC/0.5A. This remote monitoring circuit shall NOT use any AC or DC current from the existing electrical system. AC Power Systems of 120/208V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: Part Number Model # Qty; Description 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 4 IEC Type1/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 4 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 811 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 1 5 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 120/240V 3-Phase DELTA, Grounded Neutral: Part Number' 'Model # ty. Description 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 3 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 961 125 DB M 1 255 FM 1 IEC Type1/Class 1 Lightning Arrester, high le to round 952 090 DG S 275 FM 1 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester, high le to neutral 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 811 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 15 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 277/480V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: (Neutral carried through L-G, L-N and N-G) ??rtNuimber Model;# I r!I ;city. Description ; 900 016 DBM 1 320 4 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 094 DG S 385 FM 4 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 814 MVS 4 811 1 8-pole, 4-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 1 8 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 989400/s MVS 15 1 5-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 2771480V 3-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral: Neutral NOT carried through L-G onl p0'' Number Model ..# Qty, 'Description 900 016 DBM 1 320 3 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 094 DG S 385 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 813 MVS 3 6 8 1 6-pole, 3-phase, copper bus bar 900 611 MVS 18 1 8-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section 1Va City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-4 er_ Pnu ar Awafame of 23n/4nnV 3-Phase WYE. Grounded Neutral: Part Model # Qty Description Number , Combined IEC Typel/Class 1 and 951 315 DV M TT 255 FM 1 Type 2/Class 2 Lightning Current & Surge Arrester AC Power Systems of 1201240V 1-Phase WYE, Grounded Neutral PZnlif Phaca I _r; 1 -N and N-Gl' Part Number ," Model# ;Description.;.. , 961 115 DB M 1 150 FM 3 IEC Typel/Class 1 Lightning Arrester 952 092 DG S 150 FM 3 IEC Type 2/Class 2 Surge Arrester 900 699 DK 35 1 Feed Through Terminal Block 900 813 MVS i-6 8 1 6-pole, 3-phase, copper bus bar 900 815 WS 16 1 6-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar 900 610 MVS 14 1 4-pole, 1 phase, copper bus bar AC Power Systems of 120V 1-Phase Load Side of Control Transformer : Part Number Model # r Moll Qty. Description 953 209 DR M 2P 150 FM 1 IEC Type 3/Class 3 Surge Arrester 2.3 CONTROL. CIRCUIT TVSS/SPD COMPONENTS A. Requirements: TVSS/SPD products shall be modular in construction consisting of a base and module. 2. The base and module combination must be rated as an IEC Type 1/Class 1 lightning current and surge arrester EN 61643-21 for a 10/350us pulse wave- shape with a peak current of 10kA. 3. The module shall mechanically snap into the base using a positive feel and sound verifying proper and solid installation. 4- The base and module combination must be a make-before-break contact system assuring uninterrupted system operation during service. 5. The base shall mount onto a 35mm DIN mounting rail providing integral grounding of the installed base and inserted module. 6. The base shall be able to accept a manufacturer's system test module for servicing the control circuit without removing the base. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-5 7. The base and module system shall be a maximum of 12mm wide and able to protect up to 2 pairs of wires (4 wires). 8. The base and module shall be able to be monitored using an RFID system showing TVSS/SPD status and remaining life. 4-20mA Control Circuits (4-Wire, 2-Pairl: Part Number Model # Qty. Description 920 300 BXT BAS 1 Dehn Blitzductor Base 920 324 BXT ML4 BE 24 1 Dehn BlitzductorTVSS/SPD module 4-20mA Control Circuits (2-Wire. 1-Pair): Part Number Model '# 'Qty. u, Description 920 300 BXT BAS 1 Dehn Blitzductor Base 920 224 BXT MI-2 BE S 24 1 Dehn Blitzductor TVSS/SPD module ProflBus DP/FMS (4-Wires 2-Pair): Part Number Model # Qty. Description Jill' 920 300 BXT BAS 1 Dehn Blitzductor Base 920 370 BXT ML4 BE HF 24 1 Dehn Blitzductor TVSS/SPD module Ethernet (Connection Tvpe RJ): Part Number Model # Qty. Description 929100 DPA M CAT 6 1 DEHN patch Cat 6 RJ45S 48 929 121 DPA M CLE 1 DEHNpatch Class E RJ45B 48 Video (Connection Tvne BNC): Part Number Model ,# Qty. Description 929 010 UGKF BNC 1 Dehn Blitzductor Base 909 710 DGA BNC VCD 1 DEHNgate shield directly grounded L909 711 : rDGA BNC VCID 1 DEHNgate Shield indirect Gnd RF (Spread Spectrum, High Freauencv. Satellite): Part Number i Model # Qty. Description 929 044 DGA G N 1 DEHNgate N connector, bulk head, max 25 W up to 5.8Ghz, 5052 WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section /Va City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-6 909 705 DGA GFF TV 1 DEHNgate F connector, 7512 106 329 Angled Fixing Plate 1 Mounting plate for 929 044 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF TVSS/SPD DEVICES A. NSS/SPD devices shall be mounted internal to the electrical distribution equipment or control panels using 35mm DIN mounting rail. If the assembly is mounted on a grounded metal plate, the ground connection will be a maximum of 100mm, 41N. B. All NSS/SPD devices shall be connected with the shortest and straightest wire lead lengths using the largest wire gauge possible. C. AC circuit TVSS/SPD assemblies installed using the Kelvin connection shall not have the input and output wires run together or wire-tied together preventing cross induction of transient voltages. D. Panel construction shall insure that the control circuit protected side wires are installed in a separate raceway preventing cross induction of transients between wires. E. Grounding for RI= type protection devices shall be made through the bulk head mounting to an unpainted metallic enclosure or through the use of a manufacturer supplied metallic mounting plate installed on the metallic back panel or through the use of a ground lead, minimum 12AWG, with a maximum length of 100mm, 41N. 3.2 PLACING NSS/SPD DEVICES INTO SERVICE A. Do not energize or connect electrical distribution or control panels to their sources until NSS/SPD devices are installed and connected. END OF SECTION WTP 1 & 3 Wel/freld Expansion Phase 1 Section lVa City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DEHN McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 16671-7 BOND NUMBER: CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PASCO KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICE INC. Contractor and WESTERN SURETY COMPANY OF (Surety) whose address is P. O. BOX 16190, 11470 N. 53RD STREET, TEMPLE TERRACE, FLORIDA 33687 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of. THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETEEN THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($3,519,280.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the i day of 200 entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION - PHASE I (07-0037-UT) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 BOND NUMBER: 9 2 9 4 5 2 615 CONTRACT BOND STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PASCO KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. Contractor and WESTERN SURETY COMPANY OF (Surety) whose address is P. O. BOX 16190, 11470 N. 53" STREET, TEMPLE TERRACE, FLORIDA 33687 HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of. THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETEEN THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($3,519,280.00) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successor , and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the4t _, day of 2009, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION -- PHASE I (07-0037-UT) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract. Page 1 ?It CONTRACT BOND (2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, "costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 26th day of January------ - 2009--.-- ATTEST: WITNESS: COUNTERSIGNED: SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICIEK INC, CONTRACTOR `? - By: •(N 67 Western S ety Company SURETY B y: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Michael Rogers---- Page 2 W Western Surety company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a.duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Michael Wayne Rogers, William Cyrus Owen III, Sharon Elaine Taylor, Individually of Temple Terrace, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this I 1 th day of October, 2006. Iyancr, c State of South Dakota 55 County of Minnehaha WESTERN SURETY COMPANY 0 _w 4gRpo?OAl V. ac 2 ?°?h?o°a`?p Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President On this I Ith day of October, 2006, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly swom, did depose and say_ that he resides in -the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires stiti44ti .MMrti44ti.4h4ytivti444 1 f D. KRELL r November 30, 2012 S ` NOTARY PUBLIC r SOUTH MKOTA W t +Nhtiry 4ti?.ti 4titiwrtitih?r.titi44 D. Krell, No Mary Public CERTIFICATE 1, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed day of January ^ 2009 my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 26 cr,o WESTERN SURETY. COMPANY sN VIP w ?_ t lr g f .'1Y g' Authorizing By-Law ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders of the Company. Section 1. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile. VnNTR A CT This CONTRACT made and entered into this ? day of , 2009 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter d signated as the "City", and SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES INC. of the City of LUT7, County of PASCO and State of FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION - PHASE I (07-0037- UT) IN THE AMOUNT OF THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED NINETEEN THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY DOLLARS AND NO CENTS ($3,519,280.00) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per daL shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. Page 4 CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By:_ e i&.-.r- William B. Home, H City Manager Countersigned: By: L? *10'1- Frank Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember oFr11t r ?`!`Y?NTER Attest: C is E. Goudeau, Cit Clerk Approved as to form Leslie Doug 11- ides Assistant City ttorney (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.) Corporation (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. W 7.iPSrlrr. Vir.P PrP6di-,nt (Contractor) By: y Page 5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT CORPORATION FO STATE OF COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of SOUTHWEST DRILLING SERVICES INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 1930 Land O'Lakes Boulevard, Suite 15, Lutz, Florida 33549 (herein, the "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 200 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION - PHASE I (07-0037-UT) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors, laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me This day of , 200 SOUTHWEST DRILLING SERVICES INC. AFFIANT BY: NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT Page 6 PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Southeast Drilling Snrvic gns, Tnr_ • as Principal, and Western Surety Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Bid Dollars ($1 0%of bil (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Southeast Services, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety Company as Surety, for work specified as: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS I & 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1, CONTRACT #07-0037-UT all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing 9.11 work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this day of bogg )per _ _ __ , 20D& (Principal must indicate whether Corporation corporation, partnership, company or individual) Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. Principal The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. Byil. President Ti LI/ Western Surety Company Surety By-??A&Z?o Attorn -In-Fact William Cyrus 0-,ven= Drilling WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-7 Western Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Michael Wayne Rogers, William Cyrus Owen III, Sharon Elaine Taylor, Individually of Temple Terrace, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 11th day of October, 2006. State of South Dakota ss County of Minnehaha En WESTERN SURETY COMPANY $ ?4pPORq? s -C.6 Paul V. Bruflat, Senior Vice President On this I Ith day of October, 2006, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation My commission expires ?4YM1tih44M.ti4Mti44tiY4r4Y+,titi j D. KRELL November 30 2012 NOTARY PUBLIC NSOUTH DAKOTAaa r *tibti?.tiY44tiYtib?.ti'.4M?YMYYY s CERTIFICATE Xk44 7 Dell No Public 1, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is stil in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this day of 0_- +yatterroo WESTERN SURETY COMPANY ?? apopa 3 L. Nelson Assistant Secretary Form F,1230-09-06 AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF FASCo being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: a Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of SO THEAST DRILLING SERVTCES. INC. (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that W. c. zie ler is Vice President (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for r; t , of C`, caws t wr FT. for said corporation by virtue of Resolution (date August 1, 1995) (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). nz Jf (f Affiant Sworn to before me this day of Nn19mb?jr , 20DS T WINDY L. IVEY MY OpIMSStoN a DD834958 EMU M Odaba 28, 2012 T Title or rank, and Serial No., if any WTP 1 & 3 Wellheld Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PASCO 1 tni (1 71 cql er being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is vice President of SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, .INC. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. ?'_ Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this 13-4 day of 200S. tary Pub 'c WENDY L. IVEY MY COMMlSS10N DDUA59 EXKRFS.Otx 14QOI 107ARY WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 CF-9 PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for Construction of fourteen 14 U er Floridan Aquifer Test/Production Wells; two 2 Surftcial Aquifer Test Wells, two 2 U er Floridan Aquifer Testing Wells two 2 U er Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Wells; installation of fourteen _ 14 submersible well pumps and ancilla ui ment including, but not limited to piping, meters valves civil/site structural electrical and instrumentation; rehabilitation of three 3 existin well u stems, and construction of on site raw water transmission mains. and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked Water Treatment Plants_ 1 and 3 Wellfield Expansion, Phase 1 Well Installation Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF 10 PROPOSAL (2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on S f Bank, for the sum of ` (ce hunker ?u1 to, 1 4wenjj 4.6w and 64 (s 319 403-m ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contracto s total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, material man, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: W. B. Ziegler / President P. O. Box 2764, Lutz, FL 33548 Sonya P. Ziegler / Secretary P. O. Box 2764, Lutz, FL 33548 W. C. Ziegler / Vice President P. O. Box 2764, Lutz, FL 33548 Signature of Bidder: I (The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF- 11 PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: W. C. ziaa? By: Business Address of Bi er. City and State: P. o. Box 2764 Lutz, FL Title: wire?resi di nt Zip Code 33548 Dated at L4Z F/Or &_ , this ?JU day of , A.D., 200 . SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 CF- 12 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plants 1 and 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase I Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: Nov. 4, 2 0 08 Addendum No. 2 Date: Nov. 10, 2008 Addendum No. 3 Date: Nov. 12, 2008 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. (Name of idder) (Signs a fficer) Vice President (Title of Officer) 11/13/2008 (Date) SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES P.O. Box 2764 Lutz, FL 33548 Tel.: 813-968-7277 VVTP 1 & 3 WellFeld Expansion Phase 7 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 CF- 13 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE FORM The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby certifies SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. does: 1. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, sale or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying that actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. 2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employees assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities of contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). 4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of an conviction of, or plea of guilty or nola contendere to, any violation of chapter 1893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or and state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later that five (5) days after such conviction. 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. 6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements. _AA (0, Bidder's n 04/07/04 Date SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC. BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: Ci of Clearwater Water Treatment Pants 1 and 3 Wellf eld Expansion Phase 1 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION ES_ _T•_ QTY• UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL A. WELL FIELD 1 Well 23 Rehabilitation ' 23:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ ?I Q $ ?)'Oyc) 23 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 7 O DD_ $ '7 23: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 61 9 $ 93, Min 23: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 81 VF $ 00_ $7,070,6 23 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 6100 $ I0O 23: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ Z $ 23 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3 ?D? $ Subtotal (Well 23) $ 133 i?C7 . Ub Well 1=1 New Well Construction 1-1 :1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 1-1 :2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ p DOO _ $ aQ 1-1 ' 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ ab? $ (01 Qd?. 1-1 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF S J00 _ $ S00 1-1 :20 Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 48 VF $ -76. $ 3 6 60 1-1:2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 3 $ 3,o00, 1-1 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $? 1-1 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 3 00c) , $ CM. 1-1 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 53 VF $ 90. $ y 77n. 1-1 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 600. 1-1 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $1,0 nQ $12,5-00 . 1-1 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3 (IOC! $ ?? Subtotal (Well 1-1) $ 178 257 0 . 00 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: Southeast Drilling Services, INC WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-14 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 1-2 New Well Construction 1-2 : 1 Mobilization /.Demobilization 1 LS $ q S $ 1-2: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ Dp(y $ ?? - 1-2 ' 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ "Z71. J 1-2: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ JQ6 - $ 1,5-601 1-2 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 92 VF $ 75 $ 1-2: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 3 $ 3 AP 1-2: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ J3 06d 1-2:4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3 ,?Od 1-2 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 97 VF $ 96. $ <3,730 1-2: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ QQ? $ q paa 1-2: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ O 1-2 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ ? 600 $ 3 Gov Subtotal (Well 1-2) $ 19y Well 1-3 New Well Construction 1-2 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ `7 $ 1-3: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $Z ( $ aQ 1-3 :213 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 30 VF $ 1-3 :2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ 101 $ 1-3: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 48 VF $ -75-. $360. 1-3:2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ WQ 1-3: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ X O $ 1-3: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ ? $A3,600 1-3: : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 53 VF $ 96-00 $ 9,770 1-3 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 00o 1-3: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 L5 $ $ ]Z 1-3 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ V $ 3,0?rj - Subtotal (Well 1-3) $ 175g7Q -00 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: Southeast Drilling Services, INC WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-15 gin ITFM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL. k Well 1-4 New Well Construction 1-4-.1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ SDO $ 14 : 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ a0 060 $ 000 J 1-4 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 74 VF $ $ 1-4: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ job $ J 0. 1-4: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 92 VF $ ICJ 1-4 :2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ ?o . $ 3 6?& . 14: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 13,600 $ 13 1-4: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ q3 mo _ $ 93 ow. 1-4: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 97 VF $ (316- $ 736 1-4: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (CDP) 1 LS $ q 00o $066().- 1-4-.6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $12,500 $ IZ, 'Sw 1-4 : 7 Flow Meter (CDP) 1 LS $ Subtotal (Well 1-4) $ .Well 1-5 New Well Construction 1-5 . 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 1-5 :2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $?D 1-5: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 66 VF $ r7? Of $? ?jjQ 1-5 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ J60 $ SW 1-5: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 84 VF $ 7l_"- JJ $ 1-5 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 1-5: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ J $ J 00 1-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 93 060 $ 936,00 1-5 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 89 VF $ 90.00 $ D 0. 1-5 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (CDP) 1 L5 $ $ 66C 1-5: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (CDP) 1 LS $ 17-J500 1-5:7 Flow Meter (CDP) 1 LS $ 3 600 $ O Subtotal (Well 1-5) $ '122,0/6, * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: southeast Drilling SerIvices, INC WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-16 BID ITEM" DESCRIPTION ES_TQTY, UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 51 R-New, Well Construction 51R: 1 Mobilization! Demobilization 1 LS $ $ q 51R: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ 1) 00 Q. $ do 0d0 51R: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (025"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 71 VF $ ??? , $ i 51R: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ Ida $ $7DQ 51 R : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 89 VF $ -76. $ br 6757 51R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 30 $ 3 tW 61R : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ / $ 51R: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ q3 $ QOO 51 R : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 94 VF $ ?Q $ 51R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 51R : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 S P $ $ 51 R : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ -3 60 Is 3, 000 Subtotal (Well 51R) $ J9 O Well 52R New Well Construction 52R: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 9 (JV $ 52R: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 L5 $ $ X16 00 52R ' 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (025"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 23 VF $ O? /J $ %i ?QQ 52R: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ 52R: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 39 VF $ 75 $ 52R: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 30- $ 600 52R: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 13 000 - $ 13 ooa . 52R: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ `73 bM $ 52R: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 46 VF $ Qt) $ 52R: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ $ OO 52R: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Q'sw 52R : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 7 0()o Subtotal (Well 52R) $ l 6 ' 1 ?ps- Q0 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: Southeast Drilling Services, INC WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 CF-17 BID ITEM* DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Wv11.80 New W I,I'Construction 80 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ q $ 80 : 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ -QO 060 $? 000 80 : 213 Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 46 VF $ O? oI? $ aQ? , 80: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole f 15 VF $ f $ 80 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 64 VF $ $ 80: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 30 $ 80 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ J-3 Qw- $ 600 80 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS - $ 9316M $ 93 (DOC) 80 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 69 VF $ D $10216. 80:5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 660 $ 9 0? - 80: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ / Z SOD 80:7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3 $j Subtotal (Well 80) $ /x/7/0 a a Aquifer7esting ' 1-AT: 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ Ooo $ / c7 d? 1-AT: 9 Surfiicial Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 20-'ft BLS) 1 LS $11-11600 $ 11. wo 1-AT: 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ 5- 06D $15- b60 1-AT: 12 Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ .?5' 66c) $~ Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ S19 .60 CLMW-1 Monitoring Well . CLMW-1 : 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ CLMW-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ ?d $)a ?Q Subtotal (CLWM-1) $ -?Cll ?? oO SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ o0 14 Well Back Plugging 240 VF $ Well Field 1 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 L-S $ 71 TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 $ S H . 00 TOTAL WELL FIELD 1 (in words): 4n unle * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified-by the well number, coI6t , and bid item number BIDDER'S NAME: Southeast Drilling Services, INC 0 _ WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 09920190 CF-18 BID ITEM" - DESCRIPTION EST. (QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL 77 A_ WELL FIELD 3 Well'68 Rehabilitation 68:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS S7 WO $S- $ S'mo 68:13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ )s 000 $ j?006 68: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 13 fob $ 68 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 060 $ QOO 68 : 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 102 VF $ O ' $ 9 1 D A 1 ! C 68: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ QDO $ b O 68: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ I O 68: 7 Clow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ Subtotal (Well 68) $ y' Well 69: Rehabilitation . 69:1 Mobilization I Demobilization 1 LS $ 5 $ 5-, 00c) 69:13 Rehabilitate Well 1 LS $ 5 Do 69: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ )-3,060 $11660, 69 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 36, MO.- $ ow 69:46 Vertical discharge Pipe 113 VF $ 90. $ 1Q 170. 69: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 000 $ QQb 69: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ 69:7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3 ?d0 $ 066 Subtotal (Well 69) $ / 676 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. i'`."' SEPi ICES ?_. =L 3354-8 BIDDER'S NAME: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-19 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3-1 New Well Construction.:, 3-1 :1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 9 3-1 :2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ ?0 $ 3-1 :2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (025"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 93 VF $ 62P r? V $ Jac ! O6" k?1 Y U! 3-1 :2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole f 15 VF $ go $ 3-1 : 20 Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 111 VF $ 7.5 $ x-2,` )5. ! 3-1 :2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 30 $ 3 y0 d 3-1 :3 Site Work 1 LS $ $ f 3-1 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 93 M, ( ? $ "13 . 3-1 : 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 116 VF $ [?Q $ ib 3-1 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 06V „ $ 3-1 :6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ tl? $ j 3-1 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3 $ (? Subtotal (Well 3-1) $ ? Well 3-2 New Well Construction pZ(?I( 0 67 o 3-2 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 1 ? $ 3-2: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $- ON) 3-2: 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 57 VF $ ??a $ JJ 9? . J 3-2: 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ )60 $ J 3-2 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 75 VF $ -7? ?- $ c?,6 3-2 -.2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ -2 IN 1W - $ 3-2 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ a X0 $ Q 3-2: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ $ 3-2: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 80 VF $ $ 7 O 3-2 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ nQ Q $ 9 dbc) 3-2 : 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $? ?p $ Q, SN 3-2 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ O $ j QQ Subtotal (Well 3-2) $ 15 * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: southeast Drilling Services, INC WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 CF-20 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY- UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3-3 New Well Construction:' 3-3 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 9 $ [? 3-3: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ 3-3 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 88 VF $ r] ?] c" $ 17 3-3 : 2C Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ 00 $ ] 3-3: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 106 VF $ / / $ 7 J 3-3: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ 3(? $ 609 3-3 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ Q $ / O 3-3 : 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ 06c) $0,1000 3-3: 46 Vertical discharge Pipe 80 VF $ g U $ 7 3-3 : 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ cjtw 6 $ 000 3-3 '6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3-3 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ 3 0 Subtotal (Well 3-3) $ Well 3-4 New Well Construction P? 71 3-4: 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 1 zo 3-4: 2A Test/ Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ $ ?d 3-4 : 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 96 VF $? - $ 3-4:20 Drill 18-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ A) $ ]J 3-4: 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 114 VF $ $ $ . ' 3-4: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ - $ 3-4: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 136 bD $ 1:3,6 oo 3-4: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $91006 $ 060 3-3: 4B Vertical discharge Pipe 119 VF $ `7O _ $ ]O 7/0 . 3-4:5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ 00 $? 3-4: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ ] (? $ 3-4:7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ a? $3 U Subtotal (Well 3-4) $ ?(.bf '966 (YJ?i * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDDER'S NAME: Southeast Drilling Services, INC WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 CF-21 BID ITEM" DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Well 3-5 New Well Construction 3-5 : 1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ 7 $ 3-5: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ k- $? 3-5:2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0.25"), and furnish and e7lace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 93 VF $ $]S(60 N 3-5: 2C D61118-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ )00 $ )J 500 3-5 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing s, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 111 VF $ `7S $ 3-5: 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ Q , $3,00o 3-5 : 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 6W $) OQQ 3-5: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ q3 d w $ 3-5 : 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 116 VF $ q)) Jo, W 3-5: 5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ ?OC) 000 V 3-5: 6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ SOO ?5 3-5 : 7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ $ J Subtotal (Well 3-5) $ We 11,79 New Well Construction 79:1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 79: 2A Test / Production Well Survey, Testing and Development 1 LS $ ??Q 79' 2B Perform continuous split spoon, drill 24-inch diameter boreholes, furnish and install 18-inch diameter steel casing (0-25"), and furnish and emplace cement grout around the perimeter of the 18" casing 87 VF $ CXI- I $ / 7j 0. 79:2C Drill 1 8-inch diameter borehole 15 VF $ J/1b V $ 1 79 : 2D Furnish and install 12-inch diameter Sch. 40 PVC casing, and furnish and emplace cement grout to land surface around the perimeter of the 12" casing 105 VF $ '75 79 : 2E Drill 12-inch diameter borehole 100 VF $ $ 79: 3 Site Work 1 LS $ 13 ova $ 79: 4A Install Well Pump, Piping, Valve, Meter, and Appurtenances 1 LS $ Q i $ 600 79: 413 Vertical discharge Pipe 110 VF $ A $ 79:5 Production Well Pump and Motor (ODP) 1 LS $ O $ non 79:6 Control Valve Actuator and Control Valve (ODP) 1 LS $ $ / ?Sw 79:7 Flow Meter (ODP) 1 LS $ 3-060 $ 3 Subtotal (Well 79)) $ J 4 F he bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item number. BIDD'ER'S NAME: WTP 9 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 9 Section V City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0990 CF-22 BID ITEM- DESCRIPTION EST. QTY. UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL Aquifer Testing 3-AT: 8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 L5 $ $J?d 3-AT: 9 Surficial Aquifer Testing Well (+/_ 20-ft BLS) 1 LS $ / $ 14 DW 3-AT: 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Testing Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $" $ 3-AT : 12 Conduct 10-Day Aquifer Performance Test 1 LS $ S $ d?a Subtotal (Aquifer Testing) $ CRMW-1 Monitoring Well.. CRMW-1 :8 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 LS $ $6_660'. CRWM-1 : 11 Upper Floridan Aquifer Monitoring Well (+/- 150-ft BLS) 1 LS $ JS,'000 $ IY4)00 Subtotal (CRMW-1) $ SUBTOTAL WELL FIELD 3 S 14 Well Back Plugging 180 VF $ $ 3 (14 O . Well Field 3 Contingency (10% of Subtotal) 1 LS $ TOTAL WELL FIELD 3? TOTAL WELL FIELD 3 (in words): e S 1kY1 td I fPG * The bid item numbers for the wells are identified by the well number, colon, and bid item n Aber. SUMMARY AA -Well Field 1 BB -Well Field 3 Total Project Construction Cost (AA, BB) BIDDER'S NAME $9a. LJJ) -n0 !? aLLa?Z(bn? , rz ??a?_ '12C ti p Southeast Drilling Services, INC WELL DRILLER'S NAME: N ol fare ?. Z i ml ?_ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ 3 9? C 00 (Nunabers) BIDDER'S GRAND TO'T'AL $-1YWC THE BIDDER'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID IIJASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED. T1-HS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section V City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Contract Forms McKim & Creed Project #_ 0992-0190 CF-23 A? i G Owl SECTION VI OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE FORMS INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # 07-0037-UT 1. The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Construction of the Water Treatment Plants 1 and 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 project. 2. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Addendum. 3. Attachments "B", "C" and "D" relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that are part of the of a Subcontractor's Work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. 4. Submit 2 original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: City of Clearwater Attention: Ed Burke, Construction Project Coordinator Phone; 462-6126 Fax: 462-6989 P. 0. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 5. If you have any questions regarding this process please direct them to: Andrea Beane, Senior Accountant: 562-4950 ext. 7206 Fax: 562-4951 E-Mail: Andrea.Beane@xnyClearwater.com WTP 1 & 3 Wel field Expansion Phase 1 Section VI City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 ODP-1 ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # 07-0037-UT In reference to contract # 07-0037-UT dated between City of Clearwater, the Owner, and the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: 1. The owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered A, B, and C, attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in attachment D. 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, owner Acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: Date: City Manager/Owner ATTEST: 3 - City Clerk (City's Corporate Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM: Carlos Colbn Assistant City Attorney Secretary Date: CONTRACTOR: Contractor ATTEST: WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 . Section VI City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project* 0992-0190 ODP-2 ATTACHMENT "A" FROM CITY OF CLEARWATER4 WNE) TO. (CQNTM 09) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 PROEECT #: 07-0037-UT 1..The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non- payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 5. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section Vl City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project A 0992-0190 ODP-3 Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. On a monthly basis, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within 30 days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner- Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. 12. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner- Furnished Material shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining the Contract Sum due Contractor. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section VI City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim 8 Creed Project #: 0992-0190 ODP-4 ATTACHMENT "B" FROM: µt w (CONTRACTOR) ,° TO: ; SUBCONTRACTOR) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 PROJECT #: 07-0037-UT 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's contract. Owner-Purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certification of Exemption number. 2. The Subcontractor shall provide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to, the Specifications and determine prior to incorporation into the Subcontractor's Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcontractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and WTP 1 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 1 Section Vl City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 ODP 5 otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. b. The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Subcontractor's Work from the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The Subcontractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's work. 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all :materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcontractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner- Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. On a monthly basis, Subcontractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during the month for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcontractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within 15 days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Subcontractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Subcontractor's option. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section VI City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 ODP-6 ATTACHMENT "C" FROM: 41CONTRACTOR) TO: t; tir au ,. (SUBCONTRACTOR) PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANTS 1 AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 PROJECT #: 07-0037-UT This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the project. In order to do this, the City of Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City of Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractor will return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: To: Supplier For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor" c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractor who will submit same to City of Clearwater (Owner) for payment. 5. City of Clearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly and the Subcontractor will be issued a deductive change order for the amount of the invoice plus sales tax. It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and forward them to Contractor by the of each month for payment by the Those received after the will be processed in the next month's billing cycle. WTP 9 & 3 Welfeld Expansion Phase 1 Section W City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0990 ODP-7 ATTACHMENT D PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SALES TAX CREDITS 1. General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included will be the sales tax savings amount. 2. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and preparation of electronic purchase requisition. Requisition must contain project number as well as correct account number. 3. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance Director. 4. Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute purchase order as requested. 5. A purchase order summary report will be maintained indicating the following: purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). 6. Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: 7. Payment authorization sequence: invoices must be submitted for approval in the following order: a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager d. Engineering/City Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f Finance/for processing only WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section VI City of Clearwater Project A 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 ODP-8 CITY OF CLEARWATER WATER TREATMENT PLANTS I AND 3 WELLFIELD EXPANSION PHASE 1 PROJECT # 07-0037-UT Contractor: CEI: PROCEDURES FOR SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING Addendum to Agreement for Construction: See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process procedures for tax savings: 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by Contractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to PW Engineering/Marty Pages for processing of P.O. requisition. 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared for the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers. It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O. Construction contract will not change and the sum of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers plus the Contractor's P.O will represent the total contract commitment. Before sending to the Purchasing Manager, the schedule will be forwarded to the Construction Office, CEI and Contractor's representative for approval. We will need the e-mail address for the Contractor's & CEI's contact person(s) for this process. 6. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the primary lines of Contractors P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Contractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accepted and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractors P.O. can only be done through a change order (Recommendation is that it's done on the final C/O). Process procedures for request to requisition forms: 1. General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) 2. Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contact number. 3. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special delivery instructions. 4. Indicate whether or not retainage is to be withheld. City's standard is 5%. 5. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. 6. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. WTP I & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Vl City of Clearwater Project M 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 ODP-9 7. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal has been received from the ODP supplier: a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow for the addition of the City's charge code. b. Attach the supplier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase order. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal is not available: c. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O. will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major billing line items on Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. 8. The requesting official will be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. Contractors authorized procurer(s): 9. The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: NOTE: Any materials ordered by the contractor that are not included on the City's issued Purchase order or an amounts ordered that exceed the amounts on the Cit issued purchase order MUST be separately ordered pursuant to a urchase order directly between the supplier and the contractor. These materials MUST be invoiced separately from the materials suonl/ed ursuant to the Ci issued purchase order. Process procedures for receivin and involcin : 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will provide a receiving report or on the packing list, sign off and date approving the receipt. This acknowledges that the materials are in usable condition and the quantity received. 2. The Contractor will retain the original receiving report or packing slip to be compared with the Materials Supplier's invoice. 3. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.O. to send their original invoice to the Contractor to the attention of 4. Contractor will compare the receiving report/packing slip with the invoice and approve the payment if they are in agreement. Any discrepancies with the invoice are to be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error it will be reissued with a new date. The City will a only from on ina/ unaltered invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original receiving report or packing slip and invoice to City of Clearwater, Public Services/Construction Office, Attn: Perry Lopez. City of Clearwater Construction Division Attn: Perry Lopez 410 N. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33755 6. After approval the Construction Office will forward the original receiving report or packing slip and invoice to Marty Pages in Engineering for payment processing. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section Vl City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #: 0992-0190 ODP-10 7. Steps 1 through 6 will be followed for each materials receipt and invoice. 8. Materials purchase P.O.s can be closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. 9. Upon closing of a materials purchase P.O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closing of Contractor's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change order and closing of the Contractor's P.O. WTP 1 & 3 Wellfield Expansion Phase 1 Section VI City of Clearwater Project #. 07-0037-UT Owner Direct Purchase McKim & Creed Project #. 0992-0190 ODP-11 REQUEST TO REQUISITION General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Phone No: Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: (City will complete) Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # Quantity $, etc.) I (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Requesting Official STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER Date: Approving Official Date: I itle and Organization - Contractor Title and Organization - C.E.I. services PWA1PublicServices\Construction\Forms\1322-XXXX Request to Requisition\Revised 2/07/05 Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and/or to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. WTP 1 & 3 Welifield Expansion Phase 1 City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-UT 0992-0190 Section W Owner Direct Purchase ODP-12 REQUEST TO REQUISITION (Continuation page) STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Line # Quantit Units y etc. Detailed Description (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Price Per Each Total PWA\Publicservices\Construction\Forms\1313-X)= Request to Requisibon\Revised 2107/05 Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&I. Firm and/or to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. WTP 9 & 3 Wel/field Expansion Phase 9 Section W City of Clearwater Project #: 07-0037-U7* Owner Direct Purchase 0992-0990 ODP-13